Sample records for v-a theory

  1. V-T theory for the Self-Intermediate Scattering Function in a Monatomic Liquid

    DOE PAGES

    Wallace, Duane C.; Chisolm, Eric D.; De Lorenzi-Venneri, Giulia

    2016-12-12

    In V-T theory the atomic motion is harmonic vibrations in a liquid-specific potential energy valley, plus transits, which move the system rapidly among the multitude of such valleys. Here, in its first application to the self intermediate scattering function (SISF), V-T theory produced an accurate account of molecular dynamics (MD) data at all wave numbers q and time t. Recently, analysis of the mean square displacement (MSD) resolved a crossover behavior that was not observed in the SISF study. Our purpose here is to apply the more accurate MSD calibration to the SISF, and assess the results. We derive andmore » discuss the theoretical equations for vibrational and transit contributions to the SISF. The time evolution is divided into three successive intervals: the vibrational interval when the vibrational contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data; the crossover when the vibrational contribution saturates and the transit contribution becomes resolved; and the diffusive interval when the transit contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data. Finally, the resulting theoretical error is extremely small at all q and t. V-T theory is compared to mode-coupling theories for the MSD and SISF, and to recent developments in Brownian motion experiments and theory.« less

  2. V-T theory for the self-intermediate scattering function in a monatomic liquid

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wallace, Duane C.; Chisolm, Eric D.; De Lorenzi-Venneri, Giulia

    2017-02-01

    In V-T theory the atomic motion is harmonic vibrations in a liquid-specific potential energy valley, plus transits, which move the system rapidly among the multitude of such valleys. In its first application to the self intermediate scattering function (SISF), V-T theory produced an accurate account of molecular dynamics (MD) data at all wave numbers q and time t. Recently, analysis of the mean square displacement (MSD) resolved a crossover behavior that was not observed in the SISF study. Our purpose here is to apply the more accurate MSD calibration to the SISF, and assess the results. We derive and discuss the theoretical equations for vibrational and transit contributions to the SISF. The time evolution is divided into three successive intervals: the vibrational interval when the vibrational contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data; the crossover when the vibrational contribution saturates and the transit contribution becomes resolved; and the diffusive interval when the transit contribution alone accurately accounts for the MD data. The resulting theoretical error is extremely small at all q and t. V-T theory is compared to mode-coupling theories for the MSD and SISF, and to recent developments in Brownian motion experiments and theory.

  3. Phenomenology of TeV little string theory from holography.

    PubMed

    Antoniadis, Ignatios; Arvanitaki, Asimina; Dimopoulos, Savas; Giveon, Amit

    2012-02-24

    We study the graviton phenomenology of TeV little string theory by exploiting its holographic gravity dual five-dimensional theory. This dual corresponds to a linear dilaton background with a large bulk that constrains the standard model fields on the boundary of space. The linear dilaton geometry produces a unique Kaluza-Klein graviton spectrum that exhibits a ~TeV mass gap followed by a near continuum of narrow resonances that are separated from each other by only ~30 GeV. Resonant production of these particles at the LHC is the signature of this framework that distinguishes it from large extra dimensions, where the Kaluza-Klein states are almost a continuum with no mass gap, and warped models, where the states are separated by a TeV.

  4. 51V solid-state NMR and density functional theory studies of vanadium environments in V(V)O2 dipicolinic acid complexes

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bolte, Stephanie E.; Ooms, Kristopher J.; Polenova, Tatyana; Baruah, Bharat; Crans, Debbie C.; Smee, Jason J.

    2008-02-01

    V51 solid-state NMR and density functional theory (DFT) investigations are reported for a series of pentacoordinate dioxovanadium(V)-dipicolinate [V(V )O2-dipicolinate] and heptacoordinate aquahydroxylamidooxovanadium(V)-dipicolinate [V(V)O-dipicolinate] complexes. These compounds are of interest because of their potency as phosphatase inhibitors as well as their insulin enhancing properties and potential for the treatment of diabetes. Experimental solid-state NMR results show that the electric field gradient tensors in the V(V )O2-dipicolinate derivatives are affected significantly by substitution on the dipicolinate ring and range from 5.8to8.3MHz. The chemical shift anisotropies show less dramatic variations with respect to the ligand changes and range between -550 and -600ppm. To gain insights on the origins of the NMR parameters, DFT calculations were conducted for an extensive series of the V(V )O2- and V(V)O-dipicolinate complexes. To assess the level of theory required for the accurate calculation of the V51 NMR parameters, different functionals, basis sets, and structural models were explored in the DFT study. It is shown that the original x-ray crystallographic geometries, including all counterions and solvation water molecules within 5Å of the vanadium, lead to the most accurate results. The choice of the functional and the basis set at a high level of theory has a relatively minor impact on the outcome of the chemical shift anisotropy calculations; however, the use of large basis sets is necessary for accurate calculations of the quadrupole coupling constants for several compounds of the V(V )O2 series. These studies demonstrate that even though the vanadium compounds under investigations exhibit distorted trigonal bipyramidal coordination geometry, they have a "perfect" trigonal bipyramidal electronic environment. This observation could potentially explain why vanadate and vanadium(V) adducts are often recognized as potent transition state analogs.

  5. [Theory of V.A. dogiel on polymerization and oligomerization as a general integration concept].

    PubMed

    Makmaev, Iu V

    2010-01-01

    The theory of V.A. Dogiel on the significance of polymerization and ligomerization processes in the evolution of Protozoa and Metazoa is compared with the paper of I.I. Schmalhauisen (1972) on factors and steps of aromorph evolution. Dogiel's theory is considered as a general integration conception. Four steps are distinguished in the evolution of biological systems: (1) formation of morphofunctional system by units of the lower structural level, (2) polymerization of morphofunctional units of a system, (3) oligomerization of morphofunctional units of system by means of their reduction, uniting, or differentiation, (4) integration and stabilization of a system owing to development of morphofunctional connections between its parts.

  6. A quantitative theory of gamma synchronization in macaque V1.

    PubMed

    Lowet, Eric; Roberts, Mark J; Peter, Alina; Gips, Bart; De Weerd, Peter

    2017-08-31

    Gamma-band synchronization coordinates brief periods of excitability in oscillating neuronal populations to optimize information transmission during sensation and cognition. Commonly, a stable, shared frequency over time is considered a condition for functional neural synchronization. Here, we demonstrate the opposite: instantaneous frequency modulations are critical to regulate phase relations and synchronization. In monkey visual area V1, nearby local populations driven by different visual stimulation showed different gamma frequencies. When similar enough, these frequencies continually attracted and repulsed each other, which enabled preferred phase relations to be maintained in periods of minimized frequency difference. Crucially, the precise dynamics of frequencies and phases across a wide range of stimulus conditions was predicted from a physics theory that describes how weakly coupled oscillators influence each other's phase relations. Hence, the fundamental mathematical principle of synchronization through instantaneous frequency modulations applies to gamma in V1 and is likely generalizable to other brain regions and rhythms.

  7. A quantitative theory of gamma synchronization in macaque V1

    PubMed Central

    Roberts, Mark J; Peter, Alina; Gips, Bart; De Weerd, Peter

    2017-01-01

    Gamma-band synchronization coordinates brief periods of excitability in oscillating neuronal populations to optimize information transmission during sensation and cognition. Commonly, a stable, shared frequency over time is considered a condition for functional neural synchronization. Here, we demonstrate the opposite: instantaneous frequency modulations are critical to regulate phase relations and synchronization. In monkey visual area V1, nearby local populations driven by different visual stimulation showed different gamma frequencies. When similar enough, these frequencies continually attracted and repulsed each other, which enabled preferred phase relations to be maintained in periods of minimized frequency difference. Crucially, the precise dynamics of frequencies and phases across a wide range of stimulus conditions was predicted from a physics theory that describes how weakly coupled oscillators influence each other’s phase relations. Hence, the fundamental mathematical principle of synchronization through instantaneous frequency modulations applies to gamma in V1 and is likely generalizable to other brain regions and rhythms. PMID:28857743

  8. The Contributions of Felix Bloch and W. V. Houston to the Electron Theory of Metals

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rorschach, H. E., Jr.

    1970-01-01

    Discusses the contributions of Bloch and Houston to the electron theory of metals. Contains (1) a biographical note on W. V. Houston, (2) a review of the development of the electron theory of metals, and (3) a discussion of gravitationally induced electric fields. Bibliography. (LC)

  9. Effective theories of universal theories

    DOE PAGES

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2016-01-20

    It is well-known but sometimes overlooked that constraints on the oblique parameters (most notably S and T parameters) are generally speaking only applicable to a special class of new physics scenarios known as universal theories. The oblique parameters should not be associated with Wilson coefficients in a particular operator basis in the effective field theory (EFT) framework, unless restrictions have been imposed on the EFT so that it describes universal theories. Here, we work out these restrictions, and present a detailed EFT analysis of universal theories. We find that at the dimension-6 level, universal theories are completely characterized by 16more » parameters. They are conveniently chosen to be: 5 oblique parameters that agree with the commonly-adopted ones, 4 anomalous triple-gauge couplings, 3 rescaling factors for the h 3, hff, hV V vertices, 3 parameters for hV V vertices absent in the Standard Model, and 1 four-fermion coupling of order yf 2. Furthermore, all these parameters are defined in an unambiguous and basis-independent way, allowing for consistent constraints on the universal theories parameter space from precision electroweak and Higgs data.« less

  10. Effective theories of universal theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    It is well-known but sometimes overlooked that constraints on the oblique parameters (most notably S and T parameters) are generally speaking only applicable to a special class of new physics scenarios known as universal theories. The oblique parameters should not be associated with Wilson coefficients in a particular operator basis in the effective field theory (EFT) framework, unless restrictions have been imposed on the EFT so that it describes universal theories. Here, we work out these restrictions, and present a detailed EFT analysis of universal theories. We find that at the dimension-6 level, universal theories are completely characterized by 16more » parameters. They are conveniently chosen to be: 5 oblique parameters that agree with the commonly-adopted ones, 4 anomalous triple-gauge couplings, 3 rescaling factors for the h 3, hff, hV V vertices, 3 parameters for hV V vertices absent in the Standard Model, and 1 four-fermion coupling of order yf 2. Furthermore, all these parameters are defined in an unambiguous and basis-independent way, allowing for consistent constraints on the universal theories parameter space from precision electroweak and Higgs data.« less

  11. Test of 4-body Theory via Polarized p-T Capture Below 80 keV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Canon, R. S.; Gaff, S. J.; Kelley, J. H.; Schreiber, E. C.; Weller, H. R.; Wulf, E. A.; Prior, R. M.; Spraker, M.; Tilley, D. R.

    1998-10-01

    Our previous study of polarized p-d capture at energies below 80 keV revealed the major role played by MEC effects and provided a clean testing ground for state-of-the-art 3-body theory (the ``Ay puzzle'' remains)(G. Schmid et al); PRL 76, 3088(1996); PRC 56, 2565(1997). Four-body theory is on the threshold(A. Fonseca,W. Glöckle,A. Kievsky,H. Witala;Private communication) of being able to make similar ab-initio predictions. The p-T capture reaction is expected to exhibit strong MEC effects at very low energies for reasons similar to those in p-d capture. Preliminary results indicate finite values of A_y(90^circ) in the 50-80 keV region. These results will be discussed with respect to their implications on the M1 strength present in this reaction. Plans for future measurements and analysis will also be described.

  12. Ab initio theory of the N2V defect in diamond for quantum memory implementation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Udvarhelyi, Péter; Thiering, Gergő; Londero, Elisa; Gali, Adam

    2017-10-01

    The N2V defect in diamond is characterized by means of ab initio methods relying on density functional theory calculated parameters of a Hubbard model Hamiltonian. It is shown that this approach appropriately describes the energy levels of correlated excited states induced by this defect. By determining its critical magneto-optical parameters, we propose to realize a long-living quantum memory by N2V defect, i.e., H 3 color center in diamond.

  13. Toward a Unified Theory of Visual Area V4

    PubMed Central

    Roe, Anna W.; Chelazzi, Leonardo; Connor, Charles E.; Conway, Bevil R.; Fujita, Ichiro; Gallant, Jack L.; Lu, Haidong; Vanduffel, Wim

    2016-01-01

    Visual area V4 is a midtier cortical area in the ventral visual pathway. It is crucial for visual object recognition and has been a focus of many studies on visual attention. However, there is no unifying view of V4’s role in visual processing. Neither is there an understanding of how its role in feature processing interfaces with its role in visual attention. This review captures our current knowledge of V4, largely derived from electrophysiological and imaging studies in the macaque monkey. Based on recent discovery of functionally specific domains in V4, we propose that the unifying function of V4 circuitry is to enable selective extraction of specific functional domain-based networks, whether it be by bottom-up specification of object features or by top-down attentionally driven selection. PMID:22500626

  14. Management Theories and Broadcasting: A Handbook.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Craig, J. Robert; Hindmarsh, Wayne A.

    Today's contemporary management and motivation theories, as applied to the business of broadcasting, are the focus of the first section of this paper. It deals with the kinds and reactions of employees in broadcasting stations in relation to 11 motivational theories: (1) Theories X and Y, (2) Immaturity-Maturity Theory, (3) V Theory, (4) Z Theory,…

  15. Performance of different theories for the angular distribution of bremsstrahlung produced by keV electrons incident upon a target

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Omar, Artur; Andreo, Pedro; Poludniowski, Gavin

    2018-07-01

    Different theories of the intrinsic bremsstrahlung angular distribution (i.e., the shape function) have been evaluated using Monte Carlo calculations for various target materials and incident electron energies between 20 keV and 300 keV. The shape functions considered were the plane-wave first Born approximation cross sections (i) 2BS [high-energy result, screened nucleus], (ii) 2BN [general result, bare nucleus], (iii) KM [2BS modified to emulate 2BN], and (iv) SIM [leading term of 2BN]; (v) expression based on partial-waves expansion, KQP; and (vi) a uniform spherical distribution, UNI [a common approximation in certain analytical models]. The shape function was found to have an important impact on the bremsstrahlung emerging from thin foil targets in which the incident electrons undergo few elastic scatterings before exiting the target material. For thick transmission and reflection targets the type of shape function had less importance, as the intrinsic bremsstrahlung angular distribution was masked by the diffuse directional distribution of multiple scattered electrons. Predictions made using the 2BN and KQP theories were generally in good agreement, suggesting that the effect of screening and the constraints of the Born approximation on the intrinsic angular distribution may be acceptable. The KM and SIM shape functions deviated notably from KQP for low electron energies (< 50 keV), while 2BS and UNI performed poorly over most of the energy range considered; the 2BS shape function was found to be too forward-focused in emission, while UNI was not forward-focused enough. The results obtained emphasize the importance of the intrinsic bremsstrahlung angular distribution for theoretical predictions of x-ray emission, which is relevant in various applied disciplines, including x-ray crystallography, electron-probe microanalysis, security and industrial inspection, medical imaging, as well as low- and medium (orthovoltage) energy radiotherapy.

  16. Will Pedagogy Become a Science? Reflections on the Methodology of V. V. Kraevsky

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Serikov, V. V.

    2016-01-01

    This article offers a modern take on the creative legacy of V.V. Kraevsky, his interpretation of the nature and function of methodological research in pedagogy, and insight into the mission of pedagogical science in society and the relationships between pedagogical theory and practice. It shows the prospects for using Kraevsky's ideas to solve the…

  17. Disagreement between theory and experiment grows with increasing rotational excitation of HD(v', j') product for the H + D2 reaction.

    PubMed

    Jankunas, Justin; Sneha, Mahima; Zare, Richard N; Bouakline, Foudhil; Althorpe, Stuart C

    2013-03-07

    The Photoloc technique has been employed to measure the state-resolved differential cross sections of the HD(v', j(')) product in the reaction H + D2 over a wide range of collision energies and internal states. The experimental results were compared with fully dimensional, time-dependent quantum mechanical calculations on the refined Boothroyd-Keogh-Martin-Peterson potential energy surface. We find nearly perfect agreement between theory and experiment for HD(v', j(')) product states with low to medium rotational excitation, e.g., HD(v' = 1, j(') = 3) at a collision energy, Ecoll, of 1.72 eV, HD(v' = 1, j(') = 3, 5) at Ecoll = 1.97 eV, and HD(v' = 3, j(') = 3) at Ecoll = 1.97 eV. As the rotational angular momentum, j('), of HD(v', j(')) increases, the agreement between theoretical predictions and experimental measurements worsens but not in a simple fashion. A moderate disagreement between theory and experiment has been found for HD(v' = 0, j(') = 12) at Ecoll = 1.76 eV and increased monotonically for HD(v' = 0, j(') = 13) at Ecoll = 1.74 eV, HD(v' = 0, j(') = 14) at Ecoll = 1.72 eV, and HD(v' = 0, j(') = 15) at Ecoll = 1.70 eV. Disagreement was not limited to vibrationless HD(v', j(')) product states: HD(v' = 1, j(') = 12) at Ecoll = 1.60 eV and HD(v' = 3, j(') = 8, 10) at Ecoll = 1.97 eV followed a similar trend. Theoretical calculations suggest more sideways∕forward scattering than has been observed experimentally for high j(') HD(v', j(')) states. The source of this discrepancy is presently unknown but might be the result of inaccuracy in the potential energy surface.

  18. Falsification of matching theory and confirmation of an evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics in a critical experiment.

    PubMed

    McDowell, J J; Calvin, Olivia L; Hackett, Ryan; Klapes, Bryan

    2017-07-01

    Two competing predictions of matching theory and an evolutionary theory of behavior dynamics, and one additional prediction of the evolutionary theory, were tested in a critical experiment in which human participants worked on concurrent schedules for money (Dallery et al., 2005). The three predictions concerned the descriptive adequacy of matching theory equations, and of equations describing emergent equilibria of the evolutionary theory. Tests of the predictions falsified matching theory and supported the evolutionary theory. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  19. The evolutionary theory of asymmetry by V. Geodakyan

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Geodakyan, Sergey V.

    2015-08-01

    For more than 150 years, all biological theories, including those of C. Darwin and Mendel, were based on the idea of synchronous evolution. They fit for unitary monomodal systems (asexual, symmetrical) but do not work for binary (dioecious, asymmetrical) ones. Examples of such binary conjugated differentiations are two sexes, DNA-proteins, autosomes-sex chromosomes, right and left brain hemispheres, and hands. For their understanding, "asynchronous" theories are needed. Such theories were proposed by Russian theoretical biologist Vigen A. Geodakyan for sexual, brain and body, and chromosomal differentiations. All theories are interconnected and are based on the principle of conjugated subsystems. This article covers the basic tenets of the evolutionary theory of asymmetry and answers the following questions: What benefits does lateralization provide? What logic, what principle is it based on? Why do brain hemispheres control the opposite sides of the body? Why laterality is closely related to sex? What are the biological prerequisites of terrorism?

  20. Effective field theory approach to trans-TeV supersymmetry: covariant matching, Yukawa unification and Higgs couplings

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wells, James D.; Zhang, Zhengkang

    2018-05-01

    Dismissing traditional naturalness concerns while embracing the Higgs boson mass measurement and unification motivates careful analysis of trans-TeV supersymmetric theories. We take an effective field theory (EFT) approach, matching the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model (MSSM) onto the Standard Model (SM) EFT by integrating out heavy superpartners, and evolving MSSM and SMEFT parameters according to renormalization group equations in each regime. Our matching calculation is facilitated by the recent covariant diagrams formulation of functional matching techniques, with the full one-loop SUSY threshold corrections encoded in just 30 diagrams. Requiring consistent matching onto the SMEFT with its parameters (those in the Higgs potential in particular) measured at low energies, and in addition requiring unification of bottom and tau Yukawa couplings at the scale of gauge coupling unification, we detail the solution space of superpartner masses from the TeV scale to well above. We also provide detailed views of parameter space where Higgs coupling measurements have probing capability at future colliders beyond the reach of direct superpartner searches at the LHC.

  1. Reformulation of Density Functional Theory for N-Representable Densities and the Resolution of the v-Representability Problem

    DOE PAGES

    Gonis, A.; Zhang, X. G.; Stocks, G. M.; ...

    2015-10-23

    Density functional theory for the case of general, N-representable densities is reformulated in terms of density functional derivatives of expectation values of operators evaluated with wave functions leading to a density, making no reference to the concept of potential. The developments provide a complete solution of the v-representability problem by establishing a mathematical procedure that determines whether a density is v-representable and in the case of an affirmative answer determines the potential (within an additive constant) as a derivative with respect to the density of a constrained search functional. It also establishes the existence of an energy functional of themore » density that, for v-representable densities, assumes its minimum value at the density describing the ground state of an interacting many-particle system. The theorems of Hohenberg and Kohn emerge as special cases of the formalism.« less

  2. A succession of theories: purging redundancy from disturbance theory.

    PubMed

    Pulsford, Stephanie A; Lindenmayer, David B; Driscoll, Don A

    2016-02-01

    The topics of succession and post-disturbance ecosystem recovery have a long and convoluted history. There is extensive redundancy within this body of theory, which has resulted in confusion, and the links among theories have not been adequately drawn. This review aims to distil the unique ideas from the array of theory related to ecosystem change in response to disturbance. This will help to reduce redundancy, and improve communication and understanding between researchers. We first outline the broad range of concepts that have developed over the past century to describe community change in response to disturbance. The body of work spans overlapping succession concepts presented by Clements in 1916, Egler in 1954, and Connell and Slatyer in 1977. Other theories describing community change include state and transition models, biological legacy theory, and the application of functional traits to predict responses to disturbance. Second, we identify areas of overlap of these theories, in addition to highlighting the conceptual and taxonomic limitations of each. In aligning each of these theories with one another, the limited scope and relative inflexibility of some theories becomes apparent, and redundancy becomes explicit. We identify a set of unique concepts to describe the range of mechanisms driving ecosystem responses to disturbance. We present a schematic model of our proposed synthesis which brings together the range of unique mechanisms that were identified in our review. The model describes five main mechanisms of transition away from a post-disturbance community: (i) pulse events with rapid state shifts; (ii) stochastic community drift; (iii) facilitation; (iv) competition; and (v) the influence of the initial composition of a post-disturbance community. In addition, stabilising processes such as biological legacies, inhibition or continuing disturbance may prevent a transition between community types. Integrating these six mechanisms with the functional

  3. Development and validation of the nasopharyngeal cancer scale among the system of quality of life instruments for cancer patients (QLICP-NA V2.0): combined classical test theory and generalizability theory.

    PubMed

    Wu, Jiayuan; Hu, Liren; Zhang, Gaohua; Liang, Qilian; Meng, Qiong; Wan, Chonghua

    2016-08-01

    This research was designed to develop a nasopharyngeal cancer (NPC) scale based on quality of life (QOL) instruments for cancer patients (QLICP-NA). This scale was developed by using a modular approach and was evaluated by classical test and generalizability theories. Programmed decision procedures and theories on instrument development were applied to create QLICP-NA V2.0. A total of 121 NPC inpatients were assessed using QLICP-NA V2.0 to measure their QOL data from hospital admission until discharge. Scale validity, reliability, and responsiveness were evaluated by correlation, factor, parallel, multi-trait scaling, and t test analyses, as well as by generalizability (G) and decision (D) studies of the generalizability theory. Results of multi-trait scaling, correlation, factor, and parallel analyses indicated that QLICP-NA V2.0 exhibited good construct validity. The significant difference of QOL between the treated and untreated NPC patients indicated a good clinical validity of the questionnaire. The internal consistency (α) and test-retest reliability coefficients (intra-class correlations) of each domain, as well as the overall scale, were all >0.70. Ceiling effects were not found in all domains and most facets, except for common side effects (24.8 %) in the domain of common symptoms and side effects, tumor early symptoms (27.3 %) and therapeutic side effects (23.2 %) in specific domain, whereas floor effects did not exist in each domain/facet. The overall changes in the physical and social domains were significantly different between pre- and post-treatments with a moderate effective size (standard response mean) ranging from 0.21 to 0.27 (p < 0.05), but these changes were not obvious in the other domains, as well as in the overall scale. Scale reliability was further confirmed by G coefficients and index of dependability, with more exact variance components based on generalizability theory. QLICP-NA V2.0 exhibited reasonable degrees of validity

  4. Effective Theories for QCD-like at TeV Scale

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lu, Jie; Bijnens, Johan

    2016-04-01

    We study the Effective Field Theory of three QCD-like theories, which can be classified by having quarks in a complex, real or pseudo-real representations of the gauge group. The Lagrangians are written in a very similar way so that the calculations can be done using techniques from Chiral Perturbation Theory (ChPT). We calculated the vacuum-expectation-value, the mass and the decay constant of pseudo-Goldstone Bosons up to next-to-next-to leading order (NNLO) [J. Bijnens and J. Lu, JHEP 0911 (2009) 116 [arxiv:arXiv:0910.5424 [hep-ph

  5. A Study of Relationships between Lowenfeld's Perceptual Aptitude Theory and Piaget's Developmental Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Butzow, John W.; Schlenker, Richard M.

    1980-01-01

    Described is a study which relates Piaget's theory of cognitive development to Lowenfeld's types of perceptual aptitude (i.e., visual v haptic orientation). General interpretations of questionnaire results from university students (N=312) are made that postulate a relationship linking incidence of perceptual and logical ability. (CS)

  6. A computational theory of visual receptive fields.

    PubMed

    Lindeberg, Tony

    2013-12-01

    agreement are obtained for (i) spatial on-center/off-surround and off-center/on-surround receptive fields in the fovea and the LGN, (ii) simple cells with spatial directional preference in V1, (iii) spatio-chromatic double-opponent neurons in V1, (iv) space-time separable spatio-temporal receptive fields in the LGN and V1, and (v) non-separable space-time tilted receptive fields in V1, all within the same unified theory. In addition, the paper presents a more general framework for relating and interpreting these receptive fields conceptually and possibly predicting new receptive field profiles as well as for pre-wiring covariance under scaling, affine, and Galilean transformations into the representations of visual stimuli. This paper describes the basic structure of the necessity results concerning receptive field profiles regarding the mathematical foundation of the theory and outlines how the proposed theory could be used in further studies and modelling of biological vision. It is also shown how receptive field responses can be interpreted physically, as the superposition of relative variations of surface structure and illumination variations, given a logarithmic brightness scale, and how receptive field measurements will be invariant under multiplicative illumination variations and exposure control mechanisms.

  7. [Gestalt theory of V. v. Weizsäcker from the viewpoint of the psychology emotions].

    PubMed

    Brunnhuber, S

    2001-07-01

    The "Gestaltkreis" represents an important part in the psychosomatic theory-discussion, which can be understood as an incomplete contribution towards a general theory of emotions. Especially the relationship between perception and motion requires further consideration. Instead of a causal attribution, cyclic complementaries are important. Furthermore different degrees of organisation within the body-scheme and the affect-apparatus are mentioned.

  8. Color centers of a borosilicate glass induced by 10 MeV proton, 1.85 MeV electron and 60Co-γ ray

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Du, Jishi; Wu, Jiehua; Zhao, Lili; Song, Lixin

    2013-05-01

    Optical absorption spectra, electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR) spectra, Raman spectra of a borosilicate glass after irradiation by 10 MeV proton, 1.85 MeV electron and 60Co-γ ray were studied. The process of irradiation inducing color centers in the glass was discussed. The band gap of the glass before and after 60Co-γ ray irradiation was studied using Mott and Davis's theory, and it was found that calculated change of the band gap introduced a paradox, because Mott and Davis's theory on the band gap cannot be adopted in the study on the irradiated glass.

  9. A W' boson near 2 TeV: Predictions for run 2 of the LHC

    DOE PAGES

    Dobrescu, Bogdan A.; Liu, Zhen

    2015-11-20

    We present a renormalizable theory that includes a W' boson of mass in the 1.8–2 TeV range, which may explain the excess events reported by the ATLAS Collaboration in a WZ final state, and by the CMS Collaboration in e +e – jj, Wh 0, and jj final states. The W' boson couples to right-handed quarks and leptons, including Dirac neutrinos with TeV-scale masses. This theory predicts a Z' boson of mass in the 3.4–4.5 TeV range. The cross section times branching fractions for the narrow Z' dijet and dilepton peaks at the 13 TeV LHC are 10 and 0.6more » fb, respectively, for M Z'=3.4 TeV, and an order of magnitude smaller for M Z'=4.5 TeV.« less

  10. Smallest fullerene-like silicon cage stabilized by a V(2) unit.

    PubMed

    Xu, Hong-Guang; Kong, Xiang-Yu; Deng, Xiao-Jiao; Zhang, Zeng-Guang; Zheng, Wei-Jun

    2014-01-14

    We conducted a combined anion photoelectron spectroscopy and density functional theory study on V2Si20 cluster. Our results show that the V2Si20 cluster has an elongated dodecahedron cage structure with a V2 unit encapsulated inside the cage. It is the smallest fullerene-like silicon cage and can be used as building block to make cluster-assembled materials, such as pearl-chain style nanowires.

  11. Smallest fullerene-like silicon cage stabilized by a V2 unit

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xu, Hong-Guang; Kong, Xiang-Yu; Deng, Xiao-Jiao; Zhang, Zeng-Guang; Zheng, Wei-Jun

    2014-01-01

    We conducted a combined anion photoelectron spectroscopy and density functional theory study on V2Si20 cluster. Our results show that the V2Si20 cluster has an elongated dodecahedron cage structure with a V2 unit encapsulated inside the cage. It is the smallest fullerene-like silicon cage and can be used as building block to make cluster-assembled materials, such as pearl-chain style nanowires.

  12. A comparison of NNLO QCD predictions with 7 TeV ATLAS and CMS data for V+jet processes

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Boughezal, Radja; Liu, Xiaohui; Petriello, Frank

    2016-06-17

    Here, we perform a detailed comparison of next-to-next-to-leading order (NNLO) QCD predictions for the W+jet and Z+jet processes with 7 TeV experimental data from ATLAS and CMS. We observe excellent agreement between theory and data for most studied observables, which span several orders of magnitude in both cross section and energy. For some observables, such as the HT distribution, the NNLO QCD corrections are essential for resolving existing discrepancies between theory and data.

  13. A comprehensive study of g-factors, elastic, structural and electronic properties of III-V semiconductors using hybrid-density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bastos, Carlos M. O.; Sabino, Fernando P.; Sipahi, Guilherme M.; Da Silva, Juarez L. F.

    2018-02-01

    Despite the large number of theoretical III-V semiconductor studies reported every year, our atomistic understanding is still limited. The limitations of the theoretical approaches to yield accurate structural and electronic properties on an equal footing, is due to the unphysical self-interaction problem that mainly affects the band gap and spin-orbit splitting (SOC) in semiconductors and, in particular, III-V systems with similar magnitude of the band gap and SOC. In this work, we report a consistent study of the structural and electronic properties of the III-V semiconductors by using the screening hybrid-density functional theory framework, by fitting the α parameters for 12 different III-V compounds, namely, AlN, AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaN, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InN, InP, InAs, and InSb, to minimize the deviation between the theoretical and experimental values of the band gap and SOC. Structural relaxation effects were also included. Except for AlP, whose α = 0.127, we obtained α values that ranged from 0.209 to 0.343, which deviate by less than 0.1 from the universal value of 0.25. Our results for the lattice parameter and elastic constants indicate that the fitting of α does not affect those structural parameters when compared with the HSE06 functional, where α = 0.25. Our analysis of the band structure based on the k ṡ p method shows that the effective masses are in agreement with the experimental values, which can be attributed to the simultaneous fitting of the band gap and SOC. Also, we estimate the values of g-factors, extracted directly from the band structure, which are close to experimental results, which indicate that the obtained band structure produced a realistic set of k ṡ p parameters.

  14. Photoemission, NMR, susceptibility and specific heat in V and A15 V 3Pt

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Amamou, A.; Turek, P.; Kuentzler, R.

    1982-08-01

    We present a study on the electronic structure of V and V 3Pt, based on photoemission (XPS and UPS) measurements and on the examination of previous band calculations, specific heat, susceptibility and NMR results. Photoemission spectra on pure V, in particular the XPS one, show a good agreement with band calculations ; the He II spectrum exhibits a strong satellite which could be attributed to a simple Auger effect or to a resonant process. Photoemission on V 3Pt allows an evaluation of the partial densities of states (PDOS) ; the Vanadium PDOS is similar to that of pure element, at least for the upper part of the valence band ; meanwhile the Platinium partial EDOS is drastically modified. This can be understood in the framework of electronic structure of compounds involving early and late transition metals where the atomic structure seems to play an important role. An evaluation of the EDOS's at the Fermi level n(E F) can also be tempted and compared to those obtained from the other mentioned techniques. Therefore it is suggested that for Vanadium n(E F) is similar to that of pure element ; for Platinium n(E F) is strongly reduced. Finally the analysis of the electronic specific heat of V, Pt and V 3Pt indicates that the parameter of electron-phonon coupling determined by the Mc Millan's theory is likely underesti:ated, due to the occurence of an estimated coupling in V and V 3Pt.

  15. Density functional theory design D-D-A type small molecule with 1.03 eV narrow band gap: effect of electron donor unit for organic photovoltaic solar cell

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sıdır, İsa

    2017-10-01

    Six new low-band-gap copolymers of donor-donor-acceptor (D-D-A) architecture have been designed using density functional theory and time-dependent density functional theory methods in order to use them in organic photovoltaic cell (OPVC). Phenanthro[3,4-d:9,10-d‧]bis([1,2,3]thiadiazole)-10,12-dicarbonitrile moiety has been used as an acceptor for all compounds. We insert benzo[1,2-b:4,5-b‧]dithiophene and N,N-diphenylbenzo[1,2-b:4,5-b‧]dithiophen-2-amine units as donor to complete designing of copolymers. In order to tuning the optical and electronic properties, we have modified the donor unit by substituted with amine, methoxyamine, N-methylenethiophen-2-amine, methoxy, alkoxy moieties. The band gap (Eg), HOMO and LUMO values and plots, open circuit voltage (VOC) as well as optical properties have been analysed for designed copolymers. The optimised copolymers exhibit low-band-gap lying in the range of 1.03-2.24 eV. DPTD-6 copolymer presents the optimal properties to be used as an active layer due to its low Eg (1.03 eV) and a moderate VOC (0.56 eV). Thus, OPVC based on this copolymer in bulk-heterojunction composites with [6,6]-phenyl-C61-butyric acid methyl ester (PCBM) as an acceptor has been modelled. Eg and VOC values of composite material DPTD-6:PCBM are found as 1.32 and 0.65 eV, respectively. A model band diagram has been established for OPVC, simulating the energy transfer between active layers.

  16. Validity of Binary Collision Theory in Ion-Surface Interactions at 50-500 eV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gordon, Michael; Giapis, Kostas

    2003-10-01

    Ion-surface interactions in the 50-500 eV regime have become increasingly important in plasma processing. Concerns exist in literature about the validity of the binary collision approximation (BCA) at low impact energies because peculiarities are frequently seen in the scattered ion energy distribution. Sub-surface processes, multiple bouncing, and super-elastic phenomena have all been hypothesized. This talk will explore the usefulness of BCA theory in predicting energy transfer during ion-surface collisions in the 50-500 eV energy range. Well-defined beams of rare gas ions (Ne, Ar, Kr) were scattered off semiconductor (Si, Ge) and metal surfaces (Ag, Au, Ni, Nb) to measure energy loss upon impact. The ion beams were produced from a floating ICP reactor coupled to a small accelerator beamline for transport and mass filtering. Exit channel energies were measured using a 90 gegree electrostatic sector coupled to a quadrupole mass filter with single ion detection capability. Although the BCA presents an over-simplified picture of the collision process, our results demonstrate that it is remarkably accurate in the low energy range for a variety of projectile-target combinations. In addition, reactive ion scattering of O2+ and O+ on inert and reactive surfaces (Au vs. Ag, Pt) suggests there may be rather high energy threshold processes which determine exit channel selectivity.

  17. Constraining chameleon field theories using the GammeV afterglow experiments

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Upadhye, A.; Steffen, J. H.; Weltman, A.

    2010-01-01

    The GammeV experiment has constrained the couplings of chameleon scalar fields to matter and photons. Here, we present a detailed calculation of the chameleon afterglow rate underlying these constraints. The dependence of GammeV constraints on various assumptions in the calculation is studied. We discuss the GammeV-CHameleon Afterglow SEarch, a second-generation GammeV experiment, which will improve upon GammeV in several major ways. Using our calculation of the chameleon afterglow rate, we forecast model-independent constraints achievable by GammeV-CHameleon Afterglow SEarch. We then apply these constraints to a variety of chameleon models, including quartic chameleons and chameleon dark energy models. The new experimentmore » will be able to probe a large region of parameter space that is beyond the reach of current tests, such as fifth force searches, constraints on the dimming of distant astrophysical objects, and bounds on the variation of the fine structure constant.« less

  18. Constraining chameleon field theories using the GammeV afterglow experiments

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Upadhye, A.; /Chicago U., EFI /KICP, Chicago; Steffen, J.H.

    2009-11-01

    The GammeV experiment has constrained the couplings of chameleon scalar fields to matter and photons. Here we present a detailed calculation of the chameleon afterglow rate underlying these constraints. The dependence of GammeV constraints on various assumptions in the calculation is studied. We discuss GammeV-CHASE, a second-generation GammeV experiment, which will improve upon GammeV in several major ways. Using our calculation of the chameleon afterglow rate, we forecast model-independent constraints achievable by GammeV-CHASE. We then apply these constraints to a variety of chameleon models, including quartic chameleons and chameleon dark energy models. The new experiment will be able to probemore » a large region of parameter space that is beyond the reach of current tests, such as fifth force searches, constraints on the dimming of distant astrophysical objects, and bounds on the variation of the fine structure constant.« less

  19. Dielectric relaxation in ionic liquid/dipolar solvent binary mixtures: A semi-molecular theory.

    PubMed

    Daschakraborty, Snehasis; Biswas, Ranjit

    2016-03-14

    A semi-molecular theory is developed here for studying dielectric relaxation (DR) in binary mixtures of ionic liquids (ILs) with common dipolar solvents. Effects of ion translation on DR time scale, and those of ion rotation on conductivity relaxation time scale are explored. Two different models for the theoretical calculations have been considered: (i) separate medium approach, where molecularities of both the IL and dipolar solvent molecules are retained, and (ii) effective medium approach, where the added dipolar solvent molecules are assumed to combine with the dipolar ions of the IL, producing a fictitious effective medium characterized via effective dipole moment, density, and diameter. Semi-molecular expressions for the diffusive DR times have been derived which incorporates the effects of wavenumber dependent orientational static correlations, ion dynamic structure factors, and ion translation. Subsequently, the theory has been applied to the binary mixtures of 1-butyl-3-methylimidazolium tetrafluoroborate ([Bmim][BF4]) with water (H2O), and acetonitrile (CH3CN) for which experimental DR data are available. On comparison, predicted DR time scales show close agreement with the measured DR times at low IL mole fractions (x(IL)). At higher IL concentrations (x(IL) > 0.05), the theory over-estimates the relaxation times and increasingly deviates from the measurements with x(IL), deviation being the maximum for the neat IL by almost two orders of magnitude. The theory predicts negligible contributions to this deviation from the x(IL) dependent collective orientational static correlations. The drastic difference between DR time scales for IL/solvent mixtures from theory and experiments arises primarily due to the use of the actual molecular volume (V(mol)(dip)) for the rotating dipolar moiety in the present theory and suggests that only a fraction of V(mol)(dip) is involved at high x(IL). Expectedly, nice agreement between theory and experiments appears when

  20. Diverse carrier mobility of monolayer BNC x : a combined density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Tao; Deng, Kaiming; Deng, Weiqiao; Lu, Ruifeng

    2017-11-01

    BNC x monolayer as a kind of two-dimensional material has numerous chemical atomic ratios and arrangements with different electronic structures. Via calculations on the basis of density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory under deformation potential approximation, the band structures and carrier mobilities of BNC x (x  =  1,2,3,4) nanosheets are systematically investigated. The calculated results show that BNC2-1 is a material with very small band gap (0.02 eV) among all the structures while other BNC x monolayers are semiconductors with band gap ranging from 0.51 eV to 1.32 eV. The carrier mobility of BNC x varies considerably from tens to millions of cm2 V-1 s-1. For BNC2-1, the hole mobility and electron mobility along both x and y directions can reach 105 orders of magnitude, which is similar to the carrier mobility of graphene. Besides, all studied BNC x monolayers obviously have anisotropic hole mobility and electron mobility. In particular, for semiconductor BNC4, its hole mobility along the y direction and electron mobility along the x direction unexpectedly reach 106 orders of magnitude, even higher than that of graphene. Our findings suggest that BNC x layered materials with the proper ratio and arrangement of carbon atoms will possess desirable charge transport properties, exhibiting potential applications in nanoelectronic devices.

  1. Ion beam nanopatterning of III-V semiconductors: Consistency of experimental and simulation trends within a chemistry-driven theory

    DOE PAGES

    El-Atwani, O.; Norris, S. A.; Ludwig, K.; ...

    2015-12-16

    In this study, several proposed mechanisms and theoretical models exist concerning nanostructure evolution on III-V semiconductors (particularly GaSb) via ion beam irradiation. However, making quantitative contact between experiment on the one hand and model-parameter dependent predictions from different theories on the other is usually difficult. In this study, we take a different approach and provide an experimental investigation with a range of targets (GaSb, GaAs, GaP) and ion species (Ne, Ar, Kr, Xe) to determine new parametric trends regarding nanostructure evolution. Concurrently, atomistic simulations using binary collision approximation over the same ion/target combinations were performed to determine parametric trends onmore » several quantities related to existing model. A comparison of experimental and numerical trends reveals that the two are broadly consistent under the assumption that instabilities are driven by chemical instability based on phase separation. Furthermore, the atomistic simulations and a survey of material thermodynamic properties suggest that a plausible microscopic mechanism for this process is an ion-enhanced mobility associated with energy deposition by collision cascades.« less

  2. A theory of growing crystalline nanorods - Mode I

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Du, Feng; Huang, Hanchen

    2018-08-01

    Nanorods grow in two possible modes during physical vapor deposition (PVD). In mode I, monolayer surface steps dictate the diameter of nanorods. In mode II, multiple-layer surface steps dictate the diameter, which is the smallest possible under physical vapor deposition [5,10]. This paper reports closed-form theories of terrace lengths and nanorod diameter during the growth in mode I, as a function of deposition conditions. The accompanying lattice kinetic Monte Carlo simulations verify these theories. This study reveals that (1) quasi-steady growth exists for each set of nanorod growth conditions, and (2) the characteristic length scales, including terrace lengths and nanorod diameter at the quasi-steady state, depend on the deposition conditions - deposition rate F, substrate temperature T, and incidence angle θ - only as a function of l2D/tan θ, with l2 D = 2(v2 D/Fcosθ) 1/3 as a diffusion-limited length scale and v2D as the atomic diffusion jump rate over monolayer surface steps.

  3. Anisotropic cosmological solutions in massive vector theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Heisenberg, Lavinia; Kase, Ryotaro; Tsujikawa, Shinji

    2016-11-01

    In beyond-generalized Proca theories including the extension to theories higher than second order, we study the role of a spatial component v of a massive vector field on the anisotropic cosmological background. We show that, as in the case of the isotropic cosmological background, there is no additional ghostly degrees of freedom associated with the Ostrogradski instability. In second-order generalized Proca theories we find the existence of anisotropic solutions on which the ratio between the anisotropic expansion rate Σ and the isotropic expansion rate H remains nearly constant in the radiation-dominated epoch. In the regime where Σ/H is constant, the spatial vector component v works as a dark radiation with the equation of state close to 1/3. During the matter era, the ratio Σ/H decreases with the decrease of v. As long as the conditions |Σ| ll H and v2 ll phi2 are satisfied around the onset of late-time cosmic acceleration, where phi is the temporal vector component, we find that the solutions approach the isotropic de Sitter fixed point (Σ = 0 = v) in accordance with the cosmic no-hair conjecture. In the presence of v and Σ the early evolution of the dark energy equation of state wDE in the radiation era is different from that in the isotropic case, but the approach to the isotropic value wDE(iso) typically occurs at redshifts z much larger than 1. Thus, apart from the existence of dark radiation, the anisotropic cosmological dynamics at low redshifts is similar to that in isotropic generalized Proca theories. In beyond-generalized Proca theories the only consistent solution to avoid the divergence of a determinant of the dynamical system corresponds to v = 0, so Σ always decreases in time.

  4. Anisotropic cosmological solutions in massive vector theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Heisenberg, Lavinia; Kase, Ryotaro; Tsujikawa, Shinji, E-mail: Lavinia.heisenberg@googlemail.com, E-mail: r.kase@rs.tus.ac.jp, E-mail: shinji@rs.kagu.tus.ac.jp

    In beyond-generalized Proca theories including the extension to theories higher than second order, we study the role of a spatial component v of a massive vector field on the anisotropic cosmological background. We show that, as in the case of the isotropic cosmological background, there is no additional ghostly degrees of freedom associated with the Ostrogradski instability. In second-order generalized Proca theories we find the existence of anisotropic solutions on which the ratio between the anisotropic expansion rate Σ and the isotropic expansion rate H remains nearly constant in the radiation-dominated epoch. In the regime where Σ/ H is constant,more » the spatial vector component v works as a dark radiation with the equation of state close to 1/3. During the matter era, the ratio Σ/ H decreases with the decrease of v . As long as the conditions |Σ| || H and v {sup 2} || φ{sup 2} are satisfied around the onset of late-time cosmic acceleration, where φ is the temporal vector component, we find that the solutions approach the isotropic de Sitter fixed point (Σ = 0 = v ) in accordance with the cosmic no-hair conjecture. In the presence of v and Σ the early evolution of the dark energy equation of state w {sub DE} in the radiation era is different from that in the isotropic case, but the approach to the isotropic value w {sub DE}{sup (iso)} typically occurs at redshifts z much larger than 1. Thus, apart from the existence of dark radiation, the anisotropic cosmological dynamics at low redshifts is similar to that in isotropic generalized Proca theories. In beyond-generalized Proca theories the only consistent solution to avoid the divergence of a determinant of the dynamical system corresponds to v = 0, so Σ always decreases in time.« less

  5. Prospect theory or construal level theory? Diminishing sensitivity vs. psychological distance in risky decisions.

    PubMed

    Trautmann, Stefan T; van de Kuilen, Gijs

    2012-01-01

    Attitudes toward risks are central to organizational decisions. These attitudes are commonly modeled by prospect theory. Construal level theory has been proposed as an alternative theory of risky choice, accounting for psychological distance deriving from temporal, spatial and social aspects of risk that are typical of agency situations. Unnoticed in the literature, the two theories make contradicting predictions. The current study investigates which theory provides a better description of risky decisions in the presence of temporal, spatial, and social factors. We find that the psychophysical effects modeled by prospect theory dominate the psychological distance effects of construal level theory. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. Smallest fullerene-like silicon cage stabilized by a V{sub 2} unit

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Xu, Hong-Guang, E-mail: xuhong@iccas.ac.cn, E-mail: zhengwj@iccas.ac.cn; Kong, Xiang-Yu; Deng, Xiao-Jiao

    We conducted a combined anion photoelectron spectroscopy and density functional theory study on V{sub 2}Si{sub 20} cluster. Our results show that the V{sub 2}Si{sub 20} cluster has an elongated dodecahedron cage structure with a V{sub 2} unit encapsulated inside the cage. It is the smallest fullerene-like silicon cage and can be used as building block to make cluster-assembled materials, such as pearl-chain style nanowires.

  7. An Approach to V&V of Embedded Adaptive Systems

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Liu, Yan; Yerramalla, Sampath; Fuller, Edgar; Cukic, Bojan; Gururajan, Srikaruth

    2004-01-01

    Rigorous Verification and Validation (V&V) techniques are essential for high assurance systems. Lately, the performance of some of these systems is enhanced by embedded adaptive components in order to cope with environmental changes. Although the ability of adapting is appealing, it actually poses a problem in terms of V&V. Since uncertainties induced by environmental changes have a significant impact on system behavior, the applicability of conventional V&V techniques is limited. In safety-critical applications such as flight control system, the mechanisms of change must be observed, diagnosed, accommodated and well understood prior to deployment. In this paper, we propose a non-conventional V&V approach suitable for online adaptive systems. We apply our approach to an intelligent flight control system that employs a particular type of Neural Networks (NN) as the adaptive learning paradigm. Presented methodology consists of a novelty detection technique and online stability monitoring tools. The novelty detection technique is based on Support Vector Data Description that detects novel (abnormal) data patterns. The Online Stability Monitoring tools based on Lyapunov's Stability Theory detect unstable learning behavior in neural networks. Cases studies based on a high fidelity simulator of NASA's Intelligent Flight Control System demonstrate a successful application of the presented V&V methodology. ,

  8. A model of V356 Sagittarii. [eclipsing binary star

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, R. E.; Caldwell, C. N.

    1978-01-01

    It is pointed out that V356 Sgr is an abnormal member of the Algol class of binaries. According to Popper (1955), the primary component is of spectral type B3V and is rotating rapidly, while the secondary is of type A2II and is rotating at least approximately in synchronism with the orbital motion. The system is either semidetached or quite near to being semidetached. The main anomalies are related to the ratio of eclipse depths, the very small reflection effect of the light curves, differences between the duration of the primary and the secondary eclipse, and the unusual characteristics of the primary eclipse. It is concluded that the lack of agreement between theory and observation can be due only to an important attribute of the binary which has not yet been incorporated into the theory. The peculiarities can most reasonably be explained in terms of a geometrically and optically thick disk which surrounds the primary component.

  9. Time-series Photometry of the Pre-Main Sequence Binary V4046 Sgr: Testing the Accretion Stream Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tofflemire, Benjamin M.; Mathieu, Robert D.; Ardila, David R.; Ciardi, David R.

    2015-01-01

    Most stars are born in binaries, and the evolution of protostellar disks in pre-main sequence (PMS) binary stars is a current frontier of star formation research. PMS binary stars can have up to three accretion disks: two circumstellar disks and a circumbinary disk separated by a dynamically cleared gap. Theory suggests that mass may periodically flow in an accretion stream from a circumbinary disk across the gap onto circumstellar disks or stellar surfaces. Thus, accretion in PMS binaries is controlled by not only radiation, disk viscosity, and magnetic fields, but also by orbital dynamics.As part of a larger, ongoing effort to characterize mass accretion in young binary systems, we test the predictions of the binary accretion stream theory through continuous, multi-orbit, multi-color optical and near-infrared (NIR) time-series photometry. Observations such as these are capable of detecting and characterizing these modulated accretion streams, if they are generally present. Broad-band blue and ultraviolet photometry trace the accretion luminosity and photospheric temperature while NIR photometry provide a measurement of warm circumstellar material, all as a function of orbital phase. The predicted phase and magnitude of enhanced accretion are highly dependent on the binary orbital parameters and as such, our campaign focuses on 10 PMS binaries of varying periods and eccentricities. Here we present multi-color optical (U, B,V, R), narrowband (Hα), and multi-color NIR (J, H) lightcurves of the PMS binary V4046 Sgr (P=2.42 days) obtained with the SMARTS 1.3m telescope and LCOGT 1m telescope network. These results act to showcase the quality and breadth of data we have, or are currently obtaining, for each of the PMS binaries in our sample. With the full characterization of our sample, these observations will guide an extension of the accretion paradigm from single young stars to multiple systems.

  10. When is a theory a theory? A case example.

    PubMed

    Alkin, Marvin C

    2017-08-01

    This discussion comments on the approximately 20years history of writings on the prescriptive theory called Empowerment Evaluation. To do so, involves examining how "Empowerment Evaluation Theory" has been defined at various points of time (particularly 1996 and now in 2015). Defining a theory is different from judging the success of a theory. This latter topic has been addressed elsewhere by Michael Scriven, Michael Patton, and Brad Cousins. I am initially guided by the work of Robin Miller (2010) who has written on the issue of how to judge the success of a theory. In doing so, she provided potential standards for judging the adequacy of theories. My task is not judging the adequacy or success of the Empowerment Evaluation prescriptive theory in practice, but determining how well the theory is delineated. That is, to what extent do the writings qualify as a prescriptive theory. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  11. Diverse carrier mobility of monolayer BNC x : a combined density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory study.

    PubMed

    Wu, Tao; Deng, Kaiming; Deng, Weiqiao; Lu, Ruifeng

    2017-10-19

    BNC x monolayer as a kind of two-dimensional material has numerous chemical atomic ratios and arrangements with different electronic structures. Via calculations on the basis of density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory under deformation potential approximation, the band structures and carrier mobilities of BNC x (x  =  1,2,3,4) nanosheets are systematically investigated. The calculated results show that BNC 2 -1 is a material with very small band gap (0.02 eV) among all the structures while other BNC x monolayers are semiconductors with band gap ranging from 0.51 eV to 1.32 eV. The carrier mobility of BNC x varies considerably from tens to millions of cm 2 V -1 s -1 . For BNC 2 -1, the hole mobility and electron mobility along both x and y directions can reach 10 5 orders of magnitude, which is similar to the carrier mobility of graphene. Besides, all studied BNC x monolayers obviously have anisotropic hole mobility and electron mobility. In particular, for semiconductor BNC 4 , its hole mobility along the y direction and electron mobility along the x direction unexpectedly reach 10 6 orders of magnitude, even higher than that of graphene. Our findings suggest that BNC x layered materials with the proper ratio and arrangement of carbon atoms will possess desirable charge transport properties, exhibiting potential applications in nanoelectronic devices.

  12. Inversion of H/V in layered media from seismic ambient noise based on the diffuse field theory and on improved calculation of Green functions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sánchez-Sesma, Francisco J.; Piña, José; García-Jerez, Antonio; Luzón, Francisco; Perton, Mathieu

    2014-05-01

    The microtremor H/V spectral ratio (MHVSR) is widely used to assess the dominant frequency of soil sites. Measurements are relatively simple as only one station is needed. It has been recently proposed a theoretical basis linking ambient noise vibrations with diffuse field theory. In this theory the directional energy density computed as the average spectral density of motion at a point, is proportional to the imaginary part of Green function at the observation point. Appropriate normalization is crucial to make the experimental spectral ratios closer to the theoretical counterpart. According to this theory the square of H/V is twice the ratio ImG11 / ImG33, where ImG11 and ImG33 are the imaginary part of Green functions at the load point for horizontal and vertical components, respectively. In order to efficiently compute the imaginary part of Green's functions in a layered medium we start from an integral on the complex k plane and, using Harkrider's nomenclature, separate formulae for body-, Rayleigh-, and Love-wave components to the spectral densities are obtained. Then the poles allow for integration using the Cauchy residue theorem plus some contributions from branch integrals. It is possible to isolate pseudo reflections from ImG11 and thus constrain the inversion of soil profile. We assess ImG11 removing the influence of illumination spectrum using the H/V spectral ratio and an estimate of ImG33 (from an a priori model) by means of ImG11=0.5(H/V )2*ImG33. It has been found that ImG33 is less sensitive to details of stratigraphy. In fact, the Poisson ratio of the uppermost layer controls the slope in high frequency. With the obtained model ImG33 can be updated and the estimate of ImG11 will be improved. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS. This research has been partially supported by DGAPA-UNAM under Project IN104712, by the MINECO research project CGL2010-16250, Spain, by the EU with FEDER, and the AXA Research Fund.

  13. The influence of inertia on the efflux velocity: From Daniel Bernoulli to a contemporary theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Malcherek, Andreas

    2015-11-01

    In 1644 Evangelista Torricelli claimed that the outflow velocity from a vessel is equal to the terminal speed of a body falling freely from the filling level h, i.e. v =√{ 2 gh } . Therefore the largest velocities are predicted when the height in a vessel is at the highest position. As a consequence the efflux would start with the highest velocity directly from the initiation of motion which contradicts the inertia principle. In 1738 Daniel Bernoulli derived a much more sophisticated and instationary outflow theory basing on the conservation of potential and kinetic energy. As a special case Torricelli's law is obtained, when inertia is neglected and the cross section of the opening is small compared to the vessel's cross section. To the Authors knowledge, this theory was never applied or even mentioned in text books although it is superior to the Torricelli theory in many aspects. In this paper Bernoulli's forgotten theory will be presented. Deriving this theory using the state of the arts hydrodynamics results in a new formula v =√{ gh } . Although this formula contradicts Torricelli's principle, it is confirmed by all kind of experiments stating that a discharge coefficient of about β = 0 . 7 is needed in Torricelli's formula v = β√{ 2 gh } .

  14. Hybrid-exchange density-functional theory study of the electronic structure of MnV2O4 : Exotic orbital ordering in the cubic structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wu, Wei

    2015-05-01

    The electronic structures of cubic and tetragonal MnV2O4 have been studied using hybrid-exchange density-functional theory. The computed electronic structure of the tetragonal phase shows an antiferro-orbital ordering on V sites and a ferrimagnetic ground state (the spins on V and Mn are antialigned). These results are in good agreement with the previous theoretical result obtained from the local-density approximation + U methods [S. Sarkar et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 102, 216405 (2009), 10.1103/PhysRevLett.102.216405]. Moreover, the electronic structure, especially the projected density of states of the cubic phase, has been predicted with good agreement with the recent soft x-ray spectroscopy experiment. Similar to the tetragonal phase, the spins on V and Mn in the cubic structure favor a ferrimagnetic configuration. Most interesting is that the computed charge densities of the spin-carrying orbitals on V in the cubic phase show an exotic orbital ordering, i.e., a ferro-orbital ordering along [110] but an antiferro-orbital ordering along [1 ¯10 ] .

  15. Extending Newton's Universal Theory of Gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aisenberg, Sol

    2011-11-01

    This should remove the mystery of Dark Matter. Newton's universal theory of gravity only used the observations of the motion of planets in our solar system. Hubble later used observations of fixed stars in the universe, and showed that the fixed stars were actually galaxies with very large numbers of stars. Newton's universal law of gravity could not explain these new observations without the mystery of dark matter for the additional gravity. In science, when a theory is not able to explain new observations it is necessary to modify the theory or abandon the theory. Rubin observed flat (constant velocity) rotation curves for stars in spiral galaxies. Dark matter was proposed to provide the missing gravity. The equation balancing gravitational force and centripetal force is M*G=v*v*r and for the observed constant velocity v this requires M*G to be a linear function of distance r. If the linear dependence is instead assigned to G instead of M to give a new value for Gn as G+A*r, this will explain the observations in the cosmos and also in our solar system for small r. See ``The Misunderstood Universe'' for more details.

  16. Complete set of essential parameters of an effective theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ioffe, M. V.; Vereshagin, V. V.

    2018-04-01

    The present paper continues the series [V. V. Vereshagin, True self-energy function and reducibility in effective scalar theories, Phys. Rev. D 89, 125022 (2014); , 10.1103/PhysRevD.89.125022A. Vereshagin and V. Vereshagin, Resultant parameters of effective theory, Phys. Rev. D 69, 025002 (2004); , 10.1103/PhysRevD.69.025002K. Semenov-Tian-Shansky, A. Vereshagin, and V. Vereshagin, S-matrix renormalization in effective theories, Phys. Rev. D 73, 025020 (2006), 10.1103/PhysRevD.73.025020] devoted to the systematic study of effective scattering theories. We consider matrix elements of the effective Lagrangian monomials (in the interaction picture) of arbitrary high dimension D and show that the full set of corresponding coupling constants contains parameters of both kinds: essential and redundant. Since it would be pointless to formulate renormalization prescriptions for redundant parameters, it is necessary to select the full set of the essential ones. This is done in the present paper for the case of the single scalar field.

  17. Investigating the Vanadium Environments in Hydroxylamido V(V) Dipicolinate Complexes Using 51V NMR Spectroscopy and Density Functional Theory

    PubMed Central

    Ooms, Kristopher J.; Bolte, Stephanie E.; Smee, Jason J.; Baruah, Bharat; Crans, Debbie C.; Polenova, Tatyana

    2014-01-01

    Using 51V magic angle spinning solid-state NMR, SSNMR, spectroscopy and quantum chemical DFT calculations we have characterized the chemical shift and quadrupolar coupling parameters of a series of 8 hydroxylamido vanadium(V) dipicolinate complexes of the general formula VO(dipic)(ONR1R2)(H2O) where R1 and R2 can be H, CH3, or CH2CH3. This class of vanadium compounds was chosen for investigation because of their seven coordinate vanadium atom, a geometry for which there is limited 51V SSNMR data. Furthermore, a systematic series of compounds with different electronic properties are available and allows for the effects of ligand substitution on the NMR parameters to be studied. The quadrupolar coupling constants, CQ, are small, 3.0 to 3.9 MHz, but exhibit variations as a function of the ligand substitution. The chemical shift tensors in the solid state are sensitive to changes in both the hydroxylamide substituent and the dipic ligand, a sensitivity which is not observed for isotropic chemical shifts in solution. The chemical shift tensors span approximately 1000 ppm, and are nearly axially symmetric. Based on DFT calculations of the chemical shift tensors, one of the largest contributors to the magnetic shielding anisotropy is an occupied molecular orbital with significant vanadium dz2 character along the V=O bond. PMID:17902653

  18. Scale covariant gravitation. V - Kinetic theory. VI - Stellar structure and evolution

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Hsieh, S.-H.; Canuto, V. M.

    1981-01-01

    A scale covariant kinetic theory for particles and photons is developed. The mathematical framework of the theory is given by the tangent bundle of a Weyl manifold. The Liouville equation is derived, and solutions to corresponding equilibrium distributions are presented and shown to yield thermodynamic results identical to the ones obtained previously. The scale covariant theory is then used to derive results of interest to stellar structure and evolution. A radiative transfer equation is derived that can be used to study stellar evolution with a variable gravitational constant. In addition, it is shown that the sun's absolute luminosity scales as L approximately equal to GM/kappa, where kappa is the stellar opacity. Finally, a formula is derived for the age of globular clusters as a function of the gravitational constant using a previously derived expression for the absolute luminosity.

  19. Rejoinder to V. Suthakaran

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hansen, James T.

    2012-01-01

    V. Suthakaran (2012) uses cognitive-experiential self-theory as the basis for his argument that the humanities and science should have equal ideological status in the counseling profession. The author disagrees with this basic thesis and some of the related theoretical points that V. Suthakaran makes. However, the author agrees that the humanities…

  20. Theory of interparticle correlations in dense, high-temperature plasmas. V - Electric and thermal conductivities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ichimaru, S.; Tanaka, S.

    1985-01-01

    Ichimaru et al. (1985) have developed a general theory in which the interparticle correlations in dense, high-temperature multicomponent plasmas were formulated systematically over a wide range of plasma parameters. The present paper is concerned with an extension of this theory, taking into account the problems of the electronic transport in such high-density plasmas. It is shown that the resulting theory is capable of describing the transport coefficients accurately over a wide range of the density and temperature parameters. Attention is given to electric and thermal conductivities, generalized Coulomb logarithms, a comparison of the considered theory with other theories, and a comparison of the theory with experimental results.

  1. Elastic pp-bar and pp scattering up to. sqrt. s = 546 GeV and the flavored perturbative Reggeon field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Dash, J.W.; Jones, S.T.

    We show that the perturbative Reggeon field theory (RFT) with flavoring corrections added reproduces the pp and pp-bar differential cross sections from Fermilab to the CERN SPS collider (Spp-bar S). This completes a long program of phenomenology which is now capable of providing a unified framework for soft hadronic scattering at current energies. Our scenario of data being influenced by finite scales at least up to ..sqrt..s = 546 GeV is compatible with the truly asymptotic limit being described by the critical RFT scaling laws.

  2. Comment on Gallistel: behavior theory and information theory: some parallels.

    PubMed

    Nevin, John A

    2012-05-01

    In this article, Gallistel proposes information theory as an approach to some enduring problems in the study of operant and classical conditioning. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. A discriminative test among the different theories proposed to explain the origin of the genetic code: the coevolution theory finds additional support.

    PubMed

    Giulio, Massimo Di

    2018-05-19

    A discriminative statistical test among the different theories proposed to explain the origin of the genetic code is presented. Gathering the amino acids into polarity and biosynthetic classes that are the first expression of the physicochemical theory of the origin of the genetic code and the second expression of the coevolution theory, these classes are utilized in the Fisher's exact test to establish their significance within the genetic code table. Linking to the rows and columns of the genetic code of probabilities that express the statistical significance of these classes, I have finally been in the condition to be able to calculate a χ value to link to both the physicochemical theory and to the coevolution theory that would express the corroboration level referred to these theories. The comparison between these two χ values showed that the coevolution theory is able to explain - in this strictly empirical analysis - the origin of the genetic code better than that of the physicochemical theory. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Can Fe3+ and Al3+ ions serve as cationic bridges to facilitate the adsorption of anionic As(V) species on humic acids? A density functional theory study.

    PubMed

    Gorb, Leonid; Shukla, Manoj K

    2017-03-01

    A computational chemistry investigation was undertaken to shed light on the facilitatory role played by Fe 3+ and Al 3+ cations in the adsorption of anionic As(V) species by humic acids through the formation of so-called cationic bridges. Geometric and energetic parameters were obtained using density functional theory at the B3LYP/6-31G(d,p) level in conjunction with the polarizable continuum model (to account for the influence of bulk water). We found that, despite their similar molecular geometries, the adsorption energies of the As(V) species AsO 4 3- and H 2 AsO 4- differ when Fe 3+ , FeOH 2+ , Al 3+ , and AlOH 2+ participate in the bridge. We also found that effective adsorption of As(V) species by humic acids strongly depends on whether the considered cationic bridges are tightly coordinated by humic acids at the adsorption sites, as well as on the rigidity of these humic acid adsorption sites.

  5. A continuum theory for multicomponent chromatography modeling.

    PubMed

    Pfister, David; Morbidelli, Massimo; Nicoud, Roger-Marc

    2016-05-13

    A continuum theory is proposed for modeling multicomponent chromatographic systems under linear conditions. The model is based on the description of complex mixtures, possibly involving tens or hundreds of solutes, by a continuum. The present approach is shown to be very efficient when dealing with a large number of similar components presenting close elution behaviors and whose individual analytical characterization is impossible. Moreover, approximating complex mixtures by continuous distributions of solutes reduces the required number of model parameters to the few ones specific to the characterization of the selected continuous distributions. Therefore, in the frame of the continuum theory, the simulation of large multicomponent systems gets simplified and the computational effectiveness of the chromatographic model is thus dramatically improved. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  6. A.V. Usova's Contribution to the Field of Concept Learning in Physics Classroom

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Yavoruk, Oleg

    2015-01-01

    A.V. Usova (1921-2014) has always been one of the leading figures in Russian physics education. Her theory of physics concept formation was formulated during the 1970s and the 1980s and directly influenced the process of physics education in the 20th and the 21st century. Over the years there have been a lot of theories of concept formation. Her…

  7. Collision cross sections of N2 by H+ impact at keV energies within time-dependent density-functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yu, W.; Gao, C.-Z.; Zhang, Y.; Zhang, F. S.; Hutton, R.; Zou, Y.; Wei, B.

    2018-03-01

    We calculate electron capture and ionization cross sections of N2 impacted by the H+ projectile at keV energies. To this end, we employ the time-dependent density-functional theory coupled nonadiabatically to molecular dynamics. To avoid the explicit treatment of the complex density matrix in the calculation of cross sections, we propose an approximate method based on the assumption of constant ionization rate over the period of the projectile passing the absorbing boundary. Our results agree reasonably well with experimental data and semi-empirical results within the measurement uncertainties in the considered energy range. The discrepancies are mainly attributed to the inadequate description of exchange-correlation functional and the crude approximation for constant ionization rate. Although the present approach does not predict the experiments quantitatively for collision energies below 10 keV, it is still helpful to calculate total cross sections of ion-molecule collisions within a certain energy range.

  8. Dynamic properties of III-V polytypes from density-functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Benyahia, N.; Zaoui, A.; Madouri, D.; Ferhat, M.

    2017-03-01

    The recently discovered hexagonal wurtzite phase of several III-V nanowires opens up strong opportunity to engineer optoelectronic and transport properties of III-V materials. Herein, we explore the dynamical and dielectric properties of cubic (3C) and wurtzite (2H) III-V compounds (AlP, AlAs, AlSb, GaP, GaAs, GaSb, InP, InAs, and InSb). For cubic III-V compounds, our calculated phonon frequencies agree well with neutron diffraction and Raman-scattering measurements. In the case of 2H III-V materials, our calculated phonon modes at the zone-center Γ point are in distinguished agreement with available Raman-spectroscopy measurements of wurtzite GaAs, InP, GaP, and InAs nanowires. Particularly, the "fingerprint" of the wurtzite phase, which is our predicted E2(high) phonon mode, at 261 cm-1(GaAs), 308 cm-1(InP), 358 cm-1(GaP), and 214 cm-1(InAs) matches perfectly the respective Raman values of 258 cm-1, 306.4 cm-1, 353 cm-1, and 213.7 cm-1 for GaAs, InP, GaP, and InAs. Moreover, the dynamic charges and high-frequency dielectric constants are predicted for III-V materials in both cubic (3C) and hexagonal (2H) crystal polytypes. It is found that the dielectric properties of InAs and InSb contrast markedly from those of other 2H III-V compounds. Furthermore, InAs and InSb evidence relative strong anisotropy in their dielectric constants and Born effective charges, whereas GaP evinces the higher Born effective charge anisotropy of 2H III-V compounds.

  9. Vibrational and rotational transitions in low-energy electron-diatomic-molecule collisions. I - Close-coupling theory in the moving body-fixed frame. II - Hybrid theory and close-coupling theory: An /l subscript z-prime/-conserving close-coupling approximation

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Choi, B. H.; Poe, R. T.

    1977-01-01

    A detailed vibrational-rotational (V-R) close-coupling formulation of electron-diatomic-molecule scattering is developed in which the target molecular axis is chosen to be the z-axis and the resulting coupled differential equation is solved in the moving body-fixed frame throughout the entire interaction region. The coupled differential equation and asymptotic boundary conditions in the body-fixed frame are given for each parity, and procedures are outlined for evaluating V-R transition cross sections on the basis of the body-fixed transition and reactance matrix elements. Conditions are discussed for obtaining identical results from the space-fixed and body-fixed formulations in the case where a finite truncated basis set is used. The hybrid theory of Chandra and Temkin (1976) is then reformulated, relevant expressions and formulas for the simultaneous V-R transitions of the hybrid theory are obtained in the same forms as those of the V-R close-coupling theory, and distorted-wave Born-approximation expressions for the cross sections of the hybrid theory are presented. A close-coupling approximation that conserves the internuclear axis component of the incident electronic angular momentum (l subscript z-prime) is derived from the V-R close-coupling formulation in the moving body-fixed frame.

  10. Piaget's Structural Developmental Psychology. v. Ideology-Critique and the Possibility of a Critical Developmental Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Broughton, John M.

    1981-01-01

    This final essay in a five-part series examining Piaget's structural developmental psychology suggests that a psychological theory which integrates aspects of developmental structuralism within a critical social framework can be developed. (Author/RH)

  11. Foundations for a theory of gravitation theories

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Thorne, K. S.; Lee, D. L.; Lightman, A. P.

    1972-01-01

    A foundation is laid for future analyses of gravitation theories. This foundation is applicable to any theory formulated in terms of geometric objects defined on a 4-dimensional spacetime manifold. The foundation consists of (1) a glossary of fundamental concepts; (2) a theorem that delineates the overlap between Lagrangian-based theories and metric theories; (3) a conjecture (due to Schiff) that the Weak Equivalence Principle implies the Einstein Equivalence Principle; and (4) a plausibility argument supporting this conjecture for the special case of relativistic, Lagrangian-based theories.

  12. Psychologic theories in functional neurologic disorders.

    PubMed

    Carson, A; Ludwig, L; Welch, K

    2016-01-01

    In this chapter we review key psychologic theories that have been mooted as possible explanations for the etiology of functional neurologic symptoms, conversion disorder, and hysteria. We cover Freudian psychoanalysis and later object relations and attachment theories, social theories, illness behavior, classic and operant conditioning, social learning theory, self-regulation theory, cognitive-behavioral theories, and mindfulness. Dissociation and modern cognitive neuroscience theories are covered in other chapters in this series and, although of central importance, are omitted from this chapter. Our aim is an overview with the emphasis on breadth of coverage rather than depth. © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Precise measurement of charged defects in III-V compounds (supplement 2)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Soest, J. F.

    1973-01-01

    Experimental methods and related theory which will permit the measurement of low concentrations of vacancies and other defects in III-V compound semiconductors are discussed. Once the nature of these defects has been determined, this information can be incorporated into a transport theory for devices constructed from these materials, and experiments conducted to test the theory. The vacancies and other defects in the III-V compounds are detected by measurement of the nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) line width. Most of the III-V compounds have at least one isotope with a nuclear quadrupole moment. In a crystal with a cubic crystal field (characteristic of most III-V compounds) there is no quadrupole splitting of the Zeeman resonance line. However, a defect removes the cubic symmetry locally and causes splitting which result in a change of the NMR width. This change can be used to detect the presence of vacancies.

  14. Extensions of the Theory of the Electron-Phonon Interaction in Metals: A Collection.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1983-11-03

    accepted The measured zero -field susceptibility is given 50 . . . . 26 GENERALIZATION OF THE THEORY OF THE ELECTRON-... 1199 JP by X.P_ IM T V.IM 0... Generalization of the Theory of the Electron-Phonon Inter- action: Thermodynamic Formulation of Superconducting- and Normal-State Properties...A microscopic treatment of the consequences for supercon- ductivity of a nonconstant electronic density of states is presented. Generalized

  15. A Future of Communication Theory: Systems Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Lindsey, Georg N.

    Concepts of general systems theory, cybernetics and the like may provide the methodology for communication theory to move from a level of technology to a level of pure science. It was the purpose of this paper to (1) demonstrate the necessity of applying systems theory to the construction of communication theory, (2) review relevant systems…

  16. Effect of a Nonplanar Melt-Solid Interface On Lateral Compositional Distribution During Unidirectional Solidification of a Binary Alloy with a Constant Growth Velocity V. Pt. 1; Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Jai-Ching; Watring, D.; Lehoczky. S. L.; Su, C. H.; Gillies, D.; Szofran, F.; Sha, Y. G.; Sha, Y. G.

    1999-01-01

    Infrared detected materials, such as Hg(1-x)Cd(x)Te, Hg(1-x)Zn(x)Te have energy gaps almost linearly proportional to their composition. Due to the wide separation of liquidus and solidus curves of their phase diagram, there are compositional segregation in both of the axial and radial directions of these crystals grown in the Bridgman system unidirectionally with constant growth rate. It is important to understand the mechanisms, which affect lateral segregation such that large radially uniform composition crystal can be produced. Following Coriel, etc's treatment, we have developed a theory to study the effect of a curved melt-solid interface shape on lateral composition distribution. The model is considered to be a cylindrical system with azimuthal symmetry and a curved melt-solid interface shape which can be expressed as a linear combination of a series of Bessell's functions. The results show that melt-solid interface shape has a dominant effect on the lateral composition distribution of these systems. For small values of beta, the solute concentration at the melt-solid interface scales linearly with interface shape with a proportional constant of the produce of beta and (1 -k), where beta = VR/D, with V as growth velocity, R as the sample radius, D as the diffusion constant and k as the distribution constant. A detailed theory will be presented. A computer code has been developed and simulations have been performed and compared with experimental results. These will be published in another paper.

  17. Towards a natural theory of electroweak interactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dobrescu, Bogdan A.

    1998-01-01

    I study theories of electroweak symmetry breaking that may describe naturally the electromagnetic and weak interactions of the elementary particles observed so far (quarks, leptons and gauge bosons). These theories should explain why the energy scale at which the electroweak symmetry is spontaneously broken (246 GeV), called the 'electroweak scale', is seventeen orders of magnitude smaller than the 'Planck scale', which is associated with the quantum origin of gravity. I discuss first theories where the electroweak symmetry is broken by the dynamics of new strong interactions, naturally producing the hierarchy between the Planck scale and the electroweak scale. I show that in a realistic class of models of this type, the new gauge bosons needed for generating the mass of the heaviest quark have couplings which require a careful adjustment in order to be compatible with experimental data. In the case where the strong dynamics produces a composite spinless particle ('Higgs boson') whose interactions break the electroweak symmetry, I derive an upper bound of 460 GeV on the Higgs boson mass from experimental constraints on processes sensitive to new physics. I also discuss a different type of theory that explains the hierarchy of energy scales, based on a special symmetry, called supersymmetry, which requires the existence of new particles ('superpartners'). No superpartners have been seen in experiments. Therefore, if they exist, they must have masses larger than the particles known so far, implying that supersymmetry is not exact. In the simplest models, supersymmetry breaking is transmitted to the superpartners by standard gauge interactions. I show that all known models of this type are likely to be unacceptable because they do not admit a stable and phenomenologically viable ground state of the universe ('vacuum'). I then construct modified versions of these models that permit viable stable vacua. Also, I present a new model in which supersymmetry breaking is

  18. Effect of a Nonplanar Melt-Solid Interface on Lateral Compositional Distribution during Unidirectional Solidification of a Binary Alloy with a Constant Growth Velocity V. Part 1; Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wang, Jai-Ching; Watring, Dale A.; Lehoczky, Sandor L.; Su, Ching-Hua; Gillies, Don; Szofran, Frank

    1999-01-01

    Infrared detector materials, such as Hg(1-x)Cd(x)Te, Hg(1-x)Zn(x)Te have energy gaps almost linearly proportional to its composition. Due to the wide separation of liquidus and solidus curves of their phase diagram, there are compositional segregations in both of axial and radial directions of these crystals grown in the Bridgman system unidirectionally with constant growth rate. It is important to understand the mechanisms which affect lateral segregation such that large uniform radial composition crystal is possible. Following Coriell, etc's treatment, we have developed a theory to study the effect of a curved melt-solid interface shape on the lateral composition distribution. The system is considered to be cylindrical system with azimuthal symmetric with a curved melt-solid interface shape which can be expressed as a linear combination of a series of Bessell's functions. The results show that melt-solid interface shape has a dominate effect on lateral composition distribution of these systems. For small values of b, the solute concentration at the melt-solid interface scales linearly with interface shape with a proportional constant of the product of b and (1 - k), where b = VR/D, with V as growth velocity, R as sample radius, D as diffusion constant and k as distribution constant. A detailed theory will be presented. A computer code has been developed and simulations have been performed and compared with experimental results. These will be published in another paper.

  19. Diverse carrier mobility of monolayer BNCx: A combined density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory study.

    PubMed

    Wu, Tao; Deng, Kaiming; Deng, Wei-Qiao; Lu, Ruifeng

    2017-09-19

    BNCX monolayer as a kind of two-dimensional material has numerous chemical atomic ratios and arrangements with different electronic structures. Via calculations on the basis of density functional theory and Boltzmann transport theory under deformation potential approximation, the band structures and carrier mobilities of BNCX (x=1,2,3,4) nanosheets are systematically investigated. The calculated results show that BNC2-1 is a material with very small band gap (0.02 eV) among all the structures while other BNCX monolayers are semiconductors with band gap ranging from 0.51 to 1.32 eV. The carrier mobility of BNCX varies considerably from tens to millions of cm2 V-1 s-1. For BNC2-1, the hole mobility and electron mobility along both x and y directions can reach 105 orders of magnitude, which is similar to the carrier mobility of graphene. Besides, all studied BNCX monolayers obviously have anisotropic hole mobility and electron mobility. In particular, for semiconductor BNC4, its hole mobility along y direction and electron mobility along x direction unexpectedly reach 106 orders of magnitude, even higher than that of graphene. Our findings suggest that BNCX layered materials with proper ratio and arrangement of carbon atoms will possess desirable charge transport properties, exhibiting potential applications in nanoelectronic devices. © 2017 IOP Publishing Ltd.

  20. Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research. Volume V.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Smart, John C., Ed.

    Eleven papers on theory and research in higher education have the following titles and authors: "Strategy and Effectiveness in Systems of Higher Education" (Ellen Earle Chaffee); "Responsibilty Without Authority: The Impossible Job of the College President" (Robert Birnbaum); "Trouble in the Land: The Paradigm Revolution in the Academic…

  1. Monochromatic X-ray-induced thermal effect on four-reflection “nested” meV-monochromators: dynamical diffraction theory and finite-element analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hu, Ling-Fei; Gao, Li-Dan; Li, Zhen-Jie; Wang, Shan-Feng; Sheng, Wei-Fan; Liu, Peng; Xu, Wei

    2015-09-01

    The high energy resolution monochromator (HRM) is widely used in inelastic scattering programs to detect phonons with energy resolution, down to the meV level. Although the large amount of heat from insertion devices can be reduced by a high heat-load monochromator, the unbalanced heat load on the inner pair of crystals in a nested HRM can affect its overall performance. Here, a theoretical analysis of the unbalanced heat load using dynamical diffraction theory and finite element analysis is presented. By utilizing the ray-tracing method, the performance of different HRM nesting configurations is simulated. It is suggested that the heat balance ratio, energy resolution, and overall spectral transmission efficiency are the figures of merit for evaluating the performance of nested HRMs. Although the present study is mainly focused on nested HRMs working at 57Fe nuclear resonant energy at 14.4 keV, it is feasible to extend this to other nested HRMs working at different energies.

  2. Chromospheric models for Altair (A7 IV-V)

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ferrero, R. Freire; Gouttebroze, P.; Catalano, S.; Marilli, E.; Bruhweiler, F.; Kondo, Y.; Van Der Hucht, K.; Talavera, A.

    1995-01-01

    The star, Altair (A7 IV-V), is clearly shown to have Lyman-alpha emission of chromospheric origin, while no evidence is found for the Mg II emission reported in previous investigations. We present non-Local Thermodymanic Equilibrium (non-LTE) semiempirical models incorporating partial redistribution of the chromosphere of Altair that reproduce the observed Lyman-alpha emission and the Mg II resonance absorption at 2800 A. We unambiguously establihed that chromospheres exist at spectral types as early as A7 on the main sequence, and we also demonstrate that it very unlikely that the observed emission originates in a corotating expanding wind. This result represents a new challenge for chromospheric heating theories. It may indicate that both differential rotation and convection layers, at least near the equator, exist in this fast rotating (v sin i = 220 km/s) star.

  3. Experimental evaluation of a flat wake theory for predicting rotor inflow-wake velocities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Wilson, John C.

    1992-01-01

    The theory for predicting helicopter inflow-wake velocities called flat wake theory was correlated with several sets of experimental data. The theory was developed by V. E. Baskin of the USSR, and a computer code known as DOWN was developed at Princeton University to implement the theory. The theory treats the wake geometry as rigid without interaction between induced velocities and wake structure. The wake structure is assumed to be a flat sheet of vorticity composed of trailing elements whose strength depends on the azimuthal and radial distributions of circulation on a rotor blade. The code predicts the three orthogonal components of flow velocity in the field surrounding the rotor. The predictions can be utilized in rotor performance and helicopter real-time flight-path simulation. The predictive capability of the coded version of flat wake theory provides vertical inflow patterns similar to experimental patterns.

  4. Exact Solution of a Strongly Coupled Gauge Theory in 0 +1 Dimensions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krishnan, Chethan; Kumar, K. V. Pavan

    2018-05-01

    Gauged tensor models are a class of strongly coupled quantum mechanical theories. We present the exact analytic solution of a specific example of such a theory: namely, the smallest colored tensor model due to Gurau and Witten that exhibits nonlinearities. We find explicit analytic expressions for the eigenvalues and eigenstates, and the former agree precisely with previous numerical results on (a subset of) eigenvalues of the ungauged theory. The physics of the spectrum, despite the smallness of N , exhibits rudimentary signatures of chaos. This Letter is a summary of our main results: the technical details will appear in companion paper [C. Krishnan and K. V. Pavan Kumar, Complete solution of a gauged tensor model, arXiv:1804.10103].

  5. Increasing the applicability of density functional theory. V. X-ray absorption spectra with ionization potential corrected exchange and correlation potentials.

    PubMed

    Verma, Prakash; Bartlett, Rodney J

    2016-07-21

    Core excitation energies are computed with time-dependent density functional theory (TD-DFT) using the ionization energy corrected exchange and correlation potential QTP(0,0). QTP(0,0) provides C, N, and O K-edge spectra to about an electron volt. A mean absolute error (MAE) of 0.77 and a maximum error of 2.6 eV is observed for QTP(0,0) for many small molecules. TD-DFT based on QTP (0,0) is then used to describe the core-excitation spectra of the 22 amino acids. TD-DFT with conventional functionals greatly underestimates core excitation energies, largely due to the significant error in the Kohn-Sham occupied eigenvalues. To the contrary, the ionization energy corrected potential, QTP(0,0), provides excellent approximations (MAE of 0.53 eV) for core ionization energies as eigenvalues of the Kohn-Sham equations. As a consequence, core excitation energies are accurately described with QTP(0,0), as are the core ionization energies important in X-ray photoionization spectra or electron spectroscopy for chemical analysis.

  6. A Model for Comparing Game Theory and Artificial Intelligence Decision Making Processes

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-12-01

    I V. Re-visions to PALANTIR Program .. .. .... .... .... ..... 20 4.1 Rewritten in the C Programming Lanigiiage...The PALANTIR , created by Capt Robert Palmer, had two uses: to train per- sonnel on the use of satellites and to provide insight into the movements...zero-sum game theory approach to reach decisions (11:23). This approach is discussed further in Chapter 2. 2 Although PALANTIR used game theory players

  7. Structure of V2AlC studied by theory and experiment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Schneider, Jochen M.; Mertens, Raphael; Music, Denis

    2006-01-01

    We have studied V2AlC (space group P63/mmc, prototype Cr2AlC) by ab initio calculations. The density of states (DOS) of V2AlC for antiferromagnetic, ferromagnetic, and paramagnetic configurations have been discussed. According to the analysis of DOS and cohesive energy, no significant stability differences between spin-polarized and non-spin-polarized configurations were found. Based on the partial DOS analysis, V2AlC can be classified as a strongly coupled nanolaminate according to our previous work [Z. Sun, D. Music, R. Ahuja, S. Li, and J. M. Schneider, Phys. Rev. B 70, 092102 (2004)]. Furthermore, this phase has been synthesized in the form of thin films by magnetron sputtering. The equilibrium volume, determined by x-ray diffraction, is in good agreement with the theoretical data, implying that ab initio calculations provide an accurate description of V2AlC.

  8. 75 FR 6860 - Airworthiness Directives; International Aero Engines AG (IAE) V2500-A1, V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-02-12

    ... Airworthiness Directives; International Aero Engines AG (IAE) V2500-A1, V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525-D5, V2527-A5, V2527E-A5, V2527M-A5, V2528-D5, V2530-A5, and V2533-A5 Turbofan Engines AGENCY: Federal Aviation... airworthiness directive (AD) for all International Aero Engines AG (IAE) V2500-A1, V2525-D5 and V2528-D5...

  9. v-representability and density functional theory. [for nonrelativistic electrons in nondegenerate ground state

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kohn, W.

    1983-01-01

    It is shown that if n(r) is the discrete density on a lattice (enclosed in a finite box) associated with a nondegenerate ground state in an external potential v(r) (i.e., is 'v-representable'), then the density n(r) + mu(r), with m(r) arbitrary (apart from trivial constraints) and mu small enough, is also associated with a nondegenerate ground state in an external potential v'(r) near v(r); i.e., n(r) + m(r) is also v-representable. Implications for the Hohenberg-Kohn variational principle and the Kohn-Sham equations are discussed.

  10. An Integrated Theory of Everything (TOE)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Colella, Antonio

    2014-03-01

    An Integrated TOE unifies all known physical phenomena from the Planck cube to the Super Universe (multiverse). Each matter/force particle is represented by a Planck cube string. Any Super Universe object is a volume of contiguous Planck cubes. Super force Planck cube string singularities existed at the start of all universes. An Integrated TOE foundations are twenty independent existing theories and without sacrificing their integrities, are replaced by twenty interrelated amplified theories. Amplifications of Higgs force theory are key to an Integrated TOE and include: 64 supersymmetric Higgs particles; super force condensations to 17 matter particles/associated Higgs forces; spontaneous symmetry breaking is bidirectional; and the sum of 8 permanent Higgs force energies is dark energy. Stellar black hole theory was amplified to include a quark star (matter) with mass, volume, near zero temperature, and maximum entropy. A black hole (energy) has energy, minimal volume (singularity), near infinite temperature, and minimum entropy. Our precursor universe's super supermassive quark star (matter) evaporated to a super supermassive black hole (energy). This transferred total conserved energy/mass and transformed entropy from maximum to minimum. Integrated Theory of Everything Book Video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4a1c9IvdoGY Research Article Video: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CD-QoLeVbSY Research Article: http://toncolella.files.wordpress.com/2012/07/m080112.pdf.

  11. Status of a minimal composite Higgs theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Fodor, Zoltan; Holland, Kieran; Kuti, Julius; Mondal, Santanu; Nogradi, Daniel; Wong, Chik Him

    2017-12-01

    We analyze three sets of gauge ensembles in our extended physics program of a particularly important BSM gauge theory with a fermion doublet in the two-index symmetric (sextet) representation of the SU(3) BSM color gauge group. Our investigations include chiral symmetry breaking (χSB) in the p-regime and 𝜖-regime, the mass of the composite 0++ scalar, resonance spectroscopy, new physics from gauge anomaly constraints, and the role of stable sextet BSM baryons with Electroweak interactions in dark matter searches. Important new goals include studies of the 0++ scalar entangled with Goldstone dynamics in the p-regime and the 𝜖-regime, the resonance spectrum with particular attention to emerging LHC signals, like recent hints for diphoton excess at 750 GeV or diboson anomalies in the 2 TeV range. All results reported here are preliminary before journal publication including some post-conference material for the discussion.

  12. Theoretical frameworks for testing relativistic gravity. V - Post-Newtonian limit of Rosen's theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Lee, D. L.; Ni, W.-T.; Caves, C. M.; Will, C. M.

    1976-01-01

    The post-Newtonian limit of Rosen's theory of gravity is evaluated and is shown to be identical to that of general relativity, except for the post-Newtonian parameter alpha sub 2 (which is related to the difference in propagation speeds for gravitational and electromagnetic waves). Both the value of alpha sub 2 and the value of the Newtonian gravitational constant depend on the present cosmological structure of the Universe. If the cosmological structure has a specific (but presumably special) form, the Newtonian gravitational constant assumes its current value, alpha sub 2 is zero, the post-Newtonian limit of Rosen's theory is identical to that of general relativity - and standard solar system experiments cannot distinguish between the two theories.

  13. Application of the Zero-Order Reaction Rate Model and Transition State Theory to predict porous Ti6Al4V bending strength.

    PubMed

    Reig, L; Amigó, V; Busquets, D; Calero, J A; Ortiz, J L

    2012-08-01

    Porous Ti6Al4V samples were produced by microsphere sintering. The Zero-Order Reaction Rate Model and Transition State Theory were used to model the sintering process and to estimate the bending strength of the porous samples developed. The evolution of the surface area during the sintering process was used to obtain sintering parameters (sintering constant, activation energy, frequency factor, constant of activation and Gibbs energy of activation). These were then correlated with the bending strength in order to obtain a simple model with which to estimate the evolution of the bending strength of the samples when the sintering temperature and time are modified: σY=P+B·[lnT·t-ΔGa/R·T]. Although the sintering parameters were obtained only for the microsphere sizes analysed here, the strength of intermediate sizes could easily be estimated following this model. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Theory of Multiple Intelligences: Is It a Scientific Theory?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chen, Jie-Qi

    2004-01-01

    This essay discusses the status of multiple intelligences (MI) theory as a scientific theory by addressing three issues: the empirical evidence Gardner used to establish MI theory, the methodology he employed to validate MI theory, and the purpose or function of MI theory.

  15. The Simplest Chronoscope V: A Theory of Dual Primary and Secondary Reaction Time Systems.

    PubMed

    Montare, Alberto

    2016-12-01

    Extending work by Montare, visual simple reaction time, choice reaction time, discriminative reaction time, and overall reaction time scores obtained from college students by the simplest chronoscope (a falling meterstick) method were significantly faster as well as significantly less variable than scores of the same individuals from electromechanical reaction timers (machine method). Results supported the existence of dual reaction time systems: an ancient primary reaction time system theoretically activating the V5 parietal area of the dorsal visual stream that evolved to process significantly faster sensory-motor reactions to sudden stimulations arising from environmental objects in motion, and a secondary reaction time system theoretically activating the V4 temporal area of the ventral visual stream that subsequently evolved to process significantly slower sensory-perceptual-motor reactions to sudden stimulations arising from motionless colored objects. © The Author(s) 2016.

  16. Nonlocal theory of beam-driven electron Bernstein waves

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jain, V.K.; Tripathi, V.K.

    A nonlocal theory of electron Bernstein waves driven unstable by an axial beam (V = V/sub b/z-italic-circumflex) of finite width has been developed. Assuming a parabolic density profile for the background plasma, an equation describing the mode structure of the wave is obtained in the slab geometry. The eigenfunctions are found to be Hermite polynomials. Expressions for the growth rates of the instabilities caused by Cerenkov and slow cyclotron interactions are derived. The results of the theory are applied to explain some of the experimental observations of Jain and Christiansen (Phys. Lett. A 82, 127 (1981)).

  17. Nonequilibrium fluctuations in a frictional granular motor: Experiments and kinetic theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gnoli, Andrea; Sarracino, Alessandro; Puglisi, Andrea; Petri, Alberto

    2013-05-01

    We report the study of an experimental granular Brownian motor, inspired by the one published in Eshuis [Phys. Rev. Lett.PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.104.248001 104, 248001 (2010)], but different in some ingredients. As in that previous work, the motor is constituted by a rotating blade, the surfaces of which break the rotation-inversion symmetry through alternated patches of different inelasticity, immersed in a gas of granular particles. The main difference of our experimental setup is in the orientation of the main axis, which is parallel to the (vertical) direction of shaking of the granular fluid, guaranteeing an isotropic distribution for the velocities of colliding grains, characterized by a variance v02. We also keep the granular system diluted, in order to compare with Boltzmann-equation-based kinetic theory. In agreement with theory, we observe the crucial role of Coulomb friction which induces two main regimes: (i) rare collisions, with an average angular velocity <ω>˜v03, and (ii) frequent collisions (FC), with <ω>˜v0. We also study the fluctuations of the angle spanned in a large-time interval Δθ, which in the FC regime is proportional to the work done upon the motor. We observe that the fluctuation relation is satisfied with a slope which weakly depends on the relative collision frequency.

  18. Plato: A localised orbital based density functional theory code

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kenny, S. D.; Horsfield, A. P.

    2009-12-01

    The Plato package allows both orthogonal and non-orthogonal tight-binding as well as density functional theory (DFT) calculations to be performed within a single framework. The package also provides extensive tools for analysing the results of simulations as well as a number of tools for creating input files. The code is based upon the ideas first discussed in Sankey and Niklewski (1989) [1] with extensions to allow high-quality DFT calculations to be performed. DFT calculations can utilise either the local density approximation or the generalised gradient approximation. Basis sets from minimal basis through to ones containing multiple radial functions per angular momenta and polarisation functions can be used. Illustrations of how the package has been employed are given along with instructions for its utilisation. Program summaryProgram title: Plato Catalogue identifier: AEFC_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AEFC_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC licence, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 219 974 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 1 821 493 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language: C/MPI and PERL Computer: Apple Macintosh, PC, Unix machines Operating system: Unix, Linux and Mac OS X Has the code been vectorised or parallelised?: Yes, up to 256 processors tested RAM: Up to 2 Gbytes per processor Classification: 7.3 External routines: LAPACK, BLAS and optionally ScaLAPACK, BLACS, PBLAS, FFTW Nature of problem: Density functional theory study of electronic structure and total energies of molecules, crystals and surfaces. Solution method: Localised orbital based density functional theory. Restrictions: Tight-binding and density functional theory only, no exact exchange. Unusual features: Both atom centred and uniform meshes available

  19. Surface field theories of point group symmetry protected topological phases

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Huang, Sheng-Jie; Hermele, Michael

    2018-02-01

    We identify field theories that describe the surfaces of three-dimensional bosonic point group symmetry protected topological (pgSPT) phases. The anomalous nature of the surface field theories is revealed via a dimensional reduction argument. Specifically, we study three different surface field theories. The first field theory is quantum electrodynamics in three space-time dimensions (QED3) with four flavors of fermions. We show this theory can describe the surfaces of a majority of bosonic pgSPT phases protected by a single mirror reflection, or by Cn v point group symmetry for n =2 ,3 ,4 ,6 . The second field theory is a variant of QED3 with charge-1 and charge-3 Dirac fermions. This field theory can describe the surface of a reflection symmetric pgSPT phase built by placing an E8 state on the mirror plane. The third field theory is an O (4 ) nonlinear sigma model with a topological theta term at θ =π , or, equivalently, a noncompact CP1 model. Using a coupled wire construction, we show this is a surface theory for bosonic pgSPT phases with U (1 ) ×Z2P symmetry. For the latter two field theories, we discuss the connection to gapped surfaces with topological order. Moreover, we conjecture that the latter two field theories can describe surfaces of more general bosonic pgSPT phases with Cn v point group symmetry.

  20. Magnetic Soliton, Homotopy and Higgs Theory,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1986-04-24

    OD-AL67 366 NAGETIC SOLITON ONOTOPY ND HIGGS THEORY(U) FOREIGNI n1/ 1TECHNOLOGY D V NRIGHT-PATTERSON AFD ON Y LI ET AL. UNCLSSIIED24 APR 86 FTD-ID...MAGNETIC SOLITON, HOMOTOPY AND HIGGS THEORY by Li Yuanjie and Lei Shizu *. . * . .%..**% . . .-..C./ ~~~Approved for public release; -," Distribution...HOMOTOPY AND HIGGS THEORY By: Li Yuanjie and Lei Shizu English pages: 9 Source: Huazhong Gongxueyuan Xuebao, Vol. 11, Nr. 6, 1983, pp. 65-70 Country of

  1. Two, Three, Many Strands of Activity Theory!

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Levant, Alex

    2018-01-01

    This piece critically follows David Bakhurst's 2009 article "Reflections on Activity Theory" in light of recent developments in the field. It sketches three directions for further research. First, it examines his identification of "two strands" of activity theory (AT)--the philosophical, which he associates with E.V. Ilyenkov…

  2. 'Theory of Mind' I: a theory of knowledge?

    PubMed

    Plastow, Michael

    2012-06-01

    'Theory of mind' is a cognitive notion introduced by Simon Baron-Cohen and colleagues to explain certain deficits in autistic disorders. It has, however, been extended beyond this, and applied more broadly. It proposes a means of knowing the mind of others, and suggests that this means fails in autism. The epistemological basis of 'theory of mind' will be examined critically, not just in terms of its endeavour as a theory of knowledge, but also in regard to the principles that underlie it. The proponents of 'theory of mind' eschew the rich field of psychological and phenomenological research, privileging only the biological sciences into which they endeavour to place their theorizations. In doing this, they fail to recognize the epistemological problems involved. This leads to the theory remaining hamstrung by the very Cartesian ontological problems that it seeks to avoid. For some, 'theory of mind' is but an artefact of the cognitive approach that it employs. It is argued that these difficulties are compounded by the failure of 'theory of mind' to take account of the place of language in the interpersonal encounters it attempts to describe.

  3. Misinterpretations of Piaget's Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Wadsworth, Barry

    1981-01-01

    Refutes six common misconceptions about Piaget's theories, including their educational implications; Piaget's position on heredity v environment; and the relationships between developmental stages, age, and brain growth spurts. Condensed from "Impact on Instructional Improvement", Winter 1981, p7-11. (SJL)

  4. Theories of Career Development. A Comparison of the Theories.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Osipow, Samuel H.

    These seven theories of career development are examined in previous chapters: (1) Roe's personality theory, (2) Holland's career typology theory, (3) the Ginzberg, Ginsburg, Axelrod, and Herma Theory, (4) psychoanalytic conceptions, (5) Super's developmental self-concept theory, (6) other personality theories, and (7) social systems theories.…

  5. W' Boson near 2 TeV: Predictions for Run 2 of the LHC.

    PubMed

    Dobrescu, Bogdan A; Liu, Zhen

    2015-11-20

    We present a renormalizable theory that includes a W' boson of mass in the 1.8-2 TeV range, which may explain the excess events reported by the ATLAS Collaboration in a WZ final state, and by the CMS Collaboration in e(+)e(-)jj, Wh(0), and jj final states. The W' boson couples to right-handed quarks and leptons, including Dirac neutrinos with TeV-scale masses. This theory predicts a Z' boson of mass in the 3.4-4.5 TeV range. The cross section times branching fractions for the narrow Z' dijet and dilepton peaks at the 13 TeV LHC are 10 and 0.6 fb, respectively, for M_(Z')=3.4  TeV, and an order of magnitude smaller for M_(Z')=4.5  TeV.

  6. Supersymmetry from typicality: TeV-scale gauginos and PeV-scale squarks and sleptons.

    PubMed

    Nomura, Yasunori; Shirai, Satoshi

    2014-09-12

    We argue that under a set of simple assumptions the multiverse leads to low-energy supersymmetry with the spectrum often called spread or minisplit supersymmetry: the gauginos are in the TeV region with the other superpartners 2 or 3 orders of magnitude heavier. We present a particularly simple realization of supersymmetric grand unified theory using this idea.

  7. Testing naturalness at 100 TeV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chen, Chuan-Ren; Hajer, Jan; Liu, Tao; Low, Ian; Zhang, Hao

    2017-09-01

    Solutions to the electroweak hierarchy problem typically introduce a new symmetry to stabilize the quadratic ultraviolet sensitivity in the self-energy of the Higgs boson. The new symmetry is either broken softly or collectively, as for example in supersymmetric and little Higgs theories. At low energies such theories contain naturalness partners of the Standard Model fields which are responsible for canceling the quadratic divergence in the squared Higgs mass. Post the discovery of any partner-like particles, we propose to test the aforementioned cancellation by measuring relevant Higgs couplings. Using the fermionic top partners in little Higgs theories as an illustration, we construct a simplified model for naturalness and initiate a study on testing naturalness. After electroweak symmetry breaking, naturalness in the top sector requires a T = - λ t 2 at leading order, where λ t and a T are the Higgs couplings to a pair of top quarks and top partners, respectively. Using a multivariate method of Boosted Decision Tree to tag boosted particles in the Standard Model, we show that, with a luminosity of 30 ab-1 at a 100 TeV pp-collider, naturalness could be tested with a precision of 10% for a top partner mass up to 2.5 TeV.

  8. State selected ion--molecule reactions by a TESICO technique. V. N/sub 2//sup +/(v)+Ar. -->. N/sub 2/+Ar/sup +/

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kato, T.; Tanaka, K.; Koyano, I.

    1982-07-15

    Charge transfer reactions N/sub 2//sup +/(v)+Ar..-->..Ar/sup +/+N/sub 2/ (1) have been studied by selecting the vibrational states of N/sub 2//sup +/ using the threshold electron--secondary ion coincidence (TESICO) technique. Relative cross sections sigma(v) for the individual vibrational states v = 0--3 have been determined at three collision energies, 0.3, 1.5, and 11.8 eV. Results show that Reaction (1), which is endoergic for v = 0, is considerably enhanced by the vibrational excitation of N/sub 2//sup +/ at all collision energies. While excitation of one vibrational quantum enhances the cross section substantially, excitation of additional quanta further increases the cross sectionmore » up to v = 3. The ratios sigma(2)/sigma(1) and sigma(3)/sigma(2) are, however, much smaller than sigma(1)/sigma(0) and are significantly larger at the highest collision energy than at the other two collision energies. These results are discussed in conjunction with the calculated results based on the simple two-state theory of Rapp and Francis and the Franck--Condon factors.« less

  9. Old wine in a new bottle: Technidilaton as the 125 GeV Higgs

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yamawaki, Koichi

    2017-12-01

    The first Nagoya SCGT workshop back in 1988 (SCGT 88) was motivated by the walking technicolor and technidilaton. Now at SCGT15 I returned to the “old wine” in “a new bottle”, the recently discovered 125 Higgs boson as the technidilaton. We show that the Standard Model (SM) Higgs Lagrangian is identical to the nonlinear realization of both the scale and chiral symmetries (“scale-invariant nonlinear sigma model”), and is further gauge equivalent to the “scale-invariant Hidden Local Symmetry (HLS) model” having possible new vector bosons as the HLS gauge bosons with scale-invariant mass: SM Higgs is nothing but a (pseudo) dilaton. The effective theory of the walking technicolor has precisely the same type of the scale-invariant nonlinear sigma model, thus further having the scale-invariant HLS gauge bosons (technirho’s, etc.). The technidilaton mass Mϕ comes from the trace anomaly, which yields Mϕ2F ϕ2 ≃ [ 8 NF 4 NC] ṡ (2.5)2 ṡ v4 via PCDC, in the underlying walking SU(NC) gauge theory with NF massless flavors, where Fϕ is the the decay constant and v = 246GeV. This implies Fϕ ≃ 5v for Mϕ ≃ 125GeV ≃ 1 2v in the one-family walking technicolor model (NC = 4,NF = 8), in good agreement with the current LHC Higgs data. In the anti-Veneziano limit, NC →∞, with NCα =fixed and NF/NC =fixed (≫ 1), we have a result: Mϕ2/v2 ˜ M ϕ2/F ϕ2 ˜ 1/(N FNC) → 0. Then the technidilaton is a naturally light composite Higgs out of the strongly coupled conformal dynamics, with its couplings even weaker than the SM Higgs. Related holographic and lattice results are also discussed. In particular, such a light flavor-singlet scalar does exists in the lattice simulations in the walking regime.

  10. Noncommutative Common Cause Principles in algebraic quantum field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hofer-Szabo, Gabor; Vecsernyes, Peter

    2013-04-15

    States in algebraic quantum field theory 'typically' establish correlation between spacelike separated events. Reichenbach's Common Cause Principle, generalized to the quantum field theoretical setting, offers an apt tool to causally account for these superluminal correlations. In the paper we motivate first why commutativity between the common cause and the correlating events should be abandoned in the definition of the common cause. Then we show that the Noncommutative Weak Common Cause Principle holds in algebraic quantum field theory with locally finite degrees of freedom. Namely, for any pair of projections A, B supported in spacelike separated regions V{sub A} and V{submore » B}, respectively, there is a local projection C not necessarily commuting with A and B such that C is supported within the union of the backward light cones of V{sub A} and V{sub B} and the set {l_brace}C, C{sup Up-Tack }{r_brace} screens off the correlation between A and B.« less

  11. Density functional theory and experimental study of the electronic structure and transport properties of La, V, Nb, and Ta doped SrTiO3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Baniecki, J. D.; Ishii, M.; Aso, H.; Kurihara, K.; Ricinschi, Dan

    2013-01-01

    The electronic structure and transport properties of donor doped SrTiO3 are studied using density functional theory with spin-orbit coupling and conductivity, Hall, and Seebeck effect measurements over a wide temperature range (100 K to 600 K). Split-off energies ΔSO are tunable through the dopant SO interaction strength and concentration varying from 28.1 meV for pure STO to 70.93 meV for SrTi0.5Nb0.5O3. At lower carrier concentrations and temperatures, SO coupling has a marked effect on both the filling dependence of the density-of-states mass as well as the temperature dependence of the Seebeck coefficient, with quantitative theoretical predictions based on DFT calculations that include the SO interaction in closer agreement to the experimental data. Moreover, the results suggest that the predictive power of the current theory is not unlimited, with less accuracy for the calculated S predicting the magnitude of the experimental S data at lower dopant concentrations than for degenerately doped systems. A concentration dependent mass enhancement of ˜2-5, relative to the density-of-states mass in the local density approximation, possibly due to the influence of electronic screening of the electron-phonon interaction, would bring the theoretical S in accord with the experimental S data. This additional carrier-dependent enhancement mechanism for S may give an additional degree of freedom in terms of designing new higher efficiency thermoelectric energy materials.

  12. V-Sipal - a Virtual Laboratory for Satellite Image Processing and Analysis

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Buddhiraju, K. M.; Eeti, L.; Tiwari, K. K.

    2011-09-01

    In this paper a virtual laboratory for the Satellite Image Processing and Analysis (v-SIPAL) being developed at the Indian Institute of Technology Bombay is described. v-SIPAL comprises a set of experiments that are normally carried out by students learning digital processing and analysis of satellite images using commercial software. Currently, the experiments that are available on the server include Image Viewer, Image Contrast Enhancement, Image Smoothing, Edge Enhancement, Principal Component Transform, Texture Analysis by Co-occurrence Matrix method, Image Indices, Color Coordinate Transforms, Fourier Analysis, Mathematical Morphology, Unsupervised Image Classification, Supervised Image Classification and Accuracy Assessment. The virtual laboratory includes a theory module for each option of every experiment, a description of the procedure to perform each experiment, the menu to choose and perform the experiment, a module on interpretation of results when performed with a given image and pre-specified options, bibliography, links to useful internet resources and user-feedback. The user can upload his/her own images for performing the experiments and can also reuse outputs of one experiment in another experiment where applicable. Some of the other experiments currently under development include georeferencing of images, data fusion, feature evaluation by divergence andJ-M distance, image compression, wavelet image analysis and change detection. Additions to the theory module include self-assessment quizzes, audio-video clips on selected concepts, and a discussion of elements of visual image interpretation. V-SIPAL is at the satge of internal evaluation within IIT Bombay and will soon be open to selected educational institutions in India for evaluation.

  13. Ratio of jet cross sections at square root of s = 630 GeV and 1800 GeV.

    PubMed

    Abbott, B; Abolins, M; Abramov, V; Acharya, B S; Adams, D L; Adams, M; Alves, G A; Amos, N; Anderson, E W; Baarmand, M M; Babintsev, V V; Babukhadia, L; Baden, A; Baldin, B; Balm, P W; Banerjee, S; Bantly, J; Barberis, E; Baringer, P; Bartlett, J F; Bassler, U; Bean, A; Begel, M; Belyaev, A; Beri, S B; Bernardi, G; Bertram, I; Besson, A; Bezzubov, V A; Bhat, P C; Bhatnagar, V; Bhattacharjee, M; Blazey, G; Blessing, S; Boehnlein, A; Bojko, N I; Borcherding, F; Brandt, A; Breedon, R; Briskin, G; Brock, R; Brooijmans, G; Bross, A; Buchholz, D; Buehler, M; Buescher, V; Burtovoi, V S; Butler, J M; Canelli, F; Carvalho, W; Casey, D; Casilum, Z; Castilla-Valdez, H; Chakraborty, D; Chan, K M; Chekulaev, S V; Cho, D K; Choi, S; Chopra, S; Christenson, J H; Chung, M; Claes, D; Clark, A R; Cochran, J; Coney, L; Connolly, B; Cooper, W E; Coppage, D; Cummings, M A; Cutts, D; Dahl, O I; Davis, G A; Davis, K; De, K; Del Signore, K; Demarteau, M; Demina, R; Demine, P; Denisov, D; Denisov, S P; Desai, S; Diehl, H T; Diesburg, M; Di Loreto, G; Doulas, S; Draper, P; Ducros, Y; Dudko, L V; Duensing, S; Dugad, S R; Dyshkant, A; Edmunds, D; Ellison, J; Elvira, V D; Engelmann, R; Eno, S; Eppley, G; Ermolov, P; Eroshin, O V; Estrada, J; Evans, H; Evdokimov, V N; Fahland, T; Feher, S; Fein, D; Ferbel, T; Fisk, H E; Fisyak, Y; Flattum, E; Fleuret, F; Fortner, M; Frame, K C; Fuess, S; Gallas, E; Galyaev, A N; Gartung, P; Gavrilov, V; Genik, R J; Genser, K; Gerber, C E; Gershtein, Y; Gibbard, B; Gilmartin, R; Ginther, G; Gómez, B; Gómez, G; Goncharov, P I; González Solís, J L; Gordon, H; Goss, L T; Gounder, K; Goussiou, A; Graf, N; Graham, G; Grannis, P D; Green, J A; Greenlee, H; Grinstein, S; Groer, L; Grudberg, P; Grünendahl, S; Gupta, A; Gurzhiev, S N; Gutierrez, G; Gutierrez, P; Hadley, N J; Haggerty, H; Hagopian, S; Hagopian, V; Hahn, K S; Hall, R E; Hanlet, P; Hansen, S; Hauptman, J M; Hays, C; Hebert, C; Hedin, D; Heinson, A P; Heintz, U; Heuring, T; Hirosky, R; Hobbs, J D; Hoeneisen, B; Hoftun, J S; Hou, S; Huang, Y; Ito, A S; Jerger, S A; Jesik, R; Johns, K; Johnson, M; Jonckheere, A; Jones, M; Jöstlein, H; Juste, A; Kahn, S; Kajfasz, E; Karmanov, D; Karmgard, D; Kehoe, R; Kim, S K; Klima, B; Klopfenstein, C; Knuteson, B; Ko, W; Kohli, J M; Kostritskiy, A V; Kotcher, J; Kotwal, A V; Kozelov, A V; Kozlovsky, E A; Krane, J; Krishnaswamy, M R; Krzywdzinski, S; Kubantsev, M; Kuleshov, S; Kulik, Y; Kunori, S; Kuznetsov, V E; Landsberg, G; Leflat, A; Lehner, F; Li, J; Li, Q Z; Lima, J G; Lincoln, D; Linn, S L; Linnemann, J; Lipton, R; Lucotte, A; Lueking, L; Lundstedt, C; Maciel, A K; Madaras, R J; Manankov, V; Mao, H S; Marshall, T; Martin, M I; Martin, R D; Mauritz, K M; May, B; Mayorov, A A; McCarthy, R; McDonald, J; McMahon, T; Melanson, H L; Meng, X C; Merkin, M; Merritt, K W; Miao, C; Miettinen, H; Mihalcea, D; Mincer, A; Mishra, C S; Mokhov, N; Mondal, N K; Montgomery, H E; Moore, R W; Mostafa, M; da Motta, H; Nagy, E; Nang, F; Narain, M; Narasimham, V S; Neal, H A; Negret, J P; Negroni, S; Norman, D; Oesch, L; Oguri, V; Olivier, B; Oshima, N; Padley, P; Pan, L J; Para, A; Parashar, N; Partridge, R; Parua, N; Paterno, M; Patwa, A; Pawlik, B; Perkins, J; Peters, M; Peters, O; Piegaia, R; Piekarz, H; Pope, B G; Popkov, E; Prosper, H B; Protopopescu, S; Qian, J; Quintas, P Z; Raja, R; Rajagopalan, S; Ramberg, E; Rapidis, P A; Reay, N W; Reucroft, S; Rha, J; Rijssenbeek, M; Rockwell, T; Roco, M; Rubinov, P; Ruchti, R; Rutherfoord, J; Santoro, A; Sawyer, L; Schamberger, R D; Schellman, H; Schwartzman, A; Sculli, J; Sen, N; Shabalina, E; Shankar, H C; Shivpuri, R K; Shpakov, D; Shupe, M; Sidwell, R A; Simak, V; Singh, H; Singh, J B; Sirotenko, V; Slattery, P; Smith, E; Smith, R P; Snihur, R; Snow, G R; Snow, J; Snyder, S; Solomon, J; Sorín, V; Sosebee, M; Sotnikova, N; Soustruznik, K; Souza, M; Stanton, N R; Steinbrück, G; Stephens, R W; Stevenson, M L; Stichelbaut, F; Stoker, D; Stolin, V; Stoyanova, D A; Strauss, M; Streets, K; Strovink, M; Stutte, L; Sznajder, A; Taylor, W; Tentindo-Repond, S; Thompson, J; Toback, D; Tripathi, S M; Trippe, T G; Turcot, A S; Tuts, P M; van Gemmeren, P; Vaniev, V; Van Kooten, R; Varelas, N; Volkov, A A; Vorobiev, A P; Wahl, H D; Wang, H; Wang, Z M; Warchol, J; Watts, G; Wayne, M; Weerts, H; White, A; White, J T; Whiteson, D; Wightman, J A; Wijngaarden, D A; Willis, S; Wimpenny, S J; Wirjawan, J V; Womersley, J; Wood, D R; Yamada, R; Yamin, P; Yasuda, T; Yip, K; Youssef, S; Yu, J; Yu, Z; Zanabria, M; Zheng, H; Zhou, Z; Zhu, Z H; Zielinski, M; Zieminska, D; Zieminski, A; Zutshi, V; Zverev, E G; Zylberstejn, A

    2001-03-19

    The D0 Collaboration has measured the inclusive jet cross section in barpp collisions at square root of s = 630 GeV. The results for pseudorapidities (eta)<0.5 are combined with our previous results at square root of s = 1800 GeV to form a ratio of cross sections with smaller uncertainties than either individual measurement. Next-to-leading-order QCD predictions show excellent agreement with the measurement at 630 GeV; agreement is also satisfactory for the ratio. Specifically, despite a 10% to 15% difference in the absolute magnitude, the dependence of the ratio on jet transverse momentum is very similar for data and theory.

  14. Random Matrix Theory and Econophysics

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Rosenow, Bernd

    2000-03-01

    Random Matrix Theory (RMT) [1] is used in many branches of physics as a ``zero information hypothesis''. It describes generic behavior of different classes of systems, while deviations from its universal predictions allow to identify system specific properties. We use methods of RMT to analyze the cross-correlation matrix C of stock price changes [2] of the largest 1000 US companies. In addition to its scientific interest, the study of correlations between the returns of different stocks is also of practical relevance in quantifying the risk of a given stock portfolio. We find [3,4] that the statistics of most of the eigenvalues of the spectrum of C agree with the predictions of RMT, while there are deviations for some of the largest eigenvalues. We interpret these deviations as a system specific property, e.g. containing genuine information about correlations in the stock market. We demonstrate that C shares universal properties with the Gaussian orthogonal ensemble of random matrices. Furthermore, we analyze the eigenvectors of C through their inverse participation ratio and find eigenvectors with large ratios at both edges of the eigenvalue spectrum - a situation reminiscent of localization theory results. This work was done in collaboration with V. Plerou, P. Gopikrishnan, T. Guhr, L.A.N. Amaral, and H.E Stanley and is related to recent work of Laloux et al.. 1. T. Guhr, A. Müller Groeling, and H.A. Weidenmüller, ``Random Matrix Theories in Quantum Physics: Common Concepts'', Phys. Rep. 299, 190 (1998). 2. See, e.g. R.N. Mantegna and H.E. Stanley, Econophysics: Correlations and Complexity in Finance (Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, England, 1999). 3. V. Plerou, P. Gopikrishnan, B. Rosenow, L.A.N. Amaral, and H.E. Stanley, ``Universal and Nonuniversal Properties of Cross Correlations in Financial Time Series'', Phys. Rev. Lett. 83, 1471 (1999). 4. V. Plerou, P. Gopikrishnan, T. Guhr, B. Rosenow, L.A.N. Amaral, and H.E. Stanley, ``Random Matrix Theory

  15. Testing the causal theory of reference.

    PubMed

    Domaneschi, Filippo; Vignolo, Massimiliano; Di Paola, Simona

    2017-04-01

    Theories of reference are a crucial research topic in analytic philosophy. Since the publication of Kripke's Naming and Necessity, most philosophers have endorsed the causal/historical theory of reference. The goal of this paper is twofold: (i) to discuss a method for testing experimentally the causal theory of reference for proper names by investigating linguistic usage and (ii) to present the results from two experiments conducted with that method. Data collected in our experiments confirm the causal theory of reference for people proper names and for geographical proper names. A secondary but interesting result is that the semantic domain affects reference assignment: while with people proper names speakers tend to assign the semantic reference, with geographical proper names they are prompted to assign the speaker's reference. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Theory of Anion-Substituted Nitrogen-Bearing III-V Alloys

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1998-07-20

    was found by Zunger group). When more than 4% arsenic is incorporated into GaN in an ordered array, the band gap closes . Calculations of the...arsenic is incorporated into GaN in an ordered array, the band gap closes . Calculations of the properties of random alloys predict smaller bowing...BEARING lll-V ALLOYS Prepared by: M. A. Berding, Senior Research Physicist M. van Schilfgaarde, Senior Research Physicist A. Sher, Associate Director

  17. Structure of V{sub 2}AlC studied by theory and experiment

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Schneider, Jochen M.; Mertens, Raphael; Music, Denis

    2006-01-01

    We have studied V{sub 2}AlC (space group P6{sub 3}/mmc, prototype Cr{sub 2}AlC) by ab initio calculations. The density of states (DOS) of V{sub 2}AlC for antiferromagnetic, ferromagnetic, and paramagnetic configurations have been discussed. According to the analysis of DOS and cohesive energy, no significant stability differences between spin-polarized and non-spin-polarized configurations were found. Based on the partial DOS analysis, V{sub 2}AlC can be classified as a strongly coupled nanolaminate according to our previous work [Z. Sun, D. Music, R. Ahuja, S. Li, and J. M. Schneider, Phys. Rev. B 70, 092102 (2004)]. Furthermore, this phase has been synthesized in themore » form of thin films by magnetron sputtering. The equilibrium volume, determined by x-ray diffraction, is in good agreement with the theoretical data, implying that ab initio calculations provide an accurate description of V{sub 2}AlC.« less

  18. Why PeV scale left-right symmetry is a good thing

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yajnik, Urjit A.

    2017-10-01

    Left-right symmetric gauge theory presents a minimal paradigm to accommodate massive neutrinos with all the known conserved symmetries duly gauged. The work presented here is based on the argument that the see-saw mechanism does not force the new right-handed symmetry scale to be very high, and as such some of the species from the spectrum of the new gauge and Higgs bosons can have masses within a few orders of magnitude of the TeV scale. The scale of the left-right parity breaking in turn can be sequestered from the Planck scale by supersymmetry. We have studied several formulations of such just beyond Standard Model (JBSM) theories for their consistency with cosmology. Specifically, the need to eliminate phenomenologically undesirable domain walls gives many useful clues. The possibility that the exact left-right symmetry breaks in conjunction with supersymmetry has been explored in the context of gauge mediation, placing restrictions on the available parameter space. Finally, we have also studied a left-right symmetric model in the context of metastable supersymmetric vacua and obtained constraints on the mass scale of right-handed symmetry. In all the cases studied, the mass scale of the right-handed neutrino M_R remains bounded from above, and in some of the cases the scale 10^9 GeV favourable for supersymmetric thermal leptogenesis is disallowed. On the other hand, PeV scale remains a viable option, and the results warrant a more detailed study of such models for their observability in collider and astroparticle experiments.

  19. The Birth of String Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cappelli, Andrea; Castellani, Elena; Colomo, Filippo; Di Vecchia, Paolo

    2012-04-01

    Part I. Overview: 1. Introduction and synopsis; 2. Rise and fall of the hadronic string G. Veneziano; 3. Gravity, unification, and the superstring J. H. Schwarz; 4. Early string theory as a challenging case study for philosophers E. Castellani; Part II. The Prehistory: The Analytic S-Matrix: 5. Introduction to Part II; 6. Particle theory in the sixties: from current algebra to the Veneziano amplitude M. Ademollo; 7. The path to the Veneziano model H. R. Rubinstein; 8. Two-component duality and strings P. G. O. Freund; 9. Note on the prehistory of string theory M. Gell-Mann; Part III. The Dual Resonance Model: 10. Introduction to Part III; 11. From the S-matrix to string theory P. Di Vecchia; 12. Reminiscence on the birth of string theory J. A. Shapiro; 13. Personal recollections D. Amati; 14. Early string theory at Fermilab and Rutgers L. Clavelli; 15. Dual amplitudes in higher dimensions: a personal view C. Lovelace; 16. Personal recollections on dual models R. Musto; 17. Remembering the 'supergroup' collaboration F. Nicodemi; 18. The '3-Reggeon vertex' S. Sciuto; Part IV. The String: 19. Introduction to Part IV; 20. From dual models to relativistic strings P. Goddard; 21. The first string theory: personal recollections L. Susskind; 22. The string picture of the Veneziano model H. B. Nielsen; 23. From the S-matrix to string theory Y. Nambu; 24. The analogue model for string amplitudes D. B. Fairlie; 25. Factorization in dual models and functional integration in string theory S. Mandelstam; 26. The hadronic origins of string theory R. C. Brower; Part V. Beyond the Bosonic String: 27. Introduction to Part V; 28. From dual fermion to superstring D. I. Olive; 29. Dual models with fermions: memoirs of an early string theorist P. Ramond; 30. Personal recollections A. Neveu; 31. Aspects of fermionic dual models E. Corrigan; 32. The dual quark models K. Bardakci and M. B. Halpern; 33. Remembering the dawn of relativistic strings J.-L. Gervais; 34. Early string theory in

  20. Nonequilibrium dynamical mean-field theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Freericks, James

    2007-03-01

    Dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT) is establishing itself as one of the most powerful approaches to the quantum many-body problem in strongly correlated electron materials. Recently, the formalism has been generalized to study nonequilibrium problems [1,2], such as the evolution of Bloch oscillations in a material that changes from a diffusive metal to a Mott insulator [2,3]. Using a real-time formalism on the Kadanoff-Baym-Keldysh contour, the DMFT algorithm can be generalized to the case of systems that are not time-translation invariant. The computational algorithm has a parallel implementation with essentially a linear scale up when running on thousands of processors. Results on the decay of Bloch oscillations, their change of character within the Mott insulator, and movies on how electrons redistribute themselves due to their response to an external electrical field will be presented. In addition to solid-state applications, this work also applies to the behavior of mixtures of light and heavy cold atoms in optical lattices. [1] V. M. Turkowski and J. K. Freericks, Spectral moment sum rules for strongly correlated electrons in time-dependent electric fields, Phys. Rev. B 075108 (2006); Erratum, Phys. Rev. B 73, 209902(E) (2006). [2] J. K. Freericks, V. M. Turkowski , and V. Zlati'c, Nonlinear response of strongly correlated materials to large electric fields, in Proceedings of the HPCMP Users Group Conference 2006, Denver, CO, June 26--29, 2006 edited by D. E. Post (IEEE Computer Society, Los Alamitos, CA, 2006), to appear. [3] J. K. Freericks, V. M. Turkowski, and V. Zlati'c, Nonequilibrium dynamical mean-field theory, submitted to Phys. Rev. Lett. cond-mat//0607053.

  1. Field Analysis and Potential Theory

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-06-01

    Levi - Civita , who subsequently wrote 4 "We can find the essentials of Maxwell’s theory even while starting from the classical laws. It is sufficient to...scalar or level with respect to V when V has the same value at all points of the surface. By definition, two level surfaces corresponding to...function having continuous partialBV BV Byhoghug 1ein sae"P n derivatives L-x-iy and L throughout a region of space R, and let P and P be two interior

  2. Hamiltonian formulation of the KdV equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nutku, Y.

    1984-06-01

    We consider the canonical formulation of Whitham's variational principle for the KdV equation. This Lagrangian is degenerate and we have found it necessary to use Dirac's theory of constrained systems in constructing the Hamiltonian. Earlier discussions of the Hamiltonian structure of the KdV equation were based on various different decompositions of the field which is avoided by this new approach.

  3. A physical model study of scattering of waves by aligned cracks: Comparison between experiment and theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ass'ad, J.M.; McDonald, J.A.; Kusky, T.M.

    1993-04-01

    An approximation to plane-wave propagation through a composite material is examined using a physical model with oriented but randomly distributed penny-shaped rubber inclusions within an isotropic epoxy resin matrix. A pulse transmission method is used to determine velocities of shear and compressional waves as a function of angle of incidence and crack density. The experimental and theoretical results of Hudson were compared and limitations within the crack parameters used in this study have been determined. Results from both polarized shear waves (S1, S2) compare favorably with the theory for a composite with up to 7% crack density, but theory andmore » experiment diverge at higher crack densities. On the other hand, compressional-wave velocities at low crack densities (1% and 3%) compare favorably with the theory. It is also shown that the velocity ratio V[sub p]/V[sub s] for two extreme cases, i.e. propagation normal and parallel to the cracks, as a function of crack density and porosity, has a strong directional dependence.« less

  4. Developing a Domain Theory Defining and Exemplifying a Learning Theory of Progressive Attainments

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bunderson, C. Victor

    2011-01-01

    This article defines the concept of Domain Theory, or, when educational measurement is the goal, one might call it a "Learning Theory of Progressive Attainments in X Domain". The concept of Domain Theory is first shown to be rooted in validity theory, then the concept of domain theory is expanded to amplify its necessary but long neglected…

  5. Nonsmooth Optimization Algorithms, System Theory, and Software Tools

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1993-04-13

    Optimization Algorithms, System Theory , and Scftware Tools" AFOSR-90-OO68 L AUTHOR($) Elijah Polak -Professor and Principal Investigator 7. PERFORMING...NSN 754Q-01-2W0-S500 Standard Form 295 (69O104 Draft) F’wsa*W by hA Sit 230.1""V AFOSR-90-0068 NONSMO0 TH OPTIMIZA TION A L GORI THMS, SYSTEM THEORY , AND

  6. A resuscitation "dilemma" theory-practice-ethics. Is there a theory-practice-ethics gap?

    PubMed

    Mortell, Manfred

    2009-07-01

    The theory-practice-ethics gap - a new paradigm to contemplate. Practices based on tradition, rituals and outdated information are placed into a nonscientific paradigm called the theory-practice gap. Within this paradigm there is often a gap between theoretical knowledge and its application in practice. This theory-practice gap has always existed [Allmark, P., 1995. A classical view of the theory-practice gap in nursing. J. Adv. Nurs. 22 (1), 18-23; Hewison, A. et al., 1996. The theory-practice gap in nursing: a new dimension. J. Adv. Nurs. 24 (4), 754-761]. Its creation is often sited as a culmination of theory being idealistic and impractical, even if practical and beneficial, are often ignored. Most of the evidence relating to the non integration of theory and practice makes the assumption that environmental factors are responsible and will affect learning and practice outcomes, hence the "gap". In fact, it is the author's belief, that to "bridge the gap" between theory and practice an additional component is required, called ethics. A moral duty and obligation ensuring theory and practice integrate. In order to effectively implement new practices, one must deem these practices are worthy and relevant to their role as healthcare providers. Otherwise, we fall victims to providing nothing more than a lip service. This introduces a new concept which the author refers to as the theory-practice-ethics gap. This theory-practice-ethics gap must be considered when reviewing some of the unacceptable outcomes in health care practice. The author believes that there is a crisis of ethics where theory and practice integrate, and as a consequence, malfeasance. We are failing to fulfill our duty as healthcare providers and as patient advocates. One practice of major concern, which the author will endeavor to unfold relates to adult and pediatric resuscitation.

  7. A 750 GeV portal: LHC phenomenology and dark matter candidates

    DOE PAGES

    D’Eramo, Francesco; de Vries, Jordy; Panci, Paolo

    2016-05-16

    We study the effective field theory obtained by extending the Standard Model field content with two singlets: a 750 GeV (pseudo-)scalar and a stable fermion. Accounting for collider productions initiated by both gluon and photon fusion, we investigate where the theory is consistent with both the LHC diphoton excess and bounds from Run 1. We analyze dark matter phenomenology in such regions, including relic density constraints as well as collider, direct, and indirect bounds. Scalar portal dark matter models are very close to limits from direct detection and mono-jet searches if gluon fusion dominates, and not constrained at all otherwise.more » In conclusion, pseudo-scalar models are challenged by photon line limits and mono-jet searches in most of the parameter space.« less

  8. A 750 GeV portal: LHC phenomenology and dark matter candidates

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    D’Eramo, Francesco; de Vries, Jordy; Panci, Paolo

    We study the effective field theory obtained by extending the Standard Model field content with two singlets: a 750 GeV (pseudo-)scalar and a stable fermion. Accounting for collider productions initiated by both gluon and photon fusion, we investigate where the theory is consistent with both the LHC diphoton excess and bounds from Run 1. We analyze dark matter phenomenology in such regions, including relic density constraints as well as collider, direct, and indirect bounds. Scalar portal dark matter models are very close to limits from direct detection and mono-jet searches if gluon fusion dominates, and not constrained at all otherwise.more » In conclusion, pseudo-scalar models are challenged by photon line limits and mono-jet searches in most of the parameter space.« less

  9. Verification of the Velocity Structure in Mexico Basin Using the H/V Spectral Ratio of Microtremors

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Matsushima, S.; Sanchez-Sesma, F. J.; Nagashima, F.; Kawase, H.

    2011-12-01

    The authors have been proposing a new theory to calculate the Horizontal-to-Vertical (H/V) spectral ratio of microtremors assuming that the wave field is completely diffuse and have attempted to apply the theory to understand the observed microtremor data. It is anticipated that this new theory can be applied to detect the subsurface velocity structure beneath urban area. Precise information about the subsurface velocity structure is essential for predicting strong ground motion accurately, which is necessary to mitigate seismic disaster. Mexico basin, who witnessed severe damage during the 1985 Michoacán Earthquake (Ms 8.1) several hundreds of kilometers away from the source region, is an interesting location in which the reassessment of soil properties is urgent. Because of subsidence, having improved estimates of properties is mandatory. In order to estimate possible changes in the velocity structure in the Mexico basin, we measured microtremors at strong motion observation sites in Mexico City. At those sites, information about the velocity profiles are available. Using the obtained data, we derive observed H/V spectral ratio and compare it with the theoretical H/V spectral ratio to gauge the goodness of our new theory. First we compared the observed H/V spectral ratios for five stations to see the diverse characteristics of this measurement. Then we compared the observed H/V spectral ratios with the theoretical predictions to confirm our theory. We assumed the velocity model of previous surveys at the strong motions observation sites as an initial model. We were able to closely fit both the peak frequency and amplitude of the observed H/V spectral ratio, by the theoretical H/V spectral ratio calculated by our new method. These results show that we have a good initial model. However, the theoretical estimates need some improvement to perfectly fit the observed H/V spectral ratio. This may be an indication that the initial model needs some adjustments. We

  10. Numerical analysis of stiffened shells of revolution. Volume 3: Users' manual for STARS-2B, 2V, shell theory automated for rotational structures, 2 (buckling, vibrations), digital computer programs

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Svalbonas, V.

    1973-01-01

    The User's manual for the shell theory automated for rotational structures (STARS) 2B and 2V (buckling, vibrations) is presented. Several features of the program are: (1) arbitrary branching of the shell meridians, (2) arbitrary boundary conditions, (3) minimum input requirements to describe a complex, practical shell of revolution structure, and (4) accurate analysis capability using a minimum number of degrees of freedom.

  11. A Prediction for the Outcome of Press-Enterprise Co. v. Superior Court (II).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schwartz, Thomas A.

    To determine whether U.S. Supreme Court judges have a systematic attitude toward court cases dealing with the law of newsgathering and fair trial-free press, and whether that attitude can help predict the outcome of the pending case Press-Enterprise Co. v. Superior Court (II), this paper applies an attitudinal theory from the field of social…

  12. Three-Point Functions in c≤1 Liouville Theory and Conformal Loop Ensembles.

    PubMed

    Ikhlef, Yacine; Jacobsen, Jesper Lykke; Saleur, Hubert

    2016-04-01

    The possibility of extending the Liouville conformal field theory from values of the central charge c≥25 to c≤1 has been debated for many years in condensed matter physics as well as in string theory. It was only recently proven that such an extension-involving a real spectrum of critical exponents as well as an analytic continuation of the Dorn-Otto-Zamolodchikov-Zamolodchikov formula for three-point couplings-does give rise to a consistent theory. We show in this Letter that this theory can be interpreted in terms of microscopic loop models. We introduce in particular a family of geometrical operators, and, using an efficient algorithm to compute three-point functions from the lattice, we show that their operator algebra corresponds exactly to that of vertex operators V_{α[over ^]} in c≤1 Liouville theory. We interpret geometrically the limit α[over ^]→0 of V_{α[over ^]} and explain why it is not the identity operator (despite having conformal weight Δ=0).

  13. New physics at the TeV scale

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chakdar, Shreyashi

    The Standard Model of particle physics is assumed to be a low-energy effective theory with new physics theoretically motivated to be around TeV scale. The thesis presents theories with new physics beyond the Standard Model in the TeV scale testable in the colliders. Work done in chapters 2, 3 and 5 in this thesis present some models incorporating different approaches of enlarging the Standard Model gauge group to a grand unified symmetry with each model presenting its unique signatures in the colliders. The study on leptoquarks gauge bosons in reference to TopSU(5) model in chapter 2 showed that their discovery mass range extends up to 1.5 TeV at 14 TeV LHC with luminosity of 100 fb--1. On the other hand, in chapter 3 we studied the collider phenomenology of TeV scale mirror fermions in Left-Right Mirror model finding that the reaches for the mirror quarks goes upto 750 GeV at the 14 TeV LHC with 300 fb--1 luminosity. In chapter 4 we have enlarged the bosonic symmetry to fermi-bose symmetry e.g. supersymmetry and have shown that SUSY with non-universalities in gaugino or scalar masses within high scale SUGRA set up can still be accessible at LHC with 14 TeV. In chapter 5, we performed a study in respect to the e+e-- collider and find that precise measurements of the higgs boson mass splittings up to ˜ 100 MeV may be possible with high luminosity in the International Linear Collider (ILC). In chapter 6 we have shown that the experimental data on neutrino masses and mixings are consistent with the proposed 4/5 parameter Dirac neutrino models yielding a solution for the neutrino masses with inverted mass hierarchy and large CP violating phase delta and thus can be tested experimentally. Chapter 7 of the thesis incorporates a warm dark matter candidate in context of two Higgs doublet model. The model has several testable consequences at colliders with the charged scalar and pseudoscalar being in few hundred GeV mass range. This thesis presents an endeavor to study

  14. 75 FR 12971 - Airworthiness Directives; International Aero Engines (IAE) V2500-A1, V2522-A5, V2524-A5, V2525-D5...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-03-18

    ... could result in an uncontained failure of the high-pressure (HP) compressor stage 3-8 drum and..., V2527M-A5, V2528-D5, V2530-A5, and V2533-A5 turbofan engines with high-pressure (HP) compressor stage 3-8...

  15. The Interdependencies of Theory Formation, Revision, and Experimentation

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-06-01

    as a candidate explanation for why evaporation stopped. We conclude this section with a review of the two techniques. An integrated design and the...Experiment design . Typically, there will be a number of different ways to change a theory to explain a new phenomenon. Experiments are designed to...efforts, each approach is designed to perform theory development autonomously. V1AL conjectures explanations of the new behavior based on its similarity to

  16. Two-ion theory of energy coupling in ATP synthesis rectifies a fundamental flaw in the governing equations of the chemiosmotic theory.

    PubMed

    Nath, Sunil

    2017-11-01

    The vital coupled processes of oxidative phosphorylation and photosynthetic phosphorylation synthesize molecules of adenosine-5'-triphosphate (ATP), the universal biological energy currency, and sustain all life on our planet. The chemiosmotic theory of energy coupling in oxidative and photophosphorylation was proposed by Mitchell >50years ago. It has had a contentious history, with part of the accumulated body of experimental evidence supporting it, and part of it in conflict with the theory. Although the theory was strongly criticized by many prominent scientists, the controversy has never been resolved. Here, the mathematical steps of Mitchell's original derivation leading to the principal equation of the chemiosmotic theory are scrutinized, and a fundamental flaw in them has been identified. Surprisingly, this flaw had not been detected earlier. Discovery of such a defect negates, or at least considerably weakens, the theoretical foundations on which the chemiosmotic theory is based. Ad hoc or simplistic ways to remedy this defect are shown to be scientifically unproductive and sterile. A novel two-ion theory of biological energy coupling salvages the situation by rectifying the fundamental flaw in the chemiosmotic theory, and the governing equations of the new theory have been shown to accurately quantify and predict extensive recent experimental data on ATP synthesis by F 1 F O -ATP synthase without using adjustable parameters. Some major biological implications arising from the new thinking are discussed. The principles of energy transduction and coupling proposed in the new paradigm are shown to be of a very general and universal nature. It is concluded that the timely availability after a 25-year research struggle of Nath's torsional mechanism of energy transduction and ATP synthesis is a rational alternative that has the power to solve the problems arising from the past, and also meet present and future challenges in this important interdisciplinary field

  17. Phase transition analysis of V-shaped liquid crystal: Combined temperature-dependent FTIR and density functional theory approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Singh, Swapnil; Singh, Harshita; Karthick, T.; Tandon, Poonam; Prasad, Veena

    2018-01-01

    Temperature-dependent Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy (FTIR) combined with density functional theory (DFT) is employed to study the mechanism of phase transitions of V-shaped bent-core liquid crystal. Since it has a large number of flexible bonds, one-dimensional potential energy scan (PES) was performed on the flexible bonds and predicted the most stable conformer I. A detailed analysis of vibrational normal modes of conformer I have been done on the basis of potential energy distribution. The good agreement between the calculated spectrum of conformer I and observed FTIR spectrum at room temperature validates our theoretical structure model. Furthermore, the prominent changes observed in the stretching vibrational bands of CH3/CH2, Cdbnd O, ring CC, ring CO, ring CH in-plane bending, and ring CH out-of-plane bending at Iso → nematic phase transition (at 155 °C) have been illustrated. However, the minor changes in the spectral features observed for the other phase transitions might be due to the shape or bulkiness of molecules. Combined FTIR and PES study beautifully explained the dynamics of the molecules, molecular realignment, H-bonding, and conformational changes at the phase transitions.

  18. Chiral effective theory of dark matter direct detection

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bishara, Fady; Brod, Joachim; Grinstein, Benjamin

    2017-02-01

    We present the effective field theory for dark matter interactions with the visible sector that is valid at scales of O(1 GeV). Starting with an effective theory describing the interactions of fermionic and scalar dark matter with quarks, gluons and photons via higher dimension operators that would arise from dimension-five and dimension-six operators above electroweak scale, we perform a nonperturbative matching onto a heavy baryon chiral perturbation theory that describes dark matter interactions with light mesons and nucleons. This is then used to obtain the coefficients of the nuclear response functions using a chiral effective theory description of nuclear forces.more » Our results consistently keep the leading contributions in chiral counting for each of the initial Wilson coefficients.« less

  19. A Bayesian Framework for False Belief Reasoning in Children: A Rational Integration of Theory-Theory and Simulation Theory.

    PubMed

    Asakura, Nobuhiko; Inui, Toshio

    2016-01-01

    Two apparently contrasting theories have been proposed to account for the development of children's theory of mind (ToM): theory-theory and simulation theory. We present a Bayesian framework that rationally integrates both theories for false belief reasoning. This framework exploits two internal models for predicting the belief states of others: one of self and one of others. These internal models are responsible for simulation-based and theory-based reasoning, respectively. The framework further takes into account empirical studies of a developmental ToM scale (e.g., Wellman and Liu, 2004): developmental progressions of various mental state understandings leading up to false belief understanding. By representing the internal models and their interactions as a causal Bayesian network, we formalize the model of children's false belief reasoning as probabilistic computations on the Bayesian network. This model probabilistically weighs and combines the two internal models and predicts children's false belief ability as a multiplicative effect of their early-developed abilities to understand the mental concepts of diverse beliefs and knowledge access. Specifically, the model predicts that children's proportion of correct responses on a false belief task can be closely approximated as the product of their proportions correct on the diverse belief and knowledge access tasks. To validate this prediction, we illustrate that our model provides good fits to a variety of ToM scale data for preschool children. We discuss the implications and extensions of our model for a deeper understanding of developmental progressions of children's ToM abilities.

  20. Acquisition by Processing Theory: A Theory of Everything?

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Carroll, Susanne E.

    2004-01-01

    Truscott and Sharwood Smith (henceforth T&SS) propose a novel theory of language acquisition, "Acquisition by Processing Theory" (APT), designed to account for both first and second language acquisition, monolingual and bilingual speech perception and parsing, and speech production. This is a tall order. Like any theoretically ambitious…

  1. Mode-coupling theory for active Brownian particles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Liluashvili, Alexander; Ónody, Jonathan; Voigtmann, Thomas

    2017-12-01

    We present a mode-coupling theory (MCT) for the slow dynamics of two-dimensional spherical active Brownian particles (ABPs). The ABPs are characterized by a self-propulsion velocity v0 and by their translational and rotational diffusion coefficients Dt and Dr, respectively. Based on the integration-through-transients formalism, the theory requires as input only the equilibrium static structure factors of the passive system (where v0=0 ). It predicts a nontrivial idealized-glass-transition diagram in the three-dimensional parameter space of density, self-propulsion velocity, and rotational diffusivity that arise because at high densities, the persistence length of active swimming ℓp=v0/Dr interferes with the interaction length ℓc set by the caging of particles. While the low-density dynamics of ABPs is characterized by a single Péclet number Pe=v02/DrDt , close to the glass transition the dynamics is found to depend on Pe and ℓp separately. At fixed density, increasing the self-propulsion velocity causes structural relaxation to speed up, while decreasing the persistence length slows down the relaxation. The active-MCT glass is a nonergodic state that is qualitatively different from the passive glass. In it, correlations of initial density fluctuations never fully decay, but also an infinite memory of initial orientational fluctuations is retained in the positions.

  2. Two fluid anisotropic dark energy models in a scale invariant theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tripathy, S. K.; Mishra, B.; Sahoo, P. K.

    2017-09-01

    Some anisotropic Bianchi V dark energy models are investigated in a scale invariant theory of gravity. We consider two non-interacting fluids such as dark energy and a bulk viscous fluid. Dark energy pressure is considered to be anisotropic in different spatial directions. A dynamically evolving pressure anisotropy is obtained from the models. The models favour phantom behaviour. It is observed that, in presence of dark energy, bulk viscosity has no appreciable effect on the cosmic dynamics.

  3. Multilayer diffraction at 104 keV

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Krieger, Allen S.; Blake, Richard L.; Siddons, D. P.

    1993-01-01

    We have measured the diffraction peak of a W:Si synthetic multilayer reflector at 104 keV using the High Energy Bonse-Hart Camera at the X-17B hard X-ray wiggler beam line of the National Synchrotron Light Source at Brookhaven National Laboratory. The characteristics of the diffraction peak are described and compared to theory.

  4. Free field theory as a string theory?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gopakumar, Rajesh

    2004-11-01

    An approach to systematically implement open-closed string duality for free large N gauge theories is summarised. We show how the relevant closed string moduli space emerges from a reorganisation of the Feynman diagrams contributing to free field correlators. We also indicate why the resulting integrand on moduli space has the right features to be that of a string theory on AdS. To cite this article: R. Gopakumar, C. R. Physique 5 (2004).

  5. Complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2//CASSCF) study of the dissociative electron attachment in canonical DNA nucleobases caused by low-energy electrons (0-3 eV).

    PubMed

    Francés-Monerris, Antonio; Segarra-Martí, Javier; Merchán, Manuela; Roca-Sanjuán, Daniel

    2015-12-07

    Low-energy (0-3 eV) ballistic electrons originated during the irradiation of biological material can interact with DNA/RNA nucleobases yielding transient-anion species which undergo decompositions. Since the discovery that these reactions can eventually lead to strand breaking of the DNA chains, great efforts have been dedicated to their study. The main fragmentation at the 0-3 eV energy range is the ejection of a hydrogen atom from the specific nitrogen positions. In the present study, the methodological approach introduced in a previous work on uracil [I. González-Ramírez et al., J. Chem. Theory Comput. 8, 2769-2776 (2012)] is employed to study the DNA canonical nucleobases fragmentations of N-H bonds induced by low-energy electrons. The approach is based on minimum energy path and linear interpolation of internal coordinates computations along the N-H dissociation channels carried out at the complete-active-space self-consistent field//complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory level. On the basis of the calculated theoretical quantities, new assignations for the adenine and cytosine anion yield curves are provided. In addition, the π1 (-) and π2 (-) states of the pyrimidine nucleobases are expected to produce the temporary anions at electron energies close to 1 and 2 eV, respectively. Finally, the present theoretical results do not allow to discard neither the dipole-bound nor the valence-bound mechanisms in the range of energies explored, suggesting that both possibilities may coexist in the experiments carried out with the isolated nucleobases.

  6. Complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2//CASSCF) study of the dissociative electron attachment in canonical DNA nucleobases caused by low-energy electrons (0-3 eV)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Francés-Monerris, Antonio; Segarra-Martí, Javier; Merchán, Manuela; Roca-Sanjuán, Daniel

    2015-12-01

    Low-energy (0-3 eV) ballistic electrons originated during the irradiation of biological material can interact with DNA/RNA nucleobases yielding transient-anion species which undergo decompositions. Since the discovery that these reactions can eventually lead to strand breaking of the DNA chains, great efforts have been dedicated to their study. The main fragmentation at the 0-3 eV energy range is the ejection of a hydrogen atom from the specific nitrogen positions. In the present study, the methodological approach introduced in a previous work on uracil [I. González-Ramírez et al., J. Chem. Theory Comput. 8, 2769-2776 (2012)] is employed to study the DNA canonical nucleobases fragmentations of N-H bonds induced by low-energy electrons. The approach is based on minimum energy path and linear interpolation of internal coordinates computations along the N-H dissociation channels carried out at the complete-active-space self-consistent field//complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory level. On the basis of the calculated theoretical quantities, new assignations for the adenine and cytosine anion yield curves are provided. In addition, the π1- and π2- states of the pyrimidine nucleobases are expected to produce the temporary anions at electron energies close to 1 and 2 eV, respectively. Finally, the present theoretical results do not allow to discard neither the dipole-bound nor the valence-bound mechanisms in the range of energies explored, suggesting that both possibilities may coexist in the experiments carried out with the isolated nucleobases.

  7. Systematic approach for simultaneously correcting the band-gap and p - d separation errors of common cation III-V or II-VI binaries in density functional theory calculations within a local density approximation

    DOE PAGES

    Wang, Jianwei; Zhang, Yong; Wang, Lin-Wang

    2015-07-31

    We propose a systematic approach that can empirically correct three major errors typically found in a density functional theory (DFT) calculation within the local density approximation (LDA) simultaneously for a set of common cation binary semiconductors, such as III-V compounds, (Ga or In)X with X = N,P,As,Sb, and II-VI compounds, (Zn or Cd)X, with X = O,S,Se,Te. By correcting (1) the binary band gaps at high-symmetry points , L, X, (2) the separation of p-and d-orbital-derived valence bands, and (3) conduction band effective masses to experimental values and doing so simultaneously for common cation binaries, the resulting DFT-LDA-based quasi-first-principles methodmore » can be used to predict the electronic structure of complex materials involving multiple binaries with comparable accuracy but much less computational cost than a GW level theory. This approach provides an efficient way to evaluate the electronic structures and other material properties of complex systems, much needed for material discovery and design.« less

  8. Systematic approach for simultaneously correcting the band-gap and p -d separation errors of common cation III-V or II-VI binaries in density functional theory calculations within a local density approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wang, Jianwei; Zhang, Yong; Wang, Lin-Wang

    2015-07-01

    We propose a systematic approach that can empirically correct three major errors typically found in a density functional theory (DFT) calculation within the local density approximation (LDA) simultaneously for a set of common cation binary semiconductors, such as III-V compounds, (Ga or In)X with X =N ,P ,As ,Sb , and II-VI compounds, (Zn or Cd)X , with X =O ,S ,Se ,Te . By correcting (1) the binary band gaps at high-symmetry points Γ , L , X , (2) the separation of p -and d -orbital-derived valence bands, and (3) conduction band effective masses to experimental values and doing so simultaneously for common cation binaries, the resulting DFT-LDA-based quasi-first-principles method can be used to predict the electronic structure of complex materials involving multiple binaries with comparable accuracy but much less computational cost than a GW level theory. This approach provides an efficient way to evaluate the electronic structures and other material properties of complex systems, much needed for material discovery and design.

  9. Toward a mechanistic explanation of phenotypic evolution: The need for a theory of theory integration.

    PubMed

    Laubichler, Manfred D; Prohaska, Sonja J; Stadler, Peter F

    2018-01-01

    Reconciling different underlying ontologies and explanatory contexts has been one of the main challenges and impediments for theory integration in biology. Here, we analyze the challenge of developing an inclusive and integrative theory of phenotypic evolution as an example for the broader challenge of developing a theory of theory integration within the life sciences and suggest a number of necessary formal steps toward the resolution of often incompatible (hidden) assumptions. Theory integration in biology requires a better formal understanding of the structure of biological theories The strategy for integrating theories crucially depends on the relationships of the underlying ontologies. © 2018 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  10. A Bayesian Framework for False Belief Reasoning in Children: A Rational Integration of Theory-Theory and Simulation Theory

    PubMed Central

    Asakura, Nobuhiko; Inui, Toshio

    2016-01-01

    Two apparently contrasting theories have been proposed to account for the development of children's theory of mind (ToM): theory-theory and simulation theory. We present a Bayesian framework that rationally integrates both theories for false belief reasoning. This framework exploits two internal models for predicting the belief states of others: one of self and one of others. These internal models are responsible for simulation-based and theory-based reasoning, respectively. The framework further takes into account empirical studies of a developmental ToM scale (e.g., Wellman and Liu, 2004): developmental progressions of various mental state understandings leading up to false belief understanding. By representing the internal models and their interactions as a causal Bayesian network, we formalize the model of children's false belief reasoning as probabilistic computations on the Bayesian network. This model probabilistically weighs and combines the two internal models and predicts children's false belief ability as a multiplicative effect of their early-developed abilities to understand the mental concepts of diverse beliefs and knowledge access. Specifically, the model predicts that children's proportion of correct responses on a false belief task can be closely approximated as the product of their proportions correct on the diverse belief and knowledge access tasks. To validate this prediction, we illustrate that our model provides good fits to a variety of ToM scale data for preschool children. We discuss the implications and extensions of our model for a deeper understanding of developmental progressions of children's ToM abilities. PMID:28082941

  11. 750 GeV diphotons: implications for supersymmetric unification

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hall, Lawrence J.; Harigaya, Keisuke; Nomura, Yasunori

    2016-03-03

    A recent signal of 750 GeV diphotons at the LHC can be explained within the framework of supersymmetric unification by the introduction of vector quarks and leptons with Yukawa couplings to a singlet S that describes the 750 GeV resonance. We study the most general set of theories that allow successful gauge coupling unification, and find that these Yukawa couplings are severely constrained by renormalization group behavior: they are independent of ultraviolet physics and flow to values at the TeV scale that we calculate precisely. As a consequence the vector quarks and leptons must be light; typically in the regionmore » of 375 GeV to 700 GeV, and in certain cases up to 1 TeV. The 750 GeV resonance may have a width less than the experimental resolution; alternatively, with the mass splitting between scalar and pseudoscalar components of S arising from one-loop diagrams involving vector fermions, we compute an apparent width of 10s of GeV.« less

  12. In memory of E.V. Shcherbinin

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Editorial Board

    2004-09-01

    On August 3, 2004 died Eduard Vasilyevich Shcherbinin, an outstanding scientist, well known in the MHD world scientific community, Dr. hab. Phys., professor, the head of the Laboratory of Electrical Vortex Flows at the Institute of Physics of the University of Latvia, a member of the Advising Editorial Board of the Journal "MagnetoHydroDynamics". Just after graduation from the Leningrad Politechnical Institute (physics and mathematics faculty) in 1961, E.V. Shcherbinin joined the Institute of Physics and stayed there till his last days. He started his work as an engineer at the Institute of Physics, in 1966 he was awarded his first scientific degree of Candidate of Science, in 1977 he was awarded another scientific degree of Dr.Phys., in 1980 he became a professor of mathematics. Eduard Vasilyevich Shcherbinin has been awarded many prizes, among which are the prizes of the Presidium of the Latvian Academy of Sciences (1973, 1977, 1986) and the F.Tsander prize (1991). All his fruitful scientific activity was devoted to theoretical MHD fundamental problems and to practical application problems. E.V. Shcherbinin was the founder of a new branch in MHD - the so-called electrovortex flows, having direct relation to the optimization of many practical metallurgy processes such as aluminum reduction cells, induction channel furnaces, electric arc furnaces and electroslag re-melting of metals. E.V. Shcherbinin published 6 monographs, about 200 scientific papers, he has more than 40 patents. Alongside, E.V. Shcherbinin guided the scientific work of many post-graduates and gave lectures in mathematics for students. Under his guidance, 13 post-graduates have successfully prepared their theses in MHD. E.V. Shcherbinin was also active in organizing many international seminars and conferences and participating in them. Recently, E.V. Shcherbinin, being the head of the Laboratory of Electrical Vortex Flows has published the monograph "Theory of self-similar boundary layer in

  13. Discovery of an old nova shell surrounding the cataclysmic variable V1315 Aql

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sahman, D. I.; Dhillon, V. S.; Littlefair, S. P.; Hallinan, G.

    2018-07-01

    Following our tentative discovery of a faint shell around V1315 Aql reported in Sahman et al., we undertook deep Hα imaging and intermediate-resolution spectroscopy of the shell. We find that the shell has its geometric centre located on V1315 Aql. The mass, spectral features, and density of the shell are consistent with other nova shells, rather than planetary nebulae or supernova remnants. The radial velocity of the shell is consistent with the systemic velocity of V1315 Aql. We believe this evidence strongly suggests that the shell originates from an earlier nova event. This is the first nova shell discovered around a nova-like and supports the theory of nova-induced cycles in mass transfer rates (hibernation theory) first proposed by Shara et al.

  14. A novel approach to the theory of homogeneous and heterogeneous nucleation.

    PubMed

    Ruckenstein, Eli; Berim, Gersh O; Narsimhan, Ganesan

    2015-01-01

    A new approach to the theory of nucleation, formulated relatively recently by Ruckenstein, Narsimhan, and Nowakowski (see Refs. [7-16]) and developed further by Ruckenstein and other colleagues, is presented. In contrast to the classical nucleation theory, which is based on calculating the free energy of formation of a cluster of the new phase as a function of its size on the basis of macroscopic thermodynamics, the proposed theory uses the kinetic theory of fluids to calculate the condensation (W(+)) and dissociation (W(-)) rates on and from the surface of the cluster, respectively. The dissociation rate of a monomer from a cluster is evaluated from the average time spent by a surface monomer in the potential well as obtained from the solution of the Fokker-Planck equation in the phase space of position and momentum for liquid-to-solid transition and the phase space of energy for vapor-to-liquid transition. The condensation rates are calculated using traditional expressions. The knowledge of those two rates allows one to calculate the size of the critical cluster from the equality W(+)=W(-) as well as the rate of nucleation. The developed microscopic approach allows one to avoid the controversial application of classical thermodynamics to the description of nuclei which contain a few molecules. The new theory was applied to a number of cases, such as the liquid-to-solid and vapor-to-liquid phase transitions, binary nucleation, heterogeneous nucleation, nucleation on soluble particles and protein folding. The theory predicts higher nucleation rates at high saturation ratios (small critical clusters) than the classical nucleation theory for both solid-to-liquid as well as vapor-to-liquid transitions. As expected, at low saturation ratios for which the size of the critical cluster is large, the results of the new theory are consistent with those of the classical one. The present approach was combined with the density functional theory to account for the density

  15. Adventures in Topological Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Horne, James H.

    1990-01-01

    This thesis consists of 5 parts. In part I, the topological Yang-Mills theory and the topological sigma model are presented in a superspace formulation. This greatly simplifies the field content of the theories, and makes the Q-invariance more obvious. The Feynman rules for the topological Yang -Mills theory are derived. We calculate the one-loop beta-functions of the topological sigma model in superspace. The lattice version of these theories is presented. The self-duality constraints of both models lead to spectrum doubling. In part II, we show that conformally invariant gravity in three dimensions is equivalent to the Yang-Mills gauge theory of the conformal group in three dimensions, with a Chern-Simons action. This means that conformal gravity is finite and exactly soluble. In part III, we derive the skein relations for the fundamental representations of SO(N), Sp(2n), Su(m| n), and OSp(m| 2n). These relations can be used recursively to calculate the expectation values of Wilson lines in three-dimensional Chern-Simons gauge theory with these gauge groups. A combination of braiding and tying of Wilson lines completely describes the skein relations. In part IV, we show that the k = 1 two dimensional gravity amplitudes at genus 3 agree precisely with the results from intersection theory on moduli space. Predictions for the genus 4 intersection numbers follow from the two dimensional gravity theory. In part V, we discuss the partition function in two dimensional gravity. For the one matrix model at genus 2, we use the partition function to derive a recursion relation. We show that the k = 1 amplitudes completely determine the partition function at arbitrary genus. We present a conjecture for the partition function for the arbitrary topological field theory coupled to topological gravity.

  16. A new theory of gravity

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ni, W.

    1972-01-01

    A new relativistic theory of gravity is presented. This theory agrees with all experiments to date. It is a metric theory, it is Lagrangian-based, and it possesses a preferred frame with conformally-flat space slices. With an appropriate choice of certain adjustable functions and parameters, this theory possesses precisely the same post-Newtonian limit as general relativity.

  17. National Bureau Of Standards Data Base Of Photon Absorption Cross Sections From 10 eV To 100 deV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saloman, E. B.; Hubbell, J. H.; Berger, M. J.

    1988-07-01

    The National Bureau of Standards (NBS) has maintained a data base of experimental and theoretical photon absorption cross sections (attenuation coefficients) since 1950. Currently the measured data include more than 20,000 data points abstracted from more than 500 independen.t literature sources including both published and unpublished reports and private communications. We have recently completed a systematic comparison over the energy range 0.1-100 keV of the measured cross sections in the NBS data base with cross sections obtained using the photoionization cross sections calculated by Scofield and the semi-empirical set of recommended photoionization cross section values of Henke et al. Cross sections for coherent and incoherent scattering were added to that of photoionization to obtain a value which could be compared to the experimental results. At energies above 1 keV, agreement between theory and experiment is rather good except for some special situations which prevent the accurate description of the measured samples as free atoms. These include molecular effects near absorption edges and solid state and crystal effects (such as for silicon). Below 1 keV the comparison indicates the range of atomic numbers and energies where the theory becomes inapplicable. The results obtained using Henke et al. agree well with the measured data when such data exist, but there are many elements for which data are not available over a wide range of energies. Comparisons with other theoretical data are in progress. This study also enabled us to show that a suggested renormalization procedure to the Scofield calculation (from dartree-Slater to Hartree-Fock) worsened the agreement between the theory and experiment. We have recently developed a PC-based computer program to generate theoretical cross section values based on Scofield's calculation. We have also completed a related program to enable a user to extract selected data from the measured data base.

  18. QCD as a Theory of Hadrons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Narison, Stephan

    2004-05-01

    About Stephan Narison; Outline of the book; Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. General Introduction: 1. A short flash on particle physics; 2. The pre-QCD era; 3. The QCD story; 4. Field theory ingredients; Part II. QCD Gauge Theory: 5. Lagrangian and gauge invariance; 6. Quantization using path integral; 7. QCD and its global invariance; Part III. MS scheme for QCD and QED: Introduction; 8. Dimensional regularization; 9. The MS renormalization scheme; 10. Renormalization of operators using the background field method; 11. The renormalization group; 12. Other renormalization schemes; 13. MS scheme for QED; 14. High-precision low-energy QED tests; Part IV. Deep Inelastic Scattering at Hadron Colliders: 15. OPE for deep inelastic scattering; 16. Unpolarized lepton-hadron scattering; 17. The Altarelli-Parisi equation; 18. More on unpolarized deep inelastic scatterings; 19. Polarized deep-inelastic processes; 20. Drell-Yan process; 21. One 'prompt photon' inclusive production; Part V. Hard Processes in e+e- Collisions: Introduction; 22. One hadron inclusive production; 23. gg scatterings and the 'spin' of the photon; 24. QCD jets; 25. Total inclusive hadron productions; Part VI. Summary of QCD Tests and as Measurements; Part VII. Power Corrections in QCD: 26. Introduction; 27. The SVZ expansion; 28. Technologies for evaluating Wilson coefficients; 29. Renormalons; 30. Beyond the SVZ expansion; Part VIII. QCD Two-Point Functions: 31. References guide to original works; 32. (Pseudo)scalar correlators; 33. (Axial-)vector two-point functions; 34. Tensor-quark correlator; 35. Baryonic correlators; 36. Four-quark correlators; 37. Gluonia correlators; 38. Hybrid correlators; 39. Correlators in x-space; Part IX. QCD Non-Perturbative Methods: 40. Introduction; 41. Lattice gauge theory; 42. Chiral perturbation theory; 43. Models of the QCD effective action; 44. Heavy quark effective theory; 45. Potential approaches to quarkonia; 46. On monopole and confinement; Part X. QCD

  19. QCD as a Theory of Hadrons

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Narison, Stephan

    2007-07-01

    About Stephan Narison; Outline of the book; Preface; Acknowledgements; Part I. General Introduction: 1. A short flash on particle physics; 2. The pre-QCD era; 3. The QCD story; 4. Field theory ingredients; Part II. QCD Gauge Theory: 5. Lagrangian and gauge invariance; 6. Quantization using path integral; 7. QCD and its global invariance; Part III. MS scheme for QCD and QED: Introduction; 8. Dimensional regularization; 9. The MS renormalization scheme; 10. Renormalization of operators using the background field method; 11. The renormalization group; 12. Other renormalization schemes; 13. MS scheme for QED; 14. High-precision low-energy QED tests; Part IV. Deep Inelastic Scattering at Hadron Colliders: 15. OPE for deep inelastic scattering; 16. Unpolarized lepton-hadron scattering; 17. The Altarelli-Parisi equation; 18. More on unpolarized deep inelastic scatterings; 19. Polarized deep-inelastic processes; 20. Drell-Yan process; 21. One 'prompt photon' inclusive production; Part V. Hard Processes in e+e- Collisions: Introduction; 22. One hadron inclusive production; 23. gg scatterings and the 'spin' of the photon; 24. QCD jets; 25. Total inclusive hadron productions; Part VI. Summary of QCD Tests and as Measurements; Part VII. Power Corrections in QCD: 26. Introduction; 27. The SVZ expansion; 28. Technologies for evaluating Wilson coefficients; 29. Renormalons; 30. Beyond the SVZ expansion; Part VIII. QCD Two-Point Functions: 31. References guide to original works; 32. (Pseudo)scalar correlators; 33. (Axial-)vector two-point functions; 34. Tensor-quark correlator; 35. Baryonic correlators; 36. Four-quark correlators; 37. Gluonia correlators; 38. Hybrid correlators; 39. Correlators in x-space; Part IX. QCD Non-Perturbative Methods: 40. Introduction; 41. Lattice gauge theory; 42. Chiral perturbation theory; 43. Models of the QCD effective action; 44. Heavy quark effective theory; 45. Potential approaches to quarkonia; 46. On monopole and confinement; Part X. QCD

  20. A new theory of gravity.

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Ni, W.-T.

    1973-01-01

    A new relativistic theory of gravity is presented. This theory agrees with all experiments to date. It is a metric theory; it is Lagrangian-based; and it possesses a preferred frame with conformally flat space slices. With an appropriate choice of certain adjustable functions and parameters and of the cosmological model, this theory possesses precisely the same post-Newtonian limit as general relativity.

  1. Perturbation theory from automorphic forms

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lambert, Neil; West, Peter

    2010-05-01

    Using our previous construction of Eisenstein-like automorphic forms we derive formulae for the perturbative and non-perturbative parts for any group and representation. The result is written in terms of the weights of the representation and the derivation is largely group theoretical. Specialising to the E n+1 groups relevant to type II string theory and the representation associated with node n + 1 of the E n+1 Dynkin diagram we explicitly find the perturbative part in terms of String Theory variables, such as the string coupling g d and volume V n . For dimensions seven and higher we find that the perturbation theory involves only two terms. In six dimensions we construct the SO(5, 5) automorphic form using the vector representation. Although these automorphic forms are generally compatible with String Theory, the one relevant to R 4 involves terms with g d -6 and so is problematic. We then study a constrained SO(5, 5) automorphic form, obtained by summing over null vectors, and compute its perturbative part. We find that it is consistent with String Theory and makes precise predictions for the perturbative results. We also study the unconstrained automorphic forms for E 6 in the 27 representation and E 7 in the 133 representation, giving their perturbative part and commenting on their role in String Theory.

  2. Complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2//CASSCF) study of the dissociative electron attachment in canonical DNA nucleobases caused by low-energy electrons (0-3 eV)

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Francés-Monerris, Antonio; Segarra-Martí, Javier; Merchán, Manuela

    Low-energy (0-3 eV) ballistic electrons originated during the irradiation of biological material can interact with DNA/RNA nucleobases yielding transient-anion species which undergo decompositions. Since the discovery that these reactions can eventually lead to strand breaking of the DNA chains, great efforts have been dedicated to their study. The main fragmentation at the 0-3 eV energy range is the ejection of a hydrogen atom from the specific nitrogen positions. In the present study, the methodological approach introduced in a previous work on uracil [I. González-Ramírez et al., J. Chem. Theory Comput. 8, 2769-2776 (2012)] is employed to study the DNA canonicalmore » nucleobases fragmentations of N–H bonds induced by low-energy electrons. The approach is based on minimum energy path and linear interpolation of internal coordinates computations along the N–H dissociation channels carried out at the complete-active-space self-consistent field//complete-active-space second-order perturbation theory level. On the basis of the calculated theoretical quantities, new assignations for the adenine and cytosine anion yield curves are provided. In addition, the π{sub 1}{sup −} and π{sub 2}{sup −} states of the pyrimidine nucleobases are expected to produce the temporary anions at electron energies close to 1 and 2 eV, respectively. Finally, the present theoretical results do not allow to discard neither the dipole-bound nor the valence-bound mechanisms in the range of energies explored, suggesting that both possibilities may coexist in the experiments carried out with the isolated nucleobases.« less

  3. Discovery of an old nova shell surrounding the cataclysmic variable V1315 Aql

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sahman, D. I.; Dhillon, V. S.; Littlefair, S. P.; Hallinan, G.

    2018-04-01

    Following our tentative discovery of a faint shell around V1315 Aql reported in Sahman et al. (2015), we undertook deep Hα imaging and intermediate-resolution spectroscopy of the shell. We find that the shell has its geometric centre located on V1315 Aql. The mass, spectral features and density of the shell are consistent with other nova shells, rather than planetary nebulae or supernova remnants. The radial velocity of the shell is consistent with the systemic velocity of V1315 Aql. We believe this evidence strongly suggests that the shell originates from an earlier nova event. This is the first nova shell discovered around a novalike, and supports the theory of nova-induced cycles in mass transfer rates (hibernation theory) first proposed by Shara et al. (1986).

  4. Probing Fe-V Bonding in a C3-Symmetric Heterobimetallic Complex.

    PubMed

    Greer, Samuel M; McKay, Johannes; Gramigna, Kathryn M; Thomas, Christine M; Stoian, Sebastian A; Hill, Stephen

    2018-04-30

    Direct metal-metal bonding of two distinct first-row transition metals remains relatively unexplored compared to their second- and third-row heterobimetallic counterparts. Herein, a recently reported Fe-V triply bonded species, [V( i PrNPPh 2 ) 3 FeI] (1; Kuppuswamy, S.; Powers, T. M.; Krogman, J. P.; Bezpalko, M. W.; Foxman, B. M.; Thomas, C. M. Vanadium-iron complexes featuring metal-metal multiple bonds. Chem. Sci. 2013, 4, 3557-3565), is investigated using high-frequency electron paramagnetic resonance, field- and temperature-dependent 57 Fe nuclear gamma resonance (Mössbauer) spectroscopy, and high-field electron-electron double resonance detected nuclear magnetic resonance. From the use of this suite of physical methods, we have assessed the electronic structure of 1. These studies allow us to establish the effective g̃ tensors as well as the Fe/V electro-nuclear hyperfine interaction tensors of the spin S = 1 / 2 ground state. We have rationalized these tensors in the context of ligand field theory supported by quantum chemical calculations. This theoretical analysis suggests that the S = 1 / 2 ground state originates from a single unpaired electron predominately localized on the Fe site.

  5. Solar system constraints on disformal gravity theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Ip, Hiu Yan; Schmidt, Fabian; Sakstein, Jeremy, E-mail: iphys@mpa-garching.mpg.de, E-mail: jeremy.sakstein@port.ac.uk, E-mail: fabians@mpa-garching.mpg.de

    Disformal theories of gravity are scalar-tensor theories where the scalar couples derivatively to matter via the Jordan frame metric. These models have recently attracted interest in the cosmological context since they admit accelerating solutions. We derive the solution for a static isolated mass in generic disformal gravity theories and transform it into the parameterised post-Newtonian form. This allows us to investigate constraints placed on such theories by local tests of gravity. The tightest constraints come from preferred-frame effects due to the motion of the Solar System with respect to the evolving cosmological background field. The constraints we obtain improve uponmore » the previous solar system constraints by two orders of magnitude, and constrain the scale of the disformal coupling for generic models to ℳ ∼> 100 eV. These constraints render all disformal effects irrelevant for cosmology.« less

  6. Antiferromagnetic phase of the gapless semiconductor V3Al

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jamer, M. E.; Assaf, B. A.; Sterbinsky, G. E.; Arena, D.; Lewis, L. H.; Saúl, A. A.; Radtke, G.; Heiman, D.

    2015-03-01

    Discovering new antiferromagnetic (AF) compounds is at the forefront of developing future spintronic devices without fringing magnetic fields. The AF gapless semiconducting D 03 phase of V3Al was successfully synthesized via arc-melting and annealing. The AF properties were established through synchrotron measurements of the atom-specific magnetic moments, where the magnetic dichroism reveals large and oppositely oriented moments on individual V atoms. Density functional theory calculations confirmed the stability of a type G antiferromagnetism involving only two-thirds of the V atoms, while the remaining V atoms are nonmagnetic. Magnetization, x-ray diffraction, and transport measurements also support the antiferromagnetism. This archetypal gapless semiconductor may be considered as a cornerstone for future spintronic devices containing AF elements.

  7. AN EDUCATIONAL THEORY MODEL--(SIGGS), AN INTEGRATION OF SET THEORY, INFORMATION THEORY, AND GRAPH THEORY WITH GENERAL SYSTEMS THEORY.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    MACCIA, ELIZABETH S.; AND OTHERS

    AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 20 ITEMS AND A DISCUSSION OF ITS SIGNIFICANCE WAS PRESENTED TO DESCRIBE CURRENT UTILIZATION OF SUBJECT THEORIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN EDUCATIONAL THEORY. ALSO, A THEORY MODEL WAS USED TO DEMONSTRATE CONSTRUCTION OF A SCIENTIFIC EDUCATIONAL THEORY. THE THEORY MODEL INCORPORATED SET THEORY (S), INFORMATION THEORY…

  8. Critical Analysis of the Mathematical Formalism of Theoretical Physics. V. Foundations of the Theory of Negative Numbers

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kalanov, Temur Z.

    2015-04-01

    Analysis of the foundations of the theory of negative numbers is proposed. The unity of formal logic and of rational dialectics is methodological basis of the analysis. Statement of the problem is as follows. As is known, point O in the Cartesian coordinate system XOY determines the position of zero on the scale. The number ``zero'' belongs to both the scale of positive numbers and the scale of negative numbers. In this case, the following formallogical contradiction arises: the number 0 is both positive number and negative number; or, equivalently, the number 0 is neither positive number nor negative number, i.e. number 0 has no sign. Then the following question arises: Do negative numbers exist in science and practice? A detailed analysis of the problem shows that negative numbers do not exist because the foundations of the theory of negative numbers contrary to the formal-logical laws. It is proved that: (a) all numbers have no signs; (b) the concepts ``negative number'' and ``negative sign of number'' represent a formallogical error; (c) signs ``plus'' and ``minus'' are only symbols of mathematical operations. The logical errors determine the essence of the theory of negative numbers: the theory of negative number is a false theory.

  9. Two Theories Are Better Than One

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jones, Robert

    2008-03-01

    All knowledge is of an approximate character (B. Russell, Human Knowledge, 1948, pg 497 and 507). Our formalisms abstract, idealize, and simplify (R. L. Epstein, Propositional Logics, 2001, Ch XI and E. Bender, An Intro. to Math. Modeling, 1978, pg v and 2). Each formalism is an idealization, often times approximating in its own DIFFERENT ways, each offering somewhat different coverage of the domain. Having MULTIPLE overlaping theories of a knowledge domain is then better than having just one theory (R. Jones, APS general meeting, April 2004). Theories are not unique (T. M. Mitchell, Machine Learning, 1997, pg 65-66 and Cooper, Machine Learning, vol. 9, 1992, pg 319). In the future every field will possess multiple theories of its domain and scientific work and engineering will be performed based on the ensemble predictions of ALL of these. In some cases the theories may be quite divergent, differing greatly one from the other. This idea can be considered an extension of Bohr's notion of complementarity, ``...different experimental arrangements...described by different physical concepts...together and only together exhaust the definable information we can obtain about the object.'' (H. J. Folse, The Philosophy of Neils Bohr, 1985, pg 238)

  10. Properties of V1 Neurons Tuned to Conjunctions of Visual Features: Application of the V1 Saliency Hypothesis to Visual Search behavior

    PubMed Central

    Zhaoping, Li; Zhe, Li

    2012-01-01

    From a computational theory of V1, we formulate an optimization problem to investigate neural properties in the primary visual cortex (V1) from human reaction times (RTs) in visual search. The theory is the V1 saliency hypothesis that the bottom-up saliency of any visual location is represented by the highest V1 response to it relative to the background responses. The neural properties probed are those associated with the less known V1 neurons tuned simultaneously or conjunctively in two feature dimensions. The visual search is to find a target bar unique in color (C), orientation (O), motion direction (M), or redundantly in combinations of these features (e.g., CO, MO, or CM) among uniform background bars. A feature singleton target is salient because its evoked V1 response largely escapes the iso-feature suppression on responses to the background bars. The responses of the conjunctively tuned cells are manifested in the shortening of the RT for a redundant feature target (e.g., a CO target) from that predicted by a race between the RTs for the two corresponding single feature targets (e.g., C and O targets). Our investigation enables the following testable predictions. Contextual suppression on the response of a CO-tuned or MO-tuned conjunctive cell is weaker when the contextual inputs differ from the direct inputs in both feature dimensions, rather than just one. Additionally, CO-tuned cells and MO-tuned cells are often more active than the single feature tuned cells in response to the redundant feature targets, and this occurs more frequently for the MO-tuned cells such that the MO-tuned cells are no less likely than either the M-tuned or O-tuned neurons to be the most responsive neuron to dictate saliency for an MO target. PMID:22719829

  11. Properties of V1 neurons tuned to conjunctions of visual features: application of the V1 saliency hypothesis to visual search behavior.

    PubMed

    Zhaoping, Li; Zhe, Li

    2012-01-01

    From a computational theory of V1, we formulate an optimization problem to investigate neural properties in the primary visual cortex (V1) from human reaction times (RTs) in visual search. The theory is the V1 saliency hypothesis that the bottom-up saliency of any visual location is represented by the highest V1 response to it relative to the background responses. The neural properties probed are those associated with the less known V1 neurons tuned simultaneously or conjunctively in two feature dimensions. The visual search is to find a target bar unique in color (C), orientation (O), motion direction (M), or redundantly in combinations of these features (e.g., CO, MO, or CM) among uniform background bars. A feature singleton target is salient because its evoked V1 response largely escapes the iso-feature suppression on responses to the background bars. The responses of the conjunctively tuned cells are manifested in the shortening of the RT for a redundant feature target (e.g., a CO target) from that predicted by a race between the RTs for the two corresponding single feature targets (e.g., C and O targets). Our investigation enables the following testable predictions. Contextual suppression on the response of a CO-tuned or MO-tuned conjunctive cell is weaker when the contextual inputs differ from the direct inputs in both feature dimensions, rather than just one. Additionally, CO-tuned cells and MO-tuned cells are often more active than the single feature tuned cells in response to the redundant feature targets, and this occurs more frequently for the MO-tuned cells such that the MO-tuned cells are no less likely than either the M-tuned or O-tuned neurons to be the most responsive neuron to dictate saliency for an MO target.

  12. Collective learning modeling based on the kinetic theory of active particles.

    PubMed

    Burini, D; De Lillo, S; Gibelli, L

    2016-03-01

    This paper proposes a systems approach to the theory of perception and learning in populations composed of many living entities. Starting from a phenomenological description of these processes, a mathematical structure is derived which is deemed to incorporate their complexity features. The modeling is based on a generalization of kinetic theory methods where interactions are described by theoretical tools of game theory. As an application, the proposed approach is used to model the learning processes that take place in a classroom. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  13. Nuclear level densities in {sup 47}V, {sup 48}V, {sup 49}V, {sup 53}Mn, and {sup 54}Mn from neutron evaporation spectra

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Zhuravlev, B. V., E-mail: zhurav@ippe.ru; Lychagin, A. A.; Titarenko, N. N.

    The spectra of neutrons from the (p, n) reactions on {sup 47}Ti, {sup 48}Ti, {sup 49}Ti, {sup 53}Cr, and {sup 54}Cr nuclei were measured in the proton-energy range 7-11 MeV. The measurements were performed with the aid of a fast-neutron spectrometer by the time-of-flight method over the base of the EGP-15 tandem accelerator of the Institute for Physics and Power Engineering (IPPE, Obninsk). Owing to a high resolution and a high stability of the time-of-flight spectrometer used, low-lying discrete levels could be identified reliably along with a continuum section of neutron spectra. An analysis of measured data was performed withinmore » the statistical equilibrium and preequilibrium models of nuclear reactions. The relevant calculations were performed by using the exact formalism of Hauser-Feshbach statistical theory supplemented with the generalized model of a superfluid nucleus, the back-shifted Fermi gas model, and the Gilbert-Cameron composite formula for the nuclear level density. The nuclear level densities for {sup 47}V, {sup 48}V, {sup 49}V, {sup 53}Mn, and {sup 54}Mn were determined along with their energy dependences and model parameters. The results are discussed together with available experimental data and recommendations of model systematics.« less

  14. A Transversely Isotropic Thermoelastic Theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Arnold, S. M.

    1989-01-01

    A continuum theory is presented for representing the thermoelastic behavior of composites that can be idealized as transversely isotropic. This theory is consistent with anisotropic viscoplastic theories being developed presently at NASA Lewis Research Center. A multiaxial statement of the theory is presented, as well as plane stress and plane strain reductions. Experimental determination of the required material parameters and their theoretical constraints are discussed. Simple homogeneously stressed elements are examined to illustrate the effect of fiber orientation on the resulting strain distribution. Finally, the multiaxial stress-strain relations are expressed in matrix form to simplify and accelerate implementation of the theory into structural analysis codes.

  15. Electronic stopping power of Ti, V and Cr ions in Ge and Au at 150-500 keV/u energies

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Linares, R.; Ribas, R. V.; Oliveira, J. R. B.; Medina, N. H.; Santos, H. C.; Seabra, C. C.; Sigaud, L.; Cybulska, E. W.; Seale, W. A.; Allegro, P. R. P.; Touffen, D. L.; Silveira, M. A. G.

    2017-12-01

    In this paper new experimental data are presented for the stopping power of Ti, V and Cr ions in Ge and Au, in the 150-500 keV/u energy range. The heavy ions at low energies are produced from the elastic scattering between particles of an energetic primary beam (28Si and 16O) directed onto the primary foil of interest (Ti, V or Cr). Measurements were performed using the transmission method. New experimental data points for the stopping power of Ti in Au were compared with previous measurement. The agreement between these two datasets indicates the consistence of the experimental technique. Our experimental data were also compared to some selected theoretical and semi-empirical methods: i) the Unitary Convolution Approximation, ii) the Binary theory, iii) the SRIM code and iv) the Northcliffe & Schilling tables. The experimental data for Ge foil deviate from the theoretical curves possibly due to the effect of band gap structure of the material in the electronic stopping power. For the systems measured here, we observe that the Binary theory exhibits an overall good agreement. The velocity-proportional dependence of the electronic stopping power in the measured energy range is also discussed.

  16. Theory-Guided Synthesis of a Metastable Lead-Free Piezoelectric Polymorph

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Garten, Lauren M; Ndione, Paul F; Beaton, Daniel A

    Many technologically critical materials are metastable under ambient conditions, yet the understanding of how to rationally design and guide the synthesis of these materials is limited. This work presents an integrated approach that targets a metastable lead-free piezoelectric polymorph of SrHfO3. First-principles calculations predict that the previous experimentally unrealized, metastable P4mm phase of SrHfO3 should exhibit a direct piezoelectric response (d33) of 36.9 pC N-1 (compared to d33 = 0 for the ground state). Combining computationally optimized substrate selection and synthesis conditions lead to the epitaxial stabilization of the polar P4mm phase of SrHfO3 on SrTiO3. The films are structurallymore » consistent with the theory predictions. A ferroelectric-induced large signal effective converse piezoelectric response of 5.2 pm V-1 for a 35 nm film is observed, indicating the ability to predict and target multifunctionality. This illustrates a coupled theory-experimental approach to the discovery and realization of new multifunctional polymorphs.« less

  17. Semiconductor Alloy Theory.

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1985-09-27

    REPORT & PERIOD COVERED -v Semiconductor Alloy Theory Annual 0) 84-9-1 to 85-8-31 M’) 6. PERFORMING O𔃾G. REPORT NUMBER 7. AUTHOR(@) 8. CONTRACT OR...GRANT NUMBER(s) An-Ban Chen AFOSR-84-0282 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS 10. PROGRAM ELEMENT. PROJECT. TASK AREA & W R UNT NUMBERS Auburn...and the effective mass. We generalized the formula for indirect-gap alloys with multiple bands and applied it to SiGe alloy. Our results, correlated

  18. Finite-density transition line for QCD with 695 MeV dynamical fermions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Greensite, Jeff; Höllwieser, Roman

    2018-06-01

    We apply the relative weights method to SU(3) gauge theory with staggered fermions of mass 695 MeV at a set of temperatures in the range 151 ≤T ≤267 MeV , to obtain an effective Polyakov line action at each temperature. We then apply a mean field method to search for phase transitions in the effective theory at finite densities. The result is a transition line in the plane of temperature and chemical potential, with an end point at high temperature, as expected, but also a second end point at a lower temperature. We cannot rule out the possibilities that a transition line reappears at temperatures lower than the range investigated, or that the second end point is absent for light quarks.

  19. C2 Fragmentation Energy of C60 Revisited: Theory Disagrees with Most Experiments

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Boese, A. Daniel; Scuseria, Gustavo E.

    1998-01-01

    Following our earlier work on the subject, we have carried out density functional theory (DFT) and second-order Moller-Plesset perturbation theory (MP2) calculations of the dissociation energy of the reaction C60 yields C58 + C2 using polarized basis sets and geometries optimized with DFT methods. The present theoretical results support an electronic fragmentation energy D(sub e) around 10-11 eV in disagreement with most experimental results that place the dissociation energy D(sub o) (including zero point energy) around 7-8 eV. The plausible errors remaining in the theoretical calculations are unlikely to account for this big difference (2-4 eV).

  20. A Psychometric Approach to Theory-Based Behavior Change Intervention Development: Example From the Colorado Meaning-Activity Project.

    PubMed

    Masters, Kevin S; Ross, Kaile M; Hooker, Stephanie A; Wooldridge, Jennalee L

    2018-05-18

    There has been a notable disconnect between theories of behavior change and behavior change interventions. Because few interventions are both explicitly and adequately theory-based, investigators cannot assess the impact of theory on intervention effectiveness. Theory-based interventions, designed to deliberately engage the theory's proposed mechanisms of change, are needed to adequately test theories. Thus, systematic approaches to theory-based intervention development are needed. This article will introduce and discuss the psychometric method of developing theory-based interventions. The psychometric approach to intervention development utilizes basic psychometric principles at each step of the intervention development process in order to build a theoretically driven intervention to, subsequently, be tested in process (mechanism) and outcome studies. Five stages of intervention development are presented as follows: (i) Choice of theory; (ii) Identification and characterization of key concepts and expected relations; (iii) Intervention construction; (iv) Initial testing and revision; and (v) Empirical testing of the intervention. Examples of this approach from the Colorado Meaning-Activity Project (COMAP) are presented. Based on self-determination theory integrated with meaning or purpose, and utilizing a motivational interviewing approach, the COMAP intervention is individually based with an initial interview followed by smart phone-delivered interventions for increasing daily activity. The psychometric approach to intervention development is one method to ensure careful consideration of theory in all steps of intervention development. This structured approach supports developing a research culture that endorses deliberate and systematic operationalization of theory into behavior change intervention from the outset of intervention development.

  1. A simplified analysis of the multigrid V-cycle as a fast elliptic solver

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Decker, Naomi H.; Taasan, Shlomo

    1988-01-01

    For special model problems, Fourier analysis gives exact convergence rates for the two-grid multigrid cycle and, for more general problems, provides estimates of the two-grid convergence rates via local mode analysis. A method is presented for obtaining mutigrid convergence rate estimates for cycles involving more than two grids (using essentially the same analysis as for the two-grid cycle). For the simple cast of the V-cycle used as a fast Laplace solver on the unit square, the k-grid convergence rate bounds obtained by this method are sharper than the bounds predicted by the variational theory. Both theoretical justification and experimental evidence are presented.

  2. Adapting Structuration Theory as a Comprehensive Theory for Distance Education: The ASTIDE Model

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Aktaruzzaman, Md; Plunkett, Margaret

    2016-01-01

    Distance Education (DE) theorists have argued about the requirement for a theory to be comprehensive in a way that can explicate many of the activities associated with DE. Currently, Transactional Distance Theory (TDT) (Moore, 1993) and the Theory of Instructional Dialogue (IDT) (Caspi & Gorsky, 2006) are the most prominent theories, yet they…

  3. Six new mechanics corresponding to further shape theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Anderson, Edward

    2016-02-01

    In this paper, suite of relational notions of shape are presented at the level of configuration space geometry, with corresponding new theories of shape mechanics and shape statistics. These further generalize two quite well known examples: (i) Kendall’s (metric) shape space with his shape statistics and Barbour’s mechanics thereupon. (ii) Leibnizian relational space alias metric scale-and-shape space to which corresponds Barbour-Bertotti mechanics. This paper’s new theories include, using the invariant and group namings, (iii) Angle alias conformal shape mechanics. (iv) Area ratio alias e shape mechanics. (v) Area alias e scale-and-shape mechanics. (iii)-(v) rest respectively on angle space, area-ratio space, and area space configuration spaces. Probability and statistics applications are also pointed to in outline. (vi) Various supersymmetric counterparts of (i)-(v) are considered. Since supergravity differs considerably from GR-based conceptions of background independence, some of the new supersymmetric shape mechanics are compared with both. These reveal compatibility between supersymmetry and GR-based conceptions of background independence, at least within these simpler model arenas.

  4. A periodic DFT study of ammonia adsorption on the V2O5 (001), V2O5 (010) and V2O5 (100) surfaces: Lewis versus Brönsted acid sites

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yao, Huichao; Chen, Yu; Wei, Yuechang; Zhao, Zhen; Liu, Zhichang; Xu, Chunming

    2012-11-01

    The adsorption of ammonia at Brönsted and Lewis acid sites on three low-index (001), (010) and (100) surfaces of V2O5 catalyst was investigated using density functional theory (DFT) method. Three levels of surface relaxation periodic models including top single layer relaxation (S-model), moderately deeper relaxation (M-model) and full relaxation model (F-model) were applied to examine the effect of the surface relaxation on the binding structures and adsorption energies. The results of calculations showed that on the saturated basal plane V2O5 (001), ammonia adsorption at the Brönsted acid sites (VOH) is energetically more favorable. On unsaturated (010) and (100) surfaces, ammonia is adsorbed strongly on both Brönsted (VOH) and Lewis acid sites (V). Surface relaxations have no influence on ammonia adsorption on saturated (001) surface, while a strong dependence on the relaxation models is observed for NH3-adsorption energies on (010) and (100) surfaces, especially at the Lewis acid sites of both side planes. When complete relaxation considered (F-model), ammonia adsorption on the Lewis acid sites (V) dominates for side planes (010) and (100). In the presence of VOH as neighbor, the ammonia adsorption at V sites is however weakened significantly due to steric hindrance. Hydrogen bonds may play a role, although not determining one, in the respect of the adsorption of ammonia on (010) and (100) surfaces. Moderate relaxation and full relaxation are absolutely necessary for the description of both H and NH3 adsorption on unsaturated (100) and (010) surfaces, respectively.

  5. A Framework for Performing V&V within Reuse-Based Software Engineering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Addy, Edward A.

    1996-01-01

    Verification and validation (V&V) is performed during application development for many systems, especially safety-critical and mission-critical systems. The V&V process is intended to discover errors, especially errors related to critical processing, as early as possible during the development process. Early discovery is important in order to minimize the cost and other impacts of correcting these errors. In order to provide early detection of errors, V&V is conducted in parallel with system development, often beginning with the concept phase. In reuse-based software engineering, however, decisions on the requirements, design and even implementation of domain assets can be made prior to beginning development of a specific system. In this case, V&V must be performed during domain engineering in order to have an impact on system development. This paper describes a framework for performing V&V within architecture-centric, reuse-based software engineering. This framework includes the activities of traditional application-level V&V, and extends these activities into domain engineering and into the transition between domain engineering and application engineering. The framework includes descriptions of the types of activities to be performed during each of the life-cycle phases, and provides motivation for the activities.

  6. Problems of Construction of Black Holes and Traversed Wormholes in Various Theories of Gravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Karbanovski, Valeri; Kairov, Taimuraz.; Melehina, Olga

    In the framework of general relativity found new vacuum solutions [1,2] for the spherically symmetric non-static metrics as a constant source ("dynamic analog" gravitational radius), and a source in the form of time-dependent functions. In the latter case, the conditions for a smooth cross-linking with the original static metric. Within Post-Einstein theory of gravitation (PETG, [3]), is consider the variant with zero scalar curvature of space-time is considered. Found external solutions for spherically symmetric objects that allow a smooth stitching at distances slightly exceeding the gravitational radius of the source. We also show that in the studied approach the traversable vacuum wormholes can not be realized. In the theory of gravity with vacuum polarization (TGVP, [4]) built vacuum static spherically symmetric nonsingular solutions. At this the "polarization effects" appear only under the gravitational radius of the source. Also obtained metric describing the vacuum traversable wormhole. References begin{enumerate} Karbanovski V.V. et. al. - JETP, 2012, Vol. 115, No. 2, pp. 208-211. Karbanovski V.V. et. al. - JETP, 2012, Vol. 115, No. 4, pp. 733. Karbanovski V.V. et. al. - Class. Quantum Grav., 2012, Vol. 29, No. 6, 065007. Karbanovski V.V. et. al. - Acta Phys. Pol. B, 2011, Vol. 42, No.1, p. 171.

  7. Toward a theory of partnership as context for a theory of leisure

    Treesearch

    Kim Uhlik

    2008-01-01

    The field of leisure studies has been developing a body of theory since the late 1960s, but construction of an overarching, unified theory of leisure remains an elusive goal (Bedini and Wu, 1994; Brown, Dyer, & Whatey, 1973; Burdge, 1983; Edginton, Hudson, & Lankford, 2001; Henderson, 1994; Henderson, Presley & Bialeschki, 2004; Hendricks & Burdge, 1972...

  8. Piaget's Theory: A Psychological Critique.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brown, Geoffrey; Desforges, Charles

    The authors offer a detailed and systematic critique of Piaget's theory of cognitive development, examining it in relation to other theories of development. Chapter 1 points out some of the problems in building and evaluating scientific theories and considers contrasting approaches to cognitive development (including those which focus on…

  9. Analytic thinking reduces belief in conspiracy theories.

    PubMed

    Swami, Viren; Voracek, Martin; Stieger, Stefan; Tran, Ulrich S; Furnham, Adrian

    2014-12-01

    Belief in conspiracy theories has been associated with a range of negative health, civic, and social outcomes, requiring reliable methods of reducing such belief. Thinking dispositions have been highlighted as one possible factor associated with belief in conspiracy theories, but actual relationships have only been infrequently studied. In Study 1, we examined associations between belief in conspiracy theories and a range of measures of thinking dispositions in a British sample (N=990). Results indicated that a stronger belief in conspiracy theories was significantly associated with lower analytic thinking and open-mindedness and greater intuitive thinking. In Studies 2-4, we examined the causational role played by analytic thinking in relation to conspiracist ideation. In Study 2 (N=112), we showed that a verbal fluency task that elicited analytic thinking reduced belief in conspiracy theories. In Study 3 (N=189), we found that an alternative method of eliciting analytic thinking, which related to cognitive disfluency, was effective at reducing conspiracist ideation in a student sample. In Study 4, we replicated the results of Study 3 among a general population sample (N=140) in relation to generic conspiracist ideation and belief in conspiracy theories about the July 7, 2005, bombings in London. Our results highlight the potential utility of supporting attempts to promote analytic thinking as a means of countering the widespread acceptance of conspiracy theories. Copyright © 2014 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Sakurai Prize: Why the Higgs Boson data implies an M-theory world

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kane, Gordon

    2017-01-01

    Compactifying 11D M-theory on a 7D G2 manifold automatically gives a supersymmetric 4D relativistic quantum field theory. The supersymmetry is softly broken by gluino condensation of the largest gauge group hidden sector, which runs fastest. The resulting gravitino mass is about 40 TeV, and the scalar masses and trilinears of the soft breaking Lagrangian have similar values. All solutions having electroweak symmetry breaking are in the two doublet decoupling region. The coefficient λ of the effective Higgs potential is calculable and determines Mh/MZ. Using the most recent match and run methods, and running down to the TeV scale gives Mh = 126 GeV, and decay BR within a few per cent of the SM Higgs. This was reported in summer 2011, before LHC data, though the result does not depend on any adjustable parameters so it would be unchanged whenever it was reported.

  11. Effect of chromium doping on the correlated electronic structure of V2O3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grieger, Daniel; Lechermann, Frank

    2014-09-01

    The archetypical strongly correlated Mott-phenomena compound V2O3 is known to show a paramagnetic metal-insulator transition driven by doping with chromium atoms and/or (negative) pressure. Via charge self-consistent density-functional theory+dynamical mean-field theory calculations we demonstrate that these two routes cannot be understood as equivalent. An explicit description of Cr-doped V2O3 by means of supercell calculations and the virtual crystal approximation is performed. Introducing chromium's additional electron to the system is shown to modify the overall many-body electronic structure substantially. Chromium doping increases electronic correlations which in addition induce charge transfers between Cr and the remaining V ions. Thereby the transition-metal orbital polarization is increased by the electron doping, in close agreement with experimental findings.

  12. Knot invariants and M-theory: Proofs and derivations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Errasti Díez, Verónica

    2018-01-01

    We construct two distinct yet related M-theory models that provide suitable frameworks for the study of knot invariants. We then focus on the four-dimensional gauge theory that follows from appropriately compactifying one of these M-theory models. We show that this theory has indeed all required properties to host knots. Our analysis provides a unifying picture of the various recent works that attempt an understanding of knot invariants using techniques of four-dimensional physics. This is a companion paper to K. Dasgupta, V. Errasti Díez, P. Ramadevi, and R. Tatar, Phys. Rev. D 95, 026010 (2017), 10.1103/PhysRevD.95.026010, covering all but Sec. III C. It presents a detailed mathematical derivation of the main results there, as well as additional material. Among the new insights, those related to supersymmetry and the topological twist are highlighted. This paper offers an alternative, complementary formulation of the contents in the first paper, but is self-contained and can be read independently.

  13. Structure of a viscoplastic theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Freed, Alan D.

    1988-01-01

    The general structure of a viscoplastic theory is developed from physical and thermodynamical considerations. The flow equation is of classical form. The dynamic recovery approach is shown to be superior to the hardening function approach for incorporating nonlinear strain hardening into the material response through the evolutionary equation for back stress. A novel approach for introducing isotropic strain hardening into the theory is presented, which results in a useful simplification. In particular, the limiting stress for the kinematic saturation of state (not the drag stress) is the chosen scalar-valued state variable. The resulting simplification is that there is no coupling between dynamic and thermal recovery terms in each evolutionary equation. The derived theory of viscoplasticity has the structure of a two-surface plasticity theory when the response is plasticlike, and the structure of a Bailey-Orowan creep theory when the response is creeplike.

  14. A superstring field theory for supergravity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Reid-Edwards, R. A.; Riccombeni, D. A.

    2017-09-01

    A covariant closed superstring field theory, equivalent to classical tendimensional Type II supergravity, is presented. The defining conformal field theory is the ambitwistor string worldsheet theory of Mason and Skinner. This theory is known to reproduce the scattering amplitudes of Cachazo, He and Yuan in which the scattering equations play an important role and the string field theory naturally incorporates these results. We investigate the operator formalism description of the ambitwsitor string and propose an action for the string field theory of the bosonic and supersymmetric theories. The correct linearised gauge symmetries and spacetime actions are explicitly reproduced and evidence is given that the action is correct to all orders. The focus is on the NeveuSchwarz sector and the explicit description of tree level perturbation theory about flat spacetime. Application of the string field theory to general supergravity backgrounds and the inclusion of the Ramond sector are briefly discussed.

  15. MaxEnt-Based Ecological Theory: A Template for Integrated Catchment Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Harte, J.

    2017-12-01

    The maximum information entropy procedure (MaxEnt) is both a powerful tool for inferring least-biased probability distributions from limited data and a framework for the construction of complex systems theory. The maximum entropy theory of ecology (METE) describes remarkably well widely observed patterns in the distribution, abundance and energetics of individuals and taxa in relatively static ecosystems. An extension to ecosystems undergoing change in response to disturbance or natural succession (DynaMETE) is in progress. I describe the structure of both the static and the dynamic theory and show a range of comparisons with census data. I then propose a generalization of the MaxEnt approach that could provide a framework for a predictive theory of both static and dynamic, fully-coupled, eco-socio-hydrological catchment systems.

  16. Coupled-cluster and explicitly correlated perturbation-theory calculations of the uracil anion.

    PubMed

    Bachorz, Rafał A; Klopper, Wim; Gutowski, Maciej

    2007-02-28

    A valence-type anion of the canonical tautomer of uracil has been characterized using explicitly correlated second-order Moller-Plesset perturbation theory (RI-MP2-R12) in conjunction with conventional coupled-cluster theory with single, double, and perturbative triple excitations. At this level of electron-correlation treatment and after inclusion of a zero-point vibrational energy correction, determined in the harmonic approximation at the RI-MP2 level of theory, the valence anion is adiabatically stable with respect to the neutral molecule by 40 meV. The anion is characterized by a vertical detachment energy of 0.60 eV. To obtain accurate estimates of the vertical and adiabatic electron binding energies, a scheme was applied in which electronic energy contributions from various levels of theory were added, each of them extrapolated to the corresponding basis-set limit. The MP2 basis-set limits were also evaluated using an explicitly correlated approach, and the results of these calculations are in agreement with the extrapolated values. A remarkable feature of the valence anionic state is that the adiabatic electron binding energy is positive but smaller than the adiabatic electron binding energy of the dipole-bound state.

  17. Moldauer's sum rule as a test of the consistency of transmission coefficients in Hauser Feshbach theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brown, David; Nobre, Gustavo; Herman, Michal

    2017-09-01

    For neutron induced reactions below 20 MeV incident energy, the Unresolved Resonance Region (URR) connects the fast neutron region with the Resolved Resonance Region (RRR). The URR is problematic since resonances are not resolvable experimentally yet the fluctuations in the neutron cross sections play a discernible and technologically important role - the URR in a typical nucleus is in the 100 keV - 2 MeV window where the typical fission spectrum peaks. The URR also represents the transition between R-matrix theory used to describe isolated resonances and Hauser-Feshbach theory which accurately describes the average cross sections. In practice, only average or systematic features of the resonances in the URR are known and are tabulated in evaluations in a nuclear data library such as ENDF/B-VII.1. Here we apply Moldauer's ``sum rule for resonance reactions'' to compute the effective transmission coefficients for reactions in the RRR and URR regions. We compare these to the transmission coefficients used in the fast region in the EMPIRE Hauser-Feshbach code, demonstrating the consistency (or lack thereof) between these different physical regimes. This work suggests a better approach to evaluating the URR average parameters using the results from the fast region modeling. This material is based upon work supported by the US Department of Energy, Office of Science, Office of Nuclear Physics, under Contract No. DE-SC0012704 (BNL).

  18. A UNIVERSAL DECLINE LAW OF CLASSICAL NOVAE. IV. V838 HER (1991): A VERY MASSIVE WHITE DWARF

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kato, Mariko; Hachisu, Izumi; Cassatella, Angelo, E-mail: mariko@educ.cc.keio.ac.j, E-mail: hachisu@ea.c.u-tokyo.ac.j, E-mail: cassatella@fis.uniroma3.i

    2009-10-20

    We present a unified model of optical and ultraviolet (UV) light curves for one of the fastest classical novae, V838 Herculis (Nova Herculis 1991), and estimate its white dwarf (WD) mass. Based on an optically thick wind theory of nova outbursts, we model the optical light curves with free-free emission and the UV 1455 A light curves with blackbody emission. Our models of 1.35 +- 0.02 M {sub sun} WD simultaneously reproduce the optical and UV 1455 A observations. The mass lost by the wind is DELTAM {sub wind} approx 2 x 10{sup -6} M {sub sun}. We provide newmore » determinations of the reddening, E(B - V) = 0.53 +- 0.05, and of the distance, 2.7 +- 0.5 kpc.« less

  19. The increasing use of theory in social gerontology: 1990-2004.

    PubMed

    Alley, Dawn E; Putney, Norella M; Rice, Melissa; Bengtson, Vern L

    2010-09-01

    To determine how often theory is used in published research in social gerontology, compare theory use over a 10-year period (1990-1994 to 2000-2004), and identify the theories most frequently used in social gerontology research. Systematic review of articles published in eight leading journals from 2000 to 2004 (N = 1,046) and comparison with a review conducted 10 years earlier. Theory was mentioned in 39% of articles published from 2000 to 2004, representing a 12% increase in the use of theory over 10 years. This increase was driven by theories outside the core sociology of aging theories identified by Bengtson, V. L., Burgess, E. O., and Parrott, T. M. (1997). Theory, explanation, and a third generation of theoretical development in social gerontology. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 52B, S72-S88. The five most frequently used theories included the life course perspective, life-span developmental theories, role theory, exchange theory, and person-environment theory/ecological theories of aging. Commonly used models included stress process/stress and coping models, successful aging models, the Andersen behavioral model of health services use, models of control/self-efficacy/mastery, and disablement process models. Theory use in social gerontology increased between 1990 and 2004, with a shift toward theories that cross disciplines. However, the majority of research in social gerontology continues to be atheoretical. Models are widely used as a supplement to or substitute for theory. Many of these models are currently being debated and elaborated, and over time, they may emerge as important theoretical contributions to social gerontology.

  20. Theory of spin-conserving excitation of the N-V(-) center in diamond.

    PubMed

    Gali, Adam; Janzén, Erik; Deák, Péter; Kresse, Georg; Kaxiras, Efthimios

    2009-10-30

    The negatively charged nitrogen-vacancy defect in diamond is an important atomic-scale structure that can be used as a qubit in quantum computing and as a marker in biomedical applications. Its usefulness relies on the ability to optically excite electrons between well-defined gap states, which requires a clear and detailed understanding of the relevant states and excitation processes. Here we show that by using hybrid density-functional-theory calculations in a large supercell we can reproduce the zero-phonon line and the Stokes and anti-Stokes shifts, yielding a complete picture of the spin-conserving excitation of this defect.

  1. A Unifying Theory of Biological Function.

    PubMed

    van Hateren, J H

    2017-01-01

    A new theory that naturalizes biological function is explained and compared with earlier etiological and causal role theories. Etiological (or selected effects) theories explain functions from how they are caused over their evolutionary history. Causal role theories analyze how functional mechanisms serve the current capacities of their containing system. The new proposal unifies the key notions of both kinds of theories, but goes beyond them by explaining how functions in an organism can exist as factors with autonomous causal efficacy. The goal-directedness and normativity of functions exist in this strict sense as well. The theory depends on an internal physiological or neural process that mimics an organism's fitness, and modulates the organism's variability accordingly. The structure of the internal process can be subdivided into subprocesses that monitor specific functions in an organism. The theory matches well with each intuition on a previously published list of intuited ideas about biological functions, including intuitions that have posed difficulties for other theories.

  2. To development of analytical theory of rotational motion of the Moon

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barkin, Yu. V.; Ferrandiz, J. M.; Navarro, J. F.

    2009-04-01

    polar moments of inertia of the Moon and its core;ɛ = (a2 - b2)• (a2 + b2)? (a - b)•a is an ellipticity of equatorial ellipse of core cavity with semi-axes a and b. So all amplitudes of librations in longitude due to the liquid core are increased on 0.06%. A small effect of ellipticity has more smaller order. Here as example we present formula for perturbations of the first order of the Moon in longitude: (1) 21-+-L λ = 6n0 I C22Ã- ‘ ‘ D (1) (? )- D(-1) (? ) Ã- (- 1)?5-?1.?2.?3+2.?4.?5--0----?1.?2.?3-2.?4.?25-0-sin(v1lM + v2lS + v3F + v4D ) ¥?¥>0 ?5 (v1nM + v2nS + v3nF + v4nD) I = C•(mr2) is the dimensionless moment of inertia of the Moon (m and rare it's the mass and mean radius). Kinoshita's inclination functions D?1.?2.?3.?4.?5(±1)(? 0) are determined by known formulae through the value of Cassini's angle? = 1033′50". v1nM + v2nS + v3nF + v4nD = ˙θv1,v2,v3,v4 are derivatives with respect to the time of corresponding linear combinations of classical arguments of lunar orbit theory; nM,nS,nF and nD are velocities of changes of these arguments; C22 is the selenopotential coefficient; n02 = fm⊕•a3, a is an unperturbed value of semi-axis major of lunar orbit, fis a gravitational constant. The perturbations of the first order for others variables and considered dynamical characteristics have the structure similar to the formula for ˜λ(1). In given table 1 we present amplitudes of forced librations in longitude of intermediate Andoyer plane λ?1,?2,?3,?4 (in arc seconds) and perturbations of angular velocity of the Moon axial rotation ??1,?2,?3,?4 (in units10-4nF). T?1,?2,?3,?4are periods of corresponding perturbations. Table 1. Main perturbations in the Moon librations in longitude. ?1 ?2 ?3 ?4 T?1,?2,?3,?4 λ?1,?2,?3,?4 0 1 0 0 365.26 81"02 1 0 0 0 27.555 -15"65 1 -1 0 -1 -3232.9 9"85 2 0 0 -2 205.89 9"69 1 0 0 -2 31.81 4"15 1 0 0 -1 411.78 -2"98 2 0 -2 0 -1095.2 -1"86 2 -1 0 -2 471.89 0"74 0 0 0 2 14.77 -0"61 The results of

  3. Towards a richer evolutionary game theory

    PubMed Central

    McNamara, John M.

    2013-01-01

    Most examples of the application of evolutionary game theory to problems in biology involve highly simplified models. I contend that it is time to move on and include much more richness in models. In particular, more thought needs to be given to the importance of (i) between-individual variation; (ii) the interaction between individuals, and hence the process by which decisions are reached; (iii) the ecological and life-history context of the situation; (iv) the traits that are under selection, and (v) the underlying psychological mechanisms that lead to behaviour. I give examples where including variation between individuals fundamentally changes predicted outcomes of a game. Variation also selects for real-time responses, again resulting in changed outcomes. Variation can select for other traits, such as choosiness and social sensitivity. More generally, many problems involve coevolution of more than one trait. I identify situations where a reductionist approach, in which a game is isolated from is ecological setting, can be misleading. I also highlight the need to consider flexibility of behaviour, mental states and other issues concerned with the evolution of mechanism. PMID:23966616

  4. Using grounded theory to create a substantive theory of promoting schoolchildren's mental health.

    PubMed

    Puolakka, Kristiina; Haapasalo-Pesu, Kirsi-Maria; Kiikkala, Irma; Astedt-Kurki, Päivi; Paavilainen, Eija

    2013-01-01

    To discuss the creation of a substantive theory using grounded theory. This article provides an example of generating theory from a study of mental health promotion at a high school in Finland. Grounded theory is a method for creating explanatory theory. It is a valuable tool for health professionals when studying phenomena that affect patients' health, offering a deeper understanding of nursing methods and knowledge. Interviews with school employees, students and parents, and verbal responses to the 'school wellbeing profile survey', as well as working group memos related to the development activities. Participating children were aged between 12 and 15. The analysis was conducted by applying the grounded theory method and involved open coding of the material, constant comparison, axial coding and selective coding after identifying the core category. The analysis produced concepts about mental health promotion in school and assumptions about relationships. Grounded theory proved to be an effective means of eliciting people's viewpoints on mental health promotion. The personal views of different parties make it easier to identify an action applicable to practice.

  5. The measurement of Bethe-Heitler bremstrahlung in muon-hydrogen interactions at 200 GeV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Aubert, J. J.; Bassompierre, G.; Becks, K. H.; Benchouk, C.; Best, C.; Böhm, E.; de Bouard, X.; Brasse, F. W.; Broll, C.; Brown, S.; Carr, J.; Clifft, R. W.; Cobb, J. H.; Coignet, G.; Combley, F.; Court, G. R.; D'Agostini, G.; Dau, W. D.; Davies, J. K.; Déclais, Y.; Dosselli, U.; Drees, J.; Edwards, A.; Edwards, M.; Favier, J.; Ferrero, M. I.; Flauger, W.; Forsbach, H.; Gabathuler, E.; Gamet, R.; Gayler, J.; Gerhardt, V.; Gössling, C.; Gregory, P.; Haas, J.; Hamacher, K.; Hayman, P.; Henckes, M.; Korbel, V.; Landgraf, U.; Leenen, M.; Maire, M.; Hinssieux, M.; Mohr, W.; Montgomery, H. E.; Moser, K.; Mount, R. P.; Nagy, E.; Nassalski, J.; Norton, P. R.; McNicholas, J.; Osborne, A. M.; Payre, P.; Peroni, C.; Pessard, H.; Pietrzyk, U.; Rith, K.; Schneegans, M.; Sloan, T.; Stier, H. E.; Stockhausen, W.; Thénard, J. M.; Thompson, J. C.; Urban, L.; Villers, M.; Wahlen, H.; Whalley, M.; Williams, D.; Williams, W. S. C.; Williamson, J.; Wimpenny, S. J.

    1984-12-01

    Using a lead glass detector installed in the EMC forward spectrometer radiative photons have been measured in 200 GeV muon-hydrogen collisions. The results are compared with the standard QED one photon emission theory of Mo and Tsai and also with the more recent predictions of a multiphoton emission theory of Chahine. We conclude that there is no evidence for any deviation from the standard theory, in terms of the yield and angular distribution of photons with fractional energy, z>0.7.

  6. Cosmological models with a hybrid scale factor in an extended gravity theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mishra, B.; Tripathy, S. K.; Tarai, Sankarsan

    2018-03-01

    A general formalism to investigate Bianchi type V Ih universes is developed in an extended theory of gravity. A minimally coupled geometry and matter field is considered with a rescaled function of f(R,T) substituted in place of the Ricci scalar R in the geometrical action. Dynamical aspects of the models are discussed by using a hybrid scale factor (HSF) that behaves as power law in an initial epoch and as an exponential form at late epoch. The power law behavior and the exponential behavior appear as two extreme cases of the present model.

  7. Rare earth substitutional impurities in germanium: A hybrid density functional theory study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Igumbor, E.; Omotoso, E.; Tunhuma, S. M.; Danga, H. T.; Meyer, W. E.

    2017-10-01

    The Heyd, Scuseria, and Ernzerhof (HSE06) hybrid functional by means of density functional theory has been used to model the electronic and structural properties of rare earth (RE) substitutional impurities in germanium (REGe) . The formation and charge state transition energies for the REGe (RE = Ce, Pr, Er and Eu) were calculated. The energy of formation for the neutral charge state of the REGe lies between -0.14 and 3.13 eV. The formation energy result shows that the Pr dopant in Ge (PrGe) has the lowest formation energy of -0.14 eV, and is most energetically favourable under equilibrium conditions. The REGe induced charge state transition levels within the band gap of Ge. Shallow acceptor levels were induced by both the Eu (EuGe) and Pr (PrGe) dopants in Ge. The CeGe and ErGe exhibited properties of negative-U ordering with effective-U values of -0.85 and -1.07 eV, respectively.

  8. Theory of the stopping power of fast multicharged ions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Yudin, G.L.

    1991-12-01

    The processes of Coulomb excitation and ionization of atoms by a fast charged particle moving along a classical trajectory are studied. The target electrons are described by the Dirac equation, while the field of the incident particle is described by the Lienard-Wiechert potential. The theory is formulated in the form most convenient for investigation of various characteristics of semiclassical atomic collisions. The theory of sudden perturbations, which is valid at high enough velocities for a high projectile charge, is employed to obtain probabilities and cross sections of the Coulomb excitation and ionization of atomic hydrogen by fast multiply charged ions.more » Based on the semiclassical sudden Born approximation, the ionization cross section and the average electronic energy loss of a fast ion in a single collision with an atom are investigated over a wide specific energy range from 500 keV/amu to 50 MeV/amu.« less

  9. Theory-Guided Synthesis of a Metastable Lead-Free Piezoelectric Polymorph.

    PubMed

    Garten, Lauren M; Dwaraknath, Shyam; Walker, Julian; Mangum, John S; Ndione, Paul F; Park, Yoonsang; Beaton, Daniel A; Gopalan, Venkatraman; Gorman, Brian P; Schelhas, Laura T; Toney, Michael F; Trolier-McKinstry, Susan; Persson, Kristin A; Ginley, David S

    2018-05-10

    Many technologically critical materials are metastable under ambient conditions, yet the understanding of how to rationally design and guide the synthesis of these materials is limited. This work presents an integrated approach that targets a metastable lead-free piezoelectric polymorph of SrHfO 3 . First-principles calculations predict that the previous experimentally unrealized, metastable P4mm phase of SrHfO 3 should exhibit a direct piezoelectric response (d 33 ) of 36.9 pC N -1 (compared to d 33 = 0 for the ground state). Combining computationally optimized substrate selection and synthesis conditions lead to the epitaxial stabilization of the polar P4mm phase of SrHfO 3 on SrTiO 3 . The films are structurally consistent with the theory predictions. A ferroelectric-induced large signal effective converse piezoelectric response of 5.2 pm V -1 for a 35 nm film is observed, indicating the ability to predict and target multifunctionality. This illustrates a coupled theory-experimental approach to the discovery and realization of new multifunctional polymorphs. © 2018 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  10. Mode-specific tunneling using the Qim path: theory and an application to full-dimensional malonaldehyde.

    PubMed

    Wang, Yimin; Bowman, Joel M

    2013-10-21

    We present a theory of mode-specific tunneling that makes use of the general tunneling path along the imaginary-frequency normal mode of the saddle point, Qim, and the associated relaxed potential, V(Qim) [Y. Wang and J. M. Bowman, J. Chem. Phys. 129, 121103 (2008)]. The novel aspect of the theory is the projection of the normal modes of a minimum onto the Qim path and the determination of turning points on V(Qim). From that projection, the change in tunneling upon mode excitation can be calculated. If the projection is zero, no enhancement of tunneling is predicted. In that case vibrationally adiabatic (VA) theory could apply. However, if the projection is large then VA theory is not applicable. The approach is applied to mode-specific tunneling in full-dimensional malonaldehyde, using an accurate full-dimensional potential energy surface. Results are in semi-quantitative agreement with experiment for modes that show large enhancement of the tunneling, relative to the ground state tunneling splitting. For the six out-of-plane modes, which have zero projection on the planar Qim path, VA theory does apply, and results from that theory agree qualitatively and even semi-quantitatively with experiment. We also verify the failure of simple VA theory for modes that show large enhancement of tunneling.

  11. Light-by-Light Scattering Constraint on Born-Infeld Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ellis, John; Mavromatos, Nick E.; You, Tevong

    2017-06-01

    The recent measurement by ATLAS of light-by-light scattering in LHC Pb-Pb collisions is the first direct evidence for this basic process. We find that it excludes a range of the mass scale of a nonlinear Born-Infeld extension of QED that is ≲100 GeV , a much stronger constraint than those derived previously. In the case of a Born-Infeld extension of the standard model in which the U(1 ) Y hypercharge gauge symmetry is realized nonlinearly, the limit on the corresponding mass reach is ˜90 GeV , which, in turn, imposes a lower limit of ≳11 TeV on the magnetic monopole mass in such a U(1 ) Y Born-Infeld theory.

  12. A general theory of linear cosmological perturbations: scalar-tensor and vector-tensor theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lagos, Macarena; Baker, Tessa; Ferreira, Pedro G.

    We present a method for parametrizing linear cosmological perturbations of theories of gravity, around homogeneous and isotropic backgrounds. The method is sufficiently general and systematic that it can be applied to theories with any degrees of freedom (DoFs) and arbitrary gauge symmetries. In this paper, we focus on scalar-tensor and vector-tensor theories, invariant under linear coordinate transformations. In the case of scalar-tensor theories, we use our framework to recover the simple parametrizations of linearized Horndeski and ''Beyond Horndeski'' theories, and also find higher-derivative corrections. In the case of vector-tensor theories, we first construct the most general quadratic action for perturbationsmore » that leads to second-order equations of motion, which propagates two scalar DoFs. Then we specialize to the case in which the vector field is time-like (à la Einstein-Aether gravity), where the theory only propagates one scalar DoF. As a result, we identify the complete forms of the quadratic actions for perturbations, and the number of free parameters that need to be defined, to cosmologically characterize these two broad classes of theories.« less

  13. The orbifolder: A tool to study the low-energy effective theory of heterotic orbifolds

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nilles, H. P.; Ramos-Sánchez, S.; Vaudrevange, P. K. S.; Wingerter, A.

    2012-06-01

    The orbifolder is a program developed in C++ that computes and analyzes the low-energy effective theory of heterotic orbifold compactifications. The program includes routines to compute the massless spectrum, to identify the allowed couplings in the superpotential, to automatically generate large sets of orbifold models, to identify phenomenologically interesting models (e.g. MSSM-like models) and to analyze their vacuum configurations. Program summaryProgram title: orbifolder Catalogue identifier: AELR_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AELR_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: GNU General Public License version 3 No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 145 572 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 930 517 Distribution format: tar.gz Programming language:C++ Computer: Personal computer Operating system: Tested on Linux (Fedora 15, Ubuntu 11, SuSE 11) Word size: 32 bits or 64 bits Classification: 11.1 External routines: Boost (http://www.boost.org/), GSL (http://www.gnu.org/software/gsl/) Nature of problem: Calculating the low-energy spectrum of heterotic orbifold compactifications. Solution method: Quadratic equations on a lattice; representation theory; polynomial algebra. Running time: Less than a second per model.

  14. Tinene: a two-dimensional Dirac material with a 72 meV band gap.

    PubMed

    Cai, Bo; Zhang, Shengli; Hu, Ziyu; Hu, Yonghong; Zou, Yousheng; Zeng, Haibo

    2015-05-21

    Dirac materials have attracted great interest for both fundamental research and electronic devices due to their unique band structures, but the usual near zero bandgap of graphene results in a poor on-off ratio in the corresponding transistors. Here, we report on tinene, monolayer gray tin, as a new two-dimensional material with both Dirac characteristics and a remarkable 72 meV bandgap based on density functional theory calculations. Compared with silicene and germanene, tinene has a similar hexagonal honeycomb monolayer structure, but it has an obviously larger buckling height (∼0.70 Å). Interestingly, such a moderate buckling structure results in phonon dispersion without appreciable imaginary modes, indicating the strong dynamic stability of tinene. Significantly, a distinct transformation is discovered from the band structure that six Dirac cones would appear at high symmetry K points in the first Brillouin zone when gray tin is thinned from the bulk to monolayer, but a bandgap as large as 72 meV is still preserved. Considering the recent successful realization of silicene and germanene with a similar structure, the predicted stable tinene with Dirac characteristics and a suitable bandgap is a possibility for the "more than Moore" materials and devices.

  15. Multi-hump bright solitons in a Schrödinger-mKdV system

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cisneros-Ake, Luis A.; Parra Prado, Hugo; López Villatoro, Diego Joselito; Carretero-González, R.

    2018-03-01

    We consider the problem of energy transport in a Davydov model along an anharmonic crystal medium obeying quartic longitudinal interactions corresponding to rigid interacting particles. The Zabusky and Kruskal unidirectional continuum limit of the original discrete equations reduces, in the long wave approximation, to a coupled system between the linear Schrödinger (LS) equation and the modified Korteweg-de Vries (mKdV) equation. Single- and two-hump bright soliton solutions for this LS-mKdV system are predicted to exist by variational means and numerically confirmed. The one-hump bright solitons are found to be the anharmonic supersonic analogue of the Davydov's solitons while the two-hump (in both components) bright solitons are found to be a novel type of soliton consisting of a two-soliton solution of mKdV trapped by the wave function associated to the LS equation. This two-hump soliton solution, as a two component solution, represents a new class of polaron solution to be contrasted with the two-soliton interaction phenomena from soliton theory, as revealed by a variational approach and direct numerical results for the two-soliton solution.

  16. Temporal expectancy in the context of a theory of visual attention

    PubMed Central

    Vangkilde, Signe; Petersen, Anders; Bundesen, Claus

    2013-01-01

    Temporal expectation is expectation with respect to the timing of an event such as the appearance of a certain stimulus. In this paper, temporal expectancy is investigated in the context of the theory of visual attention (TVA), and we begin by summarizing the foundations of this theoretical framework. Next, we present a parametric experiment exploring the effects of temporal expectation on perceptual processing speed in cued single-stimulus letter recognition with unspeeded motor responses. The length of the cue–stimulus foreperiod was exponentially distributed with one of six hazard rates varying between blocks. We hypothesized that this manipulation would result in a distinct temporal expectation in each hazard rate condition. Stimulus exposures were varied such that both the temporal threshold of conscious perception (t0 ms) and the perceptual processing speed (v letters s−1) could be estimated using TVA. We found that the temporal threshold t0 was unaffected by temporal expectation, but the perceptual processing speed v was a strikingly linear function of the logarithm of the hazard rate of the stimulus presentation. We argue that the effects on the v values were generated by changes in perceptual biases, suggesting that our perceptual biases are directly related to our temporal expectations. PMID:24018716

  17. Temporal expectancy in the context of a theory of visual attention.

    PubMed

    Vangkilde, Signe; Petersen, Anders; Bundesen, Claus

    2013-10-19

    Temporal expectation is expectation with respect to the timing of an event such as the appearance of a certain stimulus. In this paper, temporal expectancy is investigated in the context of the theory of visual attention (TVA), and we begin by summarizing the foundations of this theoretical framework. Next, we present a parametric experiment exploring the effects of temporal expectation on perceptual processing speed in cued single-stimulus letter recognition with unspeeded motor responses. The length of the cue-stimulus foreperiod was exponentially distributed with one of six hazard rates varying between blocks. We hypothesized that this manipulation would result in a distinct temporal expectation in each hazard rate condition. Stimulus exposures were varied such that both the temporal threshold of conscious perception (t0 ms) and the perceptual processing speed (v letters s(-1)) could be estimated using TVA. We found that the temporal threshold t0 was unaffected by temporal expectation, but the perceptual processing speed v was a strikingly linear function of the logarithm of the hazard rate of the stimulus presentation. We argue that the effects on the v values were generated by changes in perceptual biases, suggesting that our perceptual biases are directly related to our temporal expectations.

  18. Adiabatic perturbation theory of electronic stopping in insulators

    DOE PAGES

    Horsfield, Andrew P.; Lim, Anthony; Foulkes, W. M. C.; ...

    2016-06-02

    A model able to explain the complicated structure of electronic stopping at low velocities in insulating materials is presented. It is shown to be in good agreement with results obtained from time-dependent density-functional theory for the stopping of a channeling Si atom in a Si crystal. If we define the repeat frequency f=v/λ, where λ is the periodic repeat length of the crystal along the direction the channeling atom is traveling, and v is the velocity of the channeling atom, we find that electrons experience a perturbing force that varies in time at integer multiples l of f. This enablesmore » electronic excitations at low atom velocity, but their contributions diminish rapidly with increasing values of l. The expressions for stopping power are derived using adiabatic perturbation theory for many-electron systems, and they are then specialized to the case of independent electrons. Lastly, a simple model for the nonadiabatic matrix elements is described, along with the procedure for determining its parameters.« less

  19. Learning a commonsense moral theory.

    PubMed

    Kleiman-Weiner, Max; Saxe, Rebecca; Tenenbaum, Joshua B

    2017-10-01

    We introduce a computational framework for understanding the structure and dynamics of moral learning, with a focus on how people learn to trade off the interests and welfare of different individuals in their social groups and the larger society. We posit a minimal set of cognitive capacities that together can solve this learning problem: (1) an abstract and recursive utility calculus to quantitatively represent welfare trade-offs; (2) hierarchical Bayesian inference to understand the actions and judgments of others; and (3) meta-values for learning by value alignment both externally to the values of others and internally to make moral theories consistent with one's own attachments and feelings. Our model explains how children can build from sparse noisy observations of how a small set of individuals make moral decisions to a broad moral competence, able to support an infinite range of judgments and decisions that generalizes even to people they have never met and situations they have not been in or observed. It also provides insight into the causes and dynamics of moral change across time, including cases when moral change can be rapidly progressive, changing values significantly in just a few generations, and cases when it is likely to move more slowly. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  20. Physical uniqueness of higher-order Korteweg-de Vries theory for continuously stratified fluids without background shear

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shimizu, Kenji

    2017-10-01

    The 2nd-order Korteweg-de Vries (KdV) equation and the Gardner (or extended KdV) equation are often used to investigate internal solitary waves, commonly observed in oceans and lakes. However, application of these KdV-type equations for continuously stratified fluids to geophysical problems is hindered by nonuniqueness of the higher-order coefficients and the associated correction functions to the wave fields. This study proposes to reduce arbitrariness of the higher-order KdV theory by considering its uniqueness in the following three physical senses: (i) consistency of the nonlinear higher-order coefficients and correction functions with the corresponding phase speeds, (ii) wavenumber-independence of the vertically integrated available potential energy, and (iii) its positive definiteness. The spectral (or generalized Fourier) approach based on vertical modes in the isopycnal coordinate is shown to enable an alternative derivation of the 2nd-order KdV equation, without encountering nonuniqueness. Comparison with previous theories shows that Parseval's theorem naturally yields a unique set of special conditions for (ii) and (iii). Hydrostatic fully nonlinear solutions, derived by combining the spectral approach and simple-wave analysis, reveal that both proposed and previous 2nd-order theories satisfy (i), provided that consistent definitions are used for the wave amplitude and the nonlinear correction. This condition reduces the arbitrariness when higher-order KdV-type theories are compared with observations or numerical simulations. The coefficients and correction functions that satisfy (i)-(iii) are given by explicit formulae to 2nd order and by algebraic recurrence relationships to arbitrary order for hydrostatic fully nonlinear and linear fully nonhydrostatic effects.

  1. Learning a theory of causality.

    PubMed

    Goodman, Noah D; Ullman, Tomer D; Tenenbaum, Joshua B

    2011-01-01

    The very early appearance of abstract knowledge is often taken as evidence for innateness. We explore the relative learning speeds of abstract and specific knowledge within a Bayesian framework and the role for innate structure. We focus on knowledge about causality, seen as a domain-general intuitive theory, and ask whether this knowledge can be learned from co-occurrence of events. We begin by phrasing the causal Bayes nets theory of causality and a range of alternatives in a logical language for relational theories. This allows us to explore simultaneous inductive learning of an abstract theory of causality and a causal model for each of several causal systems. We find that the correct theory of causality can be learned relatively quickly, often becoming available before specific causal theories have been learned--an effect we term the blessing of abstraction. We then explore the effect of providing a variety of auxiliary evidence and find that a collection of simple perceptual input analyzers can help to bootstrap abstract knowledge. Together, these results suggest that the most efficient route to causal knowledge may be to build in not an abstract notion of causality but a powerful inductive learning mechanism and a variety of perceptual supports. While these results are purely computational, they have implications for cognitive development, which we explore in the conclusion.

  2. Asymptotics in Time, Temperature and Size for Optimization by Simulated Annealing: Theory, Practice and Applications

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1990-01-19

    following theorem from the Perron - Frobenius theory of nonnegative matrices. Theorem 2.2 : [1] Consider an irreducible Markov chain with transition...us suppose to the contrary that both expressions are nonnegative . Then max ,01v,,= max /3,1v,,> max 3OV,,= max /3,0V max i,01v,,, -A.,. A’ ,, A.i. A...induction. For k 1, from (20) we see that (22) /3, 8 ,, _-30,A V(). Clearly, the left-hand side of (22) is nonnegative , implying that the right-hand

  3. A perspectivist approach to theory construction.

    PubMed

    McGuire, William J

    2004-01-01

    A perspectivist approach is taken to the theory-construction process in psychological research. This approach assumes that all hypotheses and theories are true, as all are false, depending on the perspective from which they are viewed, and that the purpose of research is to discover which are the crucial perspectives. Perspectivism assumes also that both the a priori conceptual phase of research and the a posteriori empirical phase have both discovery and testing functions. Topics discussed include how the perspectivist approach can improve methodology training and practice (particularly as regards theory construction); what researchers accept as theoretical explanations; the nature of mediational theories; how theories can be formalized, expressed in multiple modalities and for various scaling cases; and how experimental designs can be enriched by theory-guided mediational and interactional variables.

  4. Topics in string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jejjala, Vishnumohan

    2002-01-01

    makes falsifiable predictions about TeV scale physics. Susskind has proposed that the fractional quantum Hall system can be realized through an Abelian Chern-Simons theory with a Moyal product. Susskind's Chern-Simons field is a hydrodynamical quantity. Lopez and Fradkin have an alternate Chern-Simons description couched in terms of a statistical gauge field. We show that this statistical Chern-Simons theory also possesses a non-commutative structure and develop the dictionary between the two Chern-Simons pictures.

  5. Lepton number violation in theories with a large number of standard model copies

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Kovalenko, Sergey; Schmidt, Ivan; Paes, Heinrich

    2011-03-01

    We examine lepton number violation (LNV) in theories with a saturated black hole bound on a large number of species. Such theories have been advocated recently as a possible solution to the hierarchy problem and an explanation of the smallness of neutrino masses. On the other hand, the violation of the lepton number can be a potential phenomenological problem of this N-copy extension of the standard model as due to the low quantum gravity scale black holes may induce TeV scale LNV operators generating unacceptably large rates of LNV processes. We show, however, that this issue can be avoided bymore » introducing a spontaneously broken U{sub 1(B-L)}. Then, due to the existence of a specific compensation mechanism between contributions of different Majorana neutrino states, LNV processes in the standard model copy become extremely suppressed with rates far beyond experimental reach.« less

  6. IN-SYNC. V. Stellar Kinematics and Dynamics in the Orion A Molecular Cloud

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Da Rio, Nicola; Tan, Jonathan C.; Covey, Kevin R.; Cottaar, Michiel; Foster, Jonathan B.; Cullen, Nicholas C.; Tobin, John; Kim, Jinyoung S.; Meyer, Michael R.; Nidever, David L.; Stassun, Keivan G.; Chojnowski, S. Drew; Flaherty, Kevin M.; Majewski, Steven R.; Skrutskie, Michael F.; Zasowski, Gail; Pan, Kaike

    2017-08-01

    The kinematics and dynamics of young stellar populations enable us to test theories of star formation. With this aim, we continue our analysis of the SDSS-III/APOGEE IN-SYNC survey, a high-resolution near-infrared spectroscopic survey of young clusters. We focus on the Orion A star-forming region, for which IN-SYNC obtained spectra of ˜2700 stars. In Paper IV we used these data to study the young stellar population. Here we study the kinematic properties through radial velocities (v r ). The young stellar population remains kinematically associated with the molecular gas, following a ˜ 10 {km} {{{s}}}-1 gradient along the filament. However, near the center of the region, the v r distribution is slightly blueshifted and asymmetric; we suggest that this population, which is older, is slightly in the foreground. We find evidence for kinematic subclustering, detecting statistically significant groupings of colocated stars with coherent motions. These are mostly in the lower-density regions of the cloud, while the ONC radial velocities are smoothly distributed, consistent with it being an older, more dynamically evolved cluster. The velocity dispersion {σ }v varies along the filament. The ONC appears virialized, or just slightly supervirial, consistent with an old dynamical age. Here there is also some evidence for ongoing expansion, from a v r -extinction correlation. In the southern filament, {σ }v is ˜2-3 times larger than virial in the L1641N region, where we infer a superposition along the line of sight of stellar subpopulations, detached from the gas. In contrast, {σ }v decreases toward L1641S, where the population is again in agreement with a virial state.

  7. Exact Solutions, Symmetry Reductions, Painlevé Test and Bäcklund Transformations of A Coupled KdV Equation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Min-Hui, XU; Man, JIA

    2017-10-01

    A coupled KdV equation is studied in this manuscript. The exact solutions, such as the periodic wave solutions and solitary wave solutions by means of the deformation and mapping approach from the solutions of the nonlinear ϕ 4 model are given. Using the symmetry theory, the Lie point symmetries and symmetry reductions of the coupled KdV equation are presented. The results show that the coupled KdV equation possesses infinitely many symmetries and may be considered as an integrable system. Also, the Painlevé test shows the coupled KdV equation possesses Painlevé property. The Bäcklund transformations of the coupled KdV equation related to Painlevé property and residual symmetry are shown. Supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China under Grant Nos. 11675084 and 11435005, Ningbo Natural Science Foundation under Grant No. 2015A610159 and granted by the Opening Project of Zhejiang Provincial Top Key Discipline of Physics Sciences in Ningbo University under Grant No. xkzwl1502, and the authors are sponsored by K. C. Wong Magna Fund in Ningbo University

  8. Kinetic theory for a mobile impurity in a degenerate Tonks-Girardeau gas.

    PubMed

    Gamayun, O; Lychkovskiy, O; Cheianov, V

    2014-09-01

    A kinetic theory describing the motion of an impurity particle in a degenerate Tonks-Girardeau gas is presented. The theory is based on the one-dimensional Boltzmann equation. An iterative procedure for solving this equation is proposed, leading to the exact solution in a number of special cases and to an approximate solution with the explicitly specified precision in a general case. Previously we reported that the impurity reaches a nonthermal steady state, characterized by an impurity momentum p(∞) depending on its initial momentum p(0) [E. Burovski, V. Cheianov, O. Gamayun, and O. Lychkovskiy, Phys. Rev. A 89, 041601(R) (2014)]. In the present paper the detailed derivation of p(∞)(p(0)) is provided. We also study the motion of an impurity under the action of a constant force F. It is demonstrated that if the impurity is heavier than the host particles, m(i)>m(h), damped oscillations of the impurity momentum develop, while in the opposite case, m(i)a function of the applied force is determined. In the limit of weak force it is found to be force independent for a light impurity and proportional to √[F] for a heavy impurity.

  9. TOWARD A THEORY OF SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS

    EPA Science Inventory

    While there is tremendous interest in sustainability, a fundamental theory of sustainability does not exist. We present our efforts at constructing such a theory using Physics, Information Theory, Economics and Ecology. We discuss the state of complex sustainable systems that i...

  10. Functional analysis of concealment: a novel application of prospect and refuge theory.

    PubMed

    Singh, Punya; Ellard, Colin G

    2012-09-01

    According to prospect-refuge theory, humans prefer environments that afford protection from threat (refuge), but also provide large fields of view (prospect). Prospect-refuge theory in the past has traditionally only been applied to humans, but many of the same contingencies governing spatial preference ought to also hold true in animals. The focus of this study was to examine if this phenomena also occurs in animals. Gerbils were placed in an arena containing three dome shaped refuges that varied in prospect-refuge levels. A simulated predator was released during the trial to examine how contextual factors may influence the degree of prospect and refuge preferred. The results indicate a preference for the enclosed refuge at stimulus onset even though this was not reflective of what happened prior to predator release. The results suggest spatial preferences in animals are influenced by prospect-refuge considerations in certain contexts. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  11. Standard Model in multiscale theories and observational constraints

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Calcagni, Gianluca; Nardelli, Giuseppe; Rodríguez-Fernández, David

    2016-08-01

    We construct and analyze the Standard Model of electroweak and strong interactions in multiscale spacetimes with (i) weighted derivatives and (ii) q -derivatives. Both theories can be formulated in two different frames, called fractional and integer picture. By definition, the fractional picture is where physical predictions should be made. (i) In the theory with weighted derivatives, it is shown that gauge invariance and the requirement of having constant masses in all reference frames make the Standard Model in the integer picture indistinguishable from the ordinary one. Experiments involving only weak and strong forces are insensitive to a change of spacetime dimensionality also in the fractional picture, and only the electromagnetic and gravitational sectors can break the degeneracy. For the simplest multiscale measures with only one characteristic time, length and energy scale t*, ℓ* and E*, we compute the Lamb shift in the hydrogen atom and constrain the multiscale correction to the ordinary result, getting the absolute upper bound t*<10-23 s . For the natural choice α0=1 /2 of the fractional exponent in the measure, this bound is strengthened to t*<10-29 s , corresponding to ℓ*<10-20 m and E*>28 TeV . Stronger bounds are obtained from the measurement of the fine-structure constant. (ii) In the theory with q -derivatives, considering the muon decay rate and the Lamb shift in light atoms, we obtain the independent absolute upper bounds t*<10-13 s and E*>35 MeV . For α0=1 /2 , the Lamb shift alone yields t*<10-27 s , ℓ*<10-19 m and E*>450 GeV .

  12. A critique of Theory Z.

    PubMed

    Sullivan, J J

    1983-01-01

    Ouchi's Theory Z prescribes how employees should be motivated for increased productivity. Based on the theoretical work of Emile Durkheim, it views the modern large corporation as a communal alternative to the shortcomings of other institutions in industrial mass society. Ouchi's assertion that Japan is the industrial society in which Theory Z has flourished received limited support from research findings. Moreover, Ouchi's grounding of the theory in humanistic management seem unwarranted.

  13. Characterizing featureless Mott insulating state by quasiparticle interference: A dynamical mean field theory view

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Mukherjee, Shantanu; Lee, Wei-Cheng

    2015-12-01

    The quasiparticle interferences (QPIs) of the featureless Mott insulators are investigated by a T -matrix formalism implemented with the dynamical mean field theory (T -DMFT). In the Mott insulating state, due to the singularity at zero frequency in the real part of the electron self-energy [Re Σ (ω )˜η /ω ] predicted by DMFT, where η can be considered as the "order parameter" for the Mott insulating state, QPIs are completely washed out at small bias voltages. However, a further analysis shows that Re Σ (ω ) serves as an energy-dependent chemical potential shift. As a result, the effective bias voltage seen by the system is e V'=e V -Re Σ (e V ) , which leads to a critical bias voltage e Vc˜√{η } satisfying e V'=0 if and only if η is nonzero. Consequently, the same QPI patterns produced by the noninteracting Fermi surfaces appear at this critical bias voltage e Vc in the Mott insulating state. We propose that this reentry of noninteracting QPI patterns at e Vc could serve as an experimental signature of the Mott insulating state, and the order parameter can be experimentally measured as η ˜(eVc) 2 .

  14. Toward a Multiple Perspective in Family Theory and Practice: The Case of Social Exchange Theory, Symbolic Interactionism, and Conflict Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Rank, Mark R.; LeCroy, Craig W.

    1983-01-01

    Examines the complementarity of three often-used theories in family research: social exchange theory, symbolic interactionism, and conflict theory. Provides a case example in which a multiple perspective is applied to a problem of marital discord. Discusses implications for the clinician. (Author/WAS)

  15. Theory of Inpatient Circadian Care (TICC): A Proposal for a Middle-Range Theory

    PubMed Central

    Camargo-Sanchez, Andrés; Niño, Carmen L; Sánchez, Leonardo; Echeverri, Sonia; Gutiérrez, Diana P; Duque, Andrés F; Pianeta, Oscar; Jaramillo-Gómez, Jenny A; Pilonieta, Martin A; Cataño, Nhora; Arboleda, Humberto; Agostino, Patricia V; Alvarez-Baron, Claudia P; Vargas, Rafael

    2015-01-01

    The circadian system controls the daily rhythms of a variety of physiological processes. Most organisms show physiological, metabolic and behavioral rhythms that are coupled to environmental signals. In humans, the main synchronizer is the light/dark cycle, although non-photic cues such as food availability, noise, and work schedules are also involved. In a continuously operating hospital, the lack of rhythmicity in these elements can alter the patient’s biological rhythms and resilience. This paper presents a Theory of Inpatient Circadian Care (TICC) grounded in circadian principles. We conducted a literature search on biological rhythms, chronobiology, nursing care, and middle-range theories in the databases PubMed, SciELO Public Health, and Google Scholar. The search was performed considering a period of 6 decades from 1950 to 2013. Information was analyzed to look for links between chronobiology concepts and characteristics of inpatient care. TICC aims to integrate multidisciplinary knowledge of biomedical sciences and apply it to clinical practice in a formal way. The conceptual points of this theory are supported by abundant literature related to disease and altered biological rhythms. Our theory will be able to enrich current and future professional practice. PMID:25767632

  16. TOWARD A THEORY OF SUSTAINABLE SYSTEMS

    EPA Science Inventory

    While there is tremendous interest in the topic of sustainability, a fundamental theory of sustainability does not exist. We present our efforts at constructing such a theory starting with Information Theory and ecological models. We discuss the state of complex sustainable syste...

  17. A general theory of linear cosmological perturbations: bimetric theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lagos, Macarena; Ferreira, Pedro G., E-mail: m.lagos13@imperial.ac.uk, E-mail: p.ferreira1@physics.ox.ac.uk

    2017-01-01

    We implement the method developed in [1] to construct the most general parametrised action for linear cosmological perturbations of bimetric theories of gravity. Specifically, we consider perturbations around a homogeneous and isotropic background, and identify the complete form of the action invariant under diffeomorphism transformations, as well as the number of free parameters characterising this cosmological class of theories. We discuss, in detail, the case without derivative interactions, and compare our results with those found in massive bigravity.

  18. Multiconfiguration Pair-Density Functional Theory Spectral Calculations Are Stable to Adding Diffuse Basis Functions.

    PubMed

    Hoyer, Chad E; Gagliardi, Laura; Truhlar, Donald G

    2015-11-05

    Time-dependent Kohn-Sham density functional theory (TD-KS-DFT) is useful for calculating electronic excitation spectra of large systems, but the low-energy spectra are often complicated by artificially lowered higher-energy states. This affects even the lowest energy excited states. Here, by calculating the lowest energy spin-conserving excited state for atoms from H to K and for formaldehyde, we show that this problem does not occur in multiconfiguration pair-density functional theory (MC-PDFT). We use the tPBE on-top density functional, which is a translation of the PBE exchange-correlation functional. We compare to a robust multireference method, namely, complete active space second-order perturbation theory (CASPT2), and to TD-KS-DFT with two popular exchange-correlation functionals, PBE and PBE0. We find for atoms that the mean unsigned error (MUE) of MC-PDFT with the tPBE functional improves from 0.42 to 0.40 eV with a double set of diffuse functions, whereas the MUEs for PBE and PBE0 drastically increase from 0.74 to 2.49 eV and from 0.45 to 1.47 eV, respectively.

  19. Bino variations: Effective field theory methods for dark matter direct detection

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Berlin, Asher; Robertson, Denis S.; Solon, Mikhail P.; Zurek, Kathryn M.

    2016-05-01

    We apply effective field theory methods to compute bino-nucleon scattering, in the case where tree-level interactions are suppressed and the leading contribution is at loop order via heavy flavor squarks or sleptons. We find that leading log corrections to fixed-order calculations can increase the bino mass reach of direct detection experiments by a factor of 2 in some models. These effects are particularly large for the bino-sbottom coannihilation region, where bino dark matter as heavy as 5-10 TeV may be detected by near future experiments. For the case of stop- and selectron-loop mediated scattering, an experiment reaching the neutrino background will probe thermal binos as heavy as 500 and 300 GeV, respectively. We present three key examples that illustrate in detail the framework for determining weak scale coefficients, and for mapping onto a low-energy theory at hadronic scales, through a sequence of effective theories and renormalization group evolution. For the case of a squark degenerate with the bino, we extend the framework to include a squark degree of freedom at low energies using heavy particle effective theory, thus accounting for large logarithms through a "heavy-light current." Benchmark predictions for scattering cross sections are evaluated, including complete leading order matching onto quark and gluon operators, and a systematic treatment of perturbative and hadronic uncertainties.

  20. Double ionization in R -matrix theory using a two-electron outer region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wragg, Jack; Parker, J. S.; van der Hart, H. W.

    2015-08-01

    We have developed a two-electron outer region for use within R -matrix theory to describe double ionization processes. The capability of this method is demonstrated for single-photon double ionization of He in the photon energy region between 80 and 180 eV. The cross sections are in agreement with established data. The extended R -matrix with time dependence method also provides information on higher-order processes, as demonstrated by the identification of signatures for sequential double ionization processes involving an intermediate He+ state with n =2 .

  1. Didaktik, Bildung, Content: On the Writings of Frede v. Nielsen

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Jank, Werner

    2014-01-01

    This paper is an evaluation of a selection of writings by Frede V. Nielsen and their significance for the philosophy of music education. The terms "Didaktik" and "Bildung," which played a central role in Nielsen's writings, will be introduced, situated within the historical context of classic theories of…

  2. A Developmental Test of Mertonian Anomie Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Menard, Scott

    1995-01-01

    Carefully reviewed Merton's writings on anomie theory to construct a more complete and rigorous test of the theory for respondents in early, middle, and late adolescence. Concluded that misspecified models of strain theory have underestimated the predictive power of strain theory in general and of anomie theory in particular. (JBJ)

  3. Commonly Used Theories in CTE Research: Toward a Core Theory Base for CTE

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Schmidtke, Carsten

    2017-01-01

    Presently, there is no widespread agreement on foundational theories for Career and Technical Education (CTE) as a discipline, nor is there much discussion and debate in the literature on what a theory foundation might look like. The case has been made that theory helps scholars and practitioners look at data from different angles, offer different…

  4. M-shell electron capture and direct ionization of gold by 25-MeV carbon and 32-MeV oxygen ions

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Andrews, M.C.; McDaniel, F.D.; Duggan, J.L.

    1984-01-01

    M-shell x-ray production cross sections have been measured for thin solid targets of Au for 25 MeV /sup 12/C/sup q+/ (q = 4, 5, 6) and for 32 MeV /sup 16/O/sup q+/ (q = 5, 7, 8). The microscopic cross sections were determined from measurements made with targets ranging in thickness from 0.5 to 100 ..mu..g/cm/sup 2/. For projectiles with one or two K-shell vacancies, the M-shell x-ray production cross sections are found to be enhanced over those by projectiles without a K-shell vacancy. The sum of direct ionization to the continuum (DI) and electron capture (EC) to the L,more » M, N ... shells and EC to the K-shell of the projectile have been extracted from the data. The results are compared to the predictions of first Born theories i.e. PWBA for DI and OBK of Nikolaev for EC and the ECPSSR approach that accounts for energy loss, Coulomb deflection and relativistic effects in the perturbed stationary state theory. 25 references, 3 figures, 1 table.« less

  5. Single photon radioluminescence. I. Theory and spectroscopic properties.

    PubMed Central

    Bicknese, S; Shahrokh, Z; Shohet, S B; Verkman, A S

    1992-01-01

    The excitation of a fluorescent molecule by a beta-decay electron (radioluminescence) depends upon the electron energy, the distance between radioactive 'donor' and fluorescent 'acceptor', and the excitation characteristics and solvent environment of the fluorophore. The theory for calculation of single photon radioluminescence (SPR) signals is developed here; in the accompanying paper, measurement methods and biological applications are presented. To calculate the three-dimensional spatial profile for electron energy deposition in an aqueous environment, a Monte Carlo calculation was performed incorporating theories of electron energy distributions, energy loss due to interactions with matter, and deflections in electron motion due to collisions. For low energy beta emitters, 50% of energy deposition occurs within 0.63 micron (3H, 18.5 keV), 22 microns (14C, 156 keV), 25 microns (35S, 167 keV), and 260 microns (36Cl, 712 keV) of the radioisotope. In close proximity to the beta emitter (100 nm, 3H; 10 microns, 14C) the probability for fluorophore excitation is approximately proportional to the inverse square of the distance between the beta emitter and fluorophore. To investigate the other factors that determine the probability for fluorophore excitation, SPR measurements were carried out in solutions containing 3H and a series of fluorophores in different solvents. In water, the probability of fluorescence excitation was nearly proportional to the integrated absorbance over a > 1,000-fold variation in absorbances. The probability of fluorescence excitation was enhanced up to 2,600-fold when the fluorophore was in a "scintillant" aromatic or hydrocarbon solvent. SPR emission spectra were similar to fluorescence emission spectra obtained with photon excitation. The single photon signal due to Bremsstrahlung increased with wavelength in agreement with theory. The distance dependence for the SPR signal predicted by the model was in good agreement with measurements in

  6. Coupled heterogeneous nanowire-nanoplate planar transistor sensors for giant (>10 V/pH) Nernst response.

    PubMed

    Go, Jonghyun; Nair, Pradeep R; Reddy, Bobby; Dorvel, Brian; Bashir, Rashid; Alam, Muhammad A

    2012-07-24

    We offer a comprehensive theory of pH response of a coupled ISFET sensor to show that the maximum achievable response is given by ΔV/ΔpH = 59 mV/pH × α, where 59 mV/pH is the intrinsic Nernst response and α an amplification factor that depends on the geometrical and electrical properties of the sensor and transducer nodes. While the intrinsic Nernst response of an electrolyte/site-binding interface is fundamental and immutable, we show that by using channels of different materials, areas, and bias conditions, the extrinsic sensor response can be increased dramatically beyond the Nernst limit. We validate the theory by measuring the pH response of a Si nanowire-nanoplate transistor pair that achieves >10 V/pH response and show the potential of the scheme to achieve (asymptotically) the theoretical lower limit of signal-to-noise ratio for a given configuration. We suggest the possibility of an even larger pH response based on recent trends in heterogeneous integration on the Si platform.

  7. The intense world theory - a unifying theory of the neurobiology of autism.

    PubMed

    Markram, Kamila; Markram, Henry

    2010-01-01

    Autism covers a wide spectrum of disorders for which there are many views, hypotheses and theories. Here we propose a unifying theory of autism, the Intense World Theory. The proposed neuropathology is hyper-functioning of local neural microcircuits, best characterized by hyper-reactivity and hyper-plasticity. Such hyper-functional microcircuits are speculated to become autonomous and memory trapped leading to the core cognitive consequences of hyper-perception, hyper-attention, hyper-memory and hyper-emotionality. The theory is centered on the neocortex and the amygdala, but could potentially be applied to all brain regions. The severity on each axis depends on the severity of the molecular syndrome expressed in different brain regions, which could uniquely shape the repertoire of symptoms of an autistic child. The progression of the disorder is proposed to be driven by overly strong reactions to experiences that drive the brain to a hyper-preference and overly selective state, which becomes more extreme with each new experience and may be particularly accelerated by emotionally charged experiences and trauma. This may lead to obsessively detailed information processing of fragments of the world and an involuntarily and systematic decoupling of the autist from what becomes a painfully intense world. The autistic is proposed to become trapped in a limited, but highly secure internal world with minimal extremes and surprises. We present the key studies that support this theory of autism, show how this theory can better explain past findings, and how it could resolve apparently conflicting data and interpretations. The theory also makes further predictions from the molecular to the behavioral levels, provides a treatment strategy and presents its own falsifying hypothesis.

  8. More similarities than differences in contemporary theories of social development?: a plea for theory bridging.

    PubMed

    Leaper, Campbell

    2011-01-01

    Many contemporary theories of social development are similar and/or share complementary constructs. Yet, there have been relatively few efforts toward theoretical integration. The present chapter represents a call for increased theory bridging. The problem of theoretical fragmentation in psychology is reviewed. Seven highlighted reasons for this predicament include differences between behavioral sciences and other sciences, theoretical paradigms as social identities, the uniqueness assumption, information overload, field fixation, linguistic fragmentation, and few incentives for theoretical integration. Afterward, the feasibility of theoretical synthesis is considered. Finally, some possible directions are proposed for theoretical integration among five contemporary theories of social and gender development: social cognitive theory, expectancy-value theory, cognitive-developmental theory, gender schema theory, and self-categorization theory.

  9. A Tangent Bundle Theory for Visual Curve Completion.

    PubMed

    Ben-Yosef, Guy; Ben-Shahar, Ohad

    2012-07-01

    Visual curve completion is a fundamental perceptual mechanism that completes the missing parts (e.g., due to occlusion) between observed contour fragments. Previous research into the shape of completed curves has generally followed an "axiomatic" approach, where desired perceptual/geometrical properties are first defined as axioms, followed by mathematical investigation into curves that satisfy them. However, determining psychophysically such desired properties is difficult and researchers still debate what they should be in the first place. Instead, here we exploit the observation that curve completion is an early visual process to formalize the problem in the unit tangent bundle R(2) × S(1), which abstracts the primary visual cortex (V1) and facilitates exploration of basic principles from which perceptual properties are later derived rather than imposed. Exploring here the elementary principle of least action in V1, we show how the problem becomes one of finding minimum-length admissible curves in R(2) × S(1). We formalize the problem in variational terms, we analyze it theoretically, and we formulate practical algorithms for the reconstruction of these completed curves. We then explore their induced visual properties vis-à-vis popular perceptual axioms and show how our theory predicts many perceptual properties reported in the corresponding perceptual literature. Finally, we demonstrate a variety of curve completions and report comparisons to psychophysical data and other completion models.

  10. Apical Cyst Theory: a Missing Link.

    PubMed

    Huang, George T-J

    2010-10-05

    The mechanism of the formation of apical cyst has been elusive. Several theories have long been proposed and discussed speculating how an apical cyst is developed and formed in the jaw bone resulting from endododontic infection. Two popular theories are the nutritional deficiency theory and the abscess theory. The nutritional deficiency theory assumes that the over proliferated epithelial cells will form a ball mass such that the cells in the center of the mass will be deprived of nutrition. The abscess theory postulates that when an abscess cavity is formed in connective tissue, epithelial cells proliferate and line the preexisting cavity because of their inherent tendency to cover exposed connective tissue surfaces. Based on the nature of epithelial cells and the epithelium, nutritional theory is a fairy tale, while abscess theory at best just indicates that abscess may be one of the factors that allows the stratified epithelium to form but not to explain a mechanism that makes the cyst to form. Apical cyst formation is the result of proliferation of resting epithelial cells, due to inflammation, to a sufficient number such that they are able to form a polarized and stratified epithelial lining against dead tissues or foreign materials. These stratified epithelial lining expands along the dead tissue or foreign materials and eventually wrap around them as a spherical sac, i.e. a cyst. The space in the sac is considered the external environment separating the internal (tissue) environment - the natural function of epithelium. This theory may be tested by introducing a biodegradable device able to slowly release epithelial cell mitogens in an in vivo environment implanted with epithelial cells next to a foreign object. This will allow the cells to continuously proliferate which may form a cystic sac wrapping around the foreign object.

  11. Apical Cyst Theory: a Missing Link

    PubMed Central

    Huang, George T.-J.

    2012-01-01

    Introduction The mechanism of the formation of apical cyst has been elusive. Several theories have long been proposed and discussed speculating how an apical cyst is developed and formed in the jaw bone resulting from endododontic infection. Two popular theories are the nutritional deficiency theory and the abscess theory. The nutritional deficiency theory assumes that the over proliferated epithelial cells will form a ball mass such that the cells in the center of the mass will be deprived of nutrition. The abscess theory postulates that when an abscess cavity is formed in connective tissue, epithelial cells proliferate and line the preexisting cavity because of their inherent tendency to cover exposed connective tissue surfaces. Based on the nature of epithelial cells and the epithelium, nutritional theory is a fairy tale, while abscess theory at best just indicates that abscess may be one of the factors that allows the stratified epithelium to form but not to explain a mechanism that makes the cyst to form. The hypothesis Apical cyst formation is the result of proliferation of resting epithelial cells, due to inflammation, to a sufficient number such that they are able to form a polarized and stratified epithelial lining against dead tissues or foreign materials. These stratified epithelial lining expands along the dead tissue or foreign materials and eventually wrap around them as a spherical sac, i.e. a cyst. The space in the sac is considered the external environment separating the internal (tissue) environment – the natural function of epithelium. Evaluation of the hypothesis This theory may be tested by introducing a biodegradable device able to slowly release epithelial cell mitogens in an in vivo environment implanted with epithelial cells next to a foreign object. This will allow the cells to continuously proliferate which may form a cystic sac wrapping around the foreign object. PMID:25346864

  12. Theory and Concepts in Qualitative Research: A Theory of Methodology in a Study of Directed Change.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mills, Geoffrey E.

    The importance of theory in qualitative work is discussed through an examination of the search for theory that arose in relation to a case study of educational change in an American school district. Theory is defined as an analytical, interpretive framework to help the researcher make sense of what is going on in the social setting. Certain…

  13. Some Problems of Morphology in the Light of V. I. Lenin’s Work ’Materialism and Empiriocriticism’

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1960-09-28

    energy theory of F. Engels (V. P. Bunak, M. A. Gremyat- skiy, V. V. Ginzburg, etc.). - 11 - In the field of human anatomy , a marked idealistic...viere in the field of human anatomy — in particular in the anatomy of the lymphatic system — Soviet anatomists cannot share the finalistic form of

  14. Identifying and applying psychological theory to setting and achieving rehabilitation goals.

    PubMed

    Scobbie, Lesley; Wyke, Sally; Dixon, Diane

    2009-04-01

    Goal setting is considered to be a fundamental part of rehabilitation; however, theories of behaviour change relevant to goal-setting practice have not been comprehensively reviewed. (i) To identify and discuss specific theories of behaviour change relevant to goal-setting practice in the rehabilitation setting. (ii) To identify 'candidate' theories that that offer most potential to inform clinical practice. The rehabilitation and self-management literature was systematically searched to identify review papers or empirical studies that proposed a specific theory of behaviour change relevant to setting and/or achieving goals in a clinical context. Data from included papers were extracted under the headings of: key constructs, clinical application and empirical support. Twenty-four papers were included in the review which proposed a total of five theories: (i) social cognitive theory, (ii) goal setting theory, (iii) health action process approach, (iv) proactive coping theory, and (v) the self-regulatory model of illness behaviour. The first three of these theories demonstrated most potential to inform clinical practice, on the basis of their capacity to inform interventions that resulted in improved patient outcomes. Social cognitive theory, goal setting theory and the health action process approach are theories of behaviour change that can inform clinicians in the process of setting and achieving goals in the rehabilitation setting. Overlapping constructs within these theories have been identified, and can be applied in clinical practice through the development and evaluation of a goal-setting practice framework.

  15. Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research. Volume IX.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Smart, John C., Ed.

    Ten papers on theory and research in higher education have the following titles and authors: "An Analysis of the Paradigmatic Evolution of U.S. Higher Education and Implications for the Year 2000" (Hasan Simsek and Richard B. Heydinger); "A Motivational Analysis of Academic Life in College" (Martin V. Covington); "The…

  16. An object oriented code for simulating supersymmetric Yang-Mills theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Catterall, Simon; Joseph, Anosh

    2012-06-01

    We present SUSY_LATTICE - a C++ program that can be used to simulate certain classes of supersymmetric Yang-Mills (SYM) theories, including the well known N=4 SYM in four dimensions, on a flat Euclidean space-time lattice. Discretization of SYM theories is an old problem in lattice field theory. It has resisted solution until recently when new ideas drawn from orbifold constructions and topological field theories have been brought to bear on the question. The result has been the creation of a new class of lattice gauge theories in which the lattice action is invariant under one or more supersymmetries. The resultant theories are local, free of doublers and also possess exact gauge-invariance. In principle they form the basis for a truly non-perturbative definition of the continuum SYM theories. In the continuum limit they reproduce versions of the SYM theories formulated in terms of twisted fields, which on a flat space-time is just a change of the field variables. In this paper, we briefly review these ideas and then go on to provide the details of the C++ code. We sketch the design of the code, with particular emphasis being placed on SYM theories with N=(2,2) in two dimensions and N=4 in three and four dimensions, making one-to-one comparisons between the essential components of the SYM theories and their corresponding counterparts appearing in the simulation code. The code may be used to compute several quantities associated with the SYM theories such as the Polyakov loop, mean energy, and the width of the scalar eigenvalue distributions. Program summaryProgram title: SUSY_LATTICE Catalogue identifier: AELS_v1_0 Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/AELS_v1_0.html Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University, Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions: Standard CPC license, http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/licence/licence.html No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.: 9315 No. of bytes in distributed program

  17. Systematic Comparison of Brain Imaging Meta-Analyses of ToM with vPT

    PubMed Central

    Schurz, Matthias; Perner, Josef

    2017-01-01

    In visual perspective taking (vPT) one has to concern oneself with what other people see and how they see it. Since seeing is a mental state, developmental studies have discussed vPT within the domain of “theory of mind (ToM)” but imaging studies have not treated it as such. Based on earlier results from several meta-analyses, we tested for the overlap of visual perspective taking studies with 6 different kinds of ToM studies: false belief, trait judgments, strategic games, social animations, mind in the eyes, and rational actions. Joint activation was observed between the vPT task and some kinds of ToM tasks in regions involving the left temporoparietal junction (TPJ), anterior precuneus, left middle occipital gyrus/extrastriate body area (EBA), and the left inferior frontal and precentral gyrus. Importantly, no overlap activation was found for the vPT tasks with the joint core of all six kinds of ToM tasks. This raises the important question of what the common denominator of all tasks that fall under the label of “theory of mind” is supposed to be if visual perspective taking is not one of them. PMID:28367446

  18. Systematic Comparison of Brain Imaging Meta-Analyses of ToM with vPT.

    PubMed

    Arora, Aditi; Schurz, Matthias; Perner, Josef

    2017-01-01

    In visual perspective taking (vPT) one has to concern oneself with what other people see and how they see it. Since seeing is a mental state, developmental studies have discussed vPT within the domain of "theory of mind (ToM)" but imaging studies have not treated it as such. Based on earlier results from several meta-analyses, we tested for the overlap of visual perspective taking studies with 6 different kinds of ToM studies: false belief, trait judgments, strategic games, social animations, mind in the eyes, and rational actions. Joint activation was observed between the vPT task and some kinds of ToM tasks in regions involving the left temporoparietal junction (TPJ), anterior precuneus, left middle occipital gyrus/extrastriate body area (EBA), and the left inferior frontal and precentral gyrus. Importantly, no overlap activation was found for the vPT tasks with the joint core of all six kinds of ToM tasks. This raises the important question of what the common denominator of all tasks that fall under the label of "theory of mind" is supposed to be if visual perspective taking is not one of them.

  19. A Beautiful Metaphor: Transformative Learning Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Howie, Peter; Bagnall, Richard

    2013-01-01

    This article presents a critique of both transformative learning theory and critical comments on it to date. It argues that transformative learning theory remains substantively the same as its initial exposition, in spite of a raft of problematic contentions voiced against it. The theory is argued here to be conceptually problematic, except at the…

  20. GEMS (Gravity Electro-Magnetism Strong) SU(5) Theory and The Prediction of Exchange Boson Masses

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Brandenburg, John

    2012-10-01

    The GEMS SU(5) [1] theory includes short range Nuclear Forces in the GEM unification theory [2], where the importance of the square root of the proton-electron mass ratio: σ = 42.8503 was found. The creation of mass by a Higgs field coupling must, by the Equivalence Principle, be viewed in the context of General Relativity. This is done here using Kaluza-Klein theory in a Feynman-Hawkings path integral formalism. GEM theory, quantum concepts of virtual particles, and ZPF (Zero Point Fluctuation) allow understanding of the Strong Force and Weak forces as the extension of electrodynamics in the quantum limit. The Strong and Weak forces are found to be associated with EM models of the electron and proton as finite sized structures respectively. Higher order Mie resonances off the EM ``mass at a distance'' structures associated with the electron, proton and fifth dimension generate the quanta with masses of the pion mπ = 2 me /α 140.0 MeV and Z boson: mZ = 2σ mp = 80.4 GeV. The ηc meson mη = 2980 GeV is identified with the 5^th dimension compactification force mediated by the Radion field. Another particle associated with this mass inducing field is the ``Radion'' or Higgs scattering quanta off the fifth dimension with a mass σmη 128.6 GeV which is the Higgs Boson. A GEMS SU(5) Georgi-Glashow model, is proposed, where the unification energy is now the Planck energy.[0pt] [1] Brandenburg, J.E. (2012)., STAIF II Conference Albuquerque NM[0pt] [2] Brandenburg, J.E. (2007). IEEE Transactions On Plasma Science, Vol. 35, No. 4., p845.

  1. Probabilistic representation in syllogistic reasoning: A theory to integrate mental models and heuristics.

    PubMed

    Hattori, Masasi

    2016-12-01

    This paper presents a new theory of syllogistic reasoning. The proposed model assumes there are probabilistic representations of given signature situations. Instead of conducting an exhaustive search, the model constructs an individual-based "logical" mental representation that expresses the most probable state of affairs, and derives a necessary conclusion that is not inconsistent with the model using heuristics based on informativeness. The model is a unification of previous influential models. Its descriptive validity has been evaluated against existing empirical data and two new experiments, and by qualitative analyses based on previous empirical findings, all of which supported the theory. The model's behavior is also consistent with findings in other areas, including working memory capacity. The results indicate that people assume the probabilities of all target events mentioned in a syllogism to be almost equal, which suggests links between syllogistic reasoning and other areas of cognition. Copyright © 2016 The Author(s). Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Classical and numerical approaches to determining V-section band clamp axial stiffness

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Barrans, Simon M.; Khodabakhshi, Goodarz; Muller, Matthias

    2015-01-01

    V-band clamp joints are used in a wide range of applications to connect circular flanges, for ducts, pipes and the turbocharger housing. Previous studies and research on V-bands are either purely empirical or analytical with limited applicability on the variety of V-band design and working conditions. In this paper models of the V-band are developed based on the classical theory of solid mechanics and the finite element method to study the behaviour of theV-bands under axial loading conditions. The good agreement between results from the developed FEA and the classical model support the suitability of the latter to modelV-band joints with diameters greater than 110mm under axial loading. The results from both models suggest that the axial stiffness for thisV-band cross section reaches a peak value for V-bands with radius of approximately 150 mmacross a wide range of coefficients of friction. Also, it is shown that the coefficient of friction and the wedge angle have a significant effect on the axial stiffness of V-bands.

  3. Structural study of Co doped MnV2O4 from first principles

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Krishna, Jyoti; Maitra, Tulika

    2017-05-01

    Inspired by the recent experiments, we have theoretically investigated the compound Mn1-xCoxV2O4 using first-principles density functional theory for x = 0.0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75. On increasing Co doping on Mn site, chemical pressure on V-V bonds increases which make the system more itinerant as indicated by decrease in the calculated RV-V values with increasing x. The calculated band gap is also seen to decrease with increasing x. This Co-doping induced itinerancy facilitates superexchange interaction among Co and V ions leading to an increase in the magnetic transition temperature.

  4. Spectroscopy of the variable K-dwarf UNSW-V-760: is it a pre-main-sequence pulsator?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Koen, C.; Gray, R. O.; Kawaler, S.; Crawford, S. M.

    2013-11-01

    The star UNSW-V-760 is a known variable, showing both flares and two non-sinusoidal periodicities. Availability of high signal-to-noise spectra reported in this paper has enabled a revision of the spectral type of this star to K3 IV-Vk. The star is a very rapid rotator (v sin i ˜ 140 km s-1), and the abundance of lithium appears to be enhanced. 48 radial velocity measurements were obtained over the course of three successive nights. These may show the same two frequencies detected photometrically, but there is some uncertainty in the interpretation. Application of pulsation theory suggests that photometric frequencies could be explained as low ℓ pulsation modes, but an excitation mechanism remains to be found.

  5. Syndemics: A theory in search of data or data in search of a theory?

    PubMed

    Tsai, Alexander C

    2018-06-01

    The concept of a syndemic was proposed more than two decades ago to explain how large-scale social forces might give rise to co-occurring epidemics that synergistically interact to undermine health in vulnerable populations. This conceptual instrument has the potential to help policymakers and program implementers in their endeavors to improve population health. Accordingly, it has become an increasingly popular heuristic for advocacy, most notably in the field of HIV treatment and prevention. However, most empirical studies purporting to validate the theory of syndemics actually do no such thing. Tomori et al. (2018) provide a novel case study from India illustrating how the dominant empirical approach fails to promote deeper understanding about how hazardous alcohol use, illicit drug use, depression, childhood sexual abuse, and intimate partner violence interact to worsen HIV risk among men who have sex with men. In this commentary, I relate the theory of syndemics to other established social science and public health theories of disease distribution, identify possible sources of conceptual and empirical confusion, and provide concrete suggestions for how to validate the theory using a mixed-methods approach. The hope is that more evidence can be mobilized -- whether informed by the theory of syndemics or not -- to improve health and psychosocial wellbeing among vulnerable populations worldwide. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  6. Theory of bright-field scanning transmission electron microscopy for tomography

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Levine, Zachary H.

    2005-02-01

    Radiation transport theory is applied to electron microscopy of samples composed of one or more materials. The theory, originally due to Goudsmit and Saunderson, assumes only elastic scattering and an amorphous medium dominated by atomic interactions. For samples composed of a single material, the theory yields reasonable parameter-free agreement with experimental data taken from the literature for the multiple scattering of 300-keV electrons through aluminum foils up to 25μm thick. For thin films, the theory gives a validity condition for Beer's law. For thick films, a variant of Molière's theory [V. G. Molière, Z. Naturforschg. 3a, 78 (1948)] of multiple scattering leads to a form for the bright-field signal for foils in the multiple-scattering regime. The signal varies as [tln(e1-2γt/τ)]-1 where t is the path length of the beam, τ is the mean free path for elastic scattering, and γ is Euler's constant. The Goudsmit-Saunderson solution interpolates numerically between these two limits. For samples with multiple materials, elemental sensitivity is developed through the angular dependence of the scattering. From the elastic scattering cross sections of the first 92 elements, a singular-value decomposition of a vector space spanned by the elastic scattering cross sections minus a delta function shows that there is a dominant common mode, with composition-dependent corrections of about 2%. A mathematically correct reconstruction procedure beyond 2% accuracy requires the acquisition of the bright-field signal as a function of the scattering angle. Tomographic reconstructions are carried out for three singular vectors of a sample problem with four elements Cr, Cu, Zr, and Te. The three reconstructions are presented jointly as a color image; all four elements are clearly identifiable throughout the image.

  7. Multimode Jahn-Teller effect in bulk systems: A case of the N V0 center in diamond

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Jianhua; Wang, Cai-Zhuang; Zhu, Zizhong; Liu, Qing Huo; Ho, Kai-Ming

    2018-04-01

    The multimode Jahn-Teller (JT) effect in a bulk system of a neutral nitrogen-vacancy (N V0 ) center in diamond is investigated via first-principles density-functional-theory calculations and the intrinsic distortion path (IDP) method. The adiabatic potential energy surface of the electronic ground state of the N V0 center is calculated based on the local spin-density approximation. Our calculations confirm the presence of the dynamic Jahn-Teller effect in the ground 2E state of the N V0 center. Within the harmonic approximation, the IDP method provides the reactive path of JT distortion from unstable high-symmetry geometry to stable low-symmetry energy minimum geometry, and it describes the active normal modes participating in the distortion. We find that there is more than one vibrational mode contributing to the distortion, and their contributions change along the IDP. Several vibrational modes with large contributions to JT distortion, especially those modes close to 44 meV, are clearly observed as the phonon sideband in photoluminescence spectra in a series of experiments, indicating that the dynamic Jahn-Teller effect plays an important role in the optical transition of the N V0 center.

  8. Anisotropic Bianchi-V dark energy model under the new perspective of accelerated expansion of the universe in Brans-Dicke theory of gravitation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Jaiswal, Rekha; Zia, Rashid

    2018-04-01

    In this paper, we have proposed a cosmological model, which is consistent with the new findings of `The Supernova Cosmology project' headed by Saul Perlmutter, and the `High-Z Supernova Search team', headed by Brian Schimdt. According to these new findings, the universe is undergoing an expansion with an increasing rate, in contrast to the earlier belief that the rate of expansion is constant or the expansion is slowing down. We have considered spatially homogeneous and anisotropic Bianchi-V dark energy model in Brans-Dicke theory of gravitation. We have taken the scale factor a(t)=k t^α e^{β t} , which results into variable deceleration parameter (DP). The graph of DP shows a transition from positive to negative, which shows that universe has passed through the past decelerated expansion to the current accelerated expansion phase. In this context, we have also calculated and plotted various parameters and observed that these are in good agreement with physical and kinematic properties of the universe and are also consistent with recent observations.

  9. COMMUNICATION THEORY - A WHITEHEADIAN BASIS,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    An attempt is made to determine the adequacy of Whitehead’s metaphysical scheme in interpreting a recent theory of human communication . The theory...is offered by a trio of psychologists who arrive at their insights of human behavior via the study of human communication . (Author)

  10. Institutionalizing in Loco Parentis after Gott v. Berea College (1913)

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Loss, Christopher P.

    2014-01-01

    Background/Context: The institutionalization of in loco parentis in the wake of Gott v. Berea College (1913) marked a major turning point in the evolution of student management theory and practice. Focusing on the crucial decade of the 1920s, when American higher education first became a mass enterprise, this study explores the interaction of…

  11. Measuring chemical evolution and gravitational dependence of α using ultraviolet Fe v and Ni v transitions in white-dwarf spectra

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ong, A.; Berengut, J. C.; Flambaum, V. V.

    2013-11-01

    In this paper, we present the details of the ab initio high-precision configuration interaction and many-body perturbation theory calculations that were used by Berengut [Phys. Rev. Lett.PRLTAO0031-900710.1103/PhysRevLett.111.010801 111, 010801 (2013)] to place limits on the dependence of the fine-structure constant, α, on the gravitational field of the white-dwarf star G191-B2B. These calculations were combined with laboratory wavelengths and spectra from the Hubble Space Telescope Imaging Spectrograph to obtain the result Δα/α=(4.2±1.6)×10-5 and (-6.1±5.8)×10-5 using Fe v and Ni v transitions, respectively. The uncertainty in these results are dominated by the uncertainty in the laboratory wavelengths. In this work we also present ab initio calculations of the isotopic shifts of the Fe v transitions. We show that improved laboratory spectra will enable determination of the relative isotope abundances in Fe v to an accuracy of ˜20%. Therefore this work provides a strong motivation for new laboratory measurements.

  12. Beams of protons and alpha particles greater than approximately 30 keV/charge from the earth's bow shock

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Scholer, M.; Ipavich, F. M.; Gloeckler, G.

    1981-01-01

    Two beamlike particle events (30 keV/charge to 160 keV/charge) upstream of the earth's bow shock have been investigated with the Max-Planck-Institut/University of Maryland ultralow energy and charge analyzer on ISEE 1. These beams consist of protons as well as of alpha particles, and the spectra are generally steep and are decreasing with increasing energy. During one event the spectra of both protons and alpha particles have a maximum at approximately 65 keV/charge. During these events, the interplanetary magnetic field through the satellite position was almost tangent to the bow shock, and application of the theory of acceleration predicts acceleration of a solar wind particle up to 60 keV/nucleon in a single reflection. The observation of reflected protons as well as alpha particles has implications for the physical reflection process usually not discussed in acceleration theories.

  13. [Notes on childhood and theory: a Latin American approach].

    PubMed

    Bustelo Graffigna, Eduardo

    2012-12-01

    This work seeks to introduce and examine different historically relevant theories and propose certain frameworks that allow for the development of a Latin American theoretical approach based in a new discourse regarding childhood and adolescence. In order to undertake the creation of this Latin American approach, understanding the category of childhood as a social and historical construction, the work draws upon the contributions of structuralism (in particular, childhood as a permanent category, its relational dimension with regards to adulthood and its historical and intercultural dimension) and Foucault and Deleuze's concept of the society of control associated with the category of domination, an essential aspect of Latin American thought. The text was presented as a speech in the V World Congress for the Rights of Children and Adolescents held in San Juan, Argentina, from October 15-19, 2012.

  14. The Increasing Use of Theory in Social Gerontology: 1990–2004

    PubMed Central

    Putney, Norella M.; Rice, Melissa; Bengtson, Vern L.

    2010-01-01

    Objectives. To determine how often theory is used in published research in social gerontology, compare theory use over a 10-year period (1990–1994 to 2000–2004), and identify the theories most frequently used in social gerontology research. Methods. Systematic review of articles published in eight leading journals from 2000 to 2004 (N = 1,046) and comparison with a review conducted 10 years earlier. Results. Theory was mentioned in 39% of articles published from 2000 to 2004, representing a 12% increase in the use of theory over 10 years. This increase was driven by theories outside the core sociology of aging theories identified by Bengtson, V. L., Burgess, E. O., and Parrott, T. M. (1997). Theory, explanation, and a third generation of theoretical development in social gerontology. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 52B, S72–S88. The five most frequently used theories included the life course perspective, life-span developmental theories, role theory, exchange theory, and person–environment theory/ecological theories of aging. Commonly used models included stress process/stress and coping models, successful aging models, the Andersen behavioral model of health services use, models of control/self-efficacy/mastery, and disablement process models. Discussion. Theory use in social gerontology increased between 1990 and 2004, with a shift toward theories that cross disciplines. However, the majority of research in social gerontology continues to be atheoretical. Models are widely used as a supplement to or substitute for theory. Many of these models are currently being debated and elaborated, and over time, they may emerge as important theoretical contributions to social gerontology. PMID:20675614

  15. A "Journey in Feminist Theory Together": The "Doing Feminist Theory through Digital Video" Project

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hurst, Rachel Alpha Johnston

    2014-01-01

    "Doing Feminist Theory Through Digital Video" is an assignment I designed for my undergraduate feminist theory course, where students created a short digital video on a concept in feminist theory. I outline the assignment and the pedagogical and epistemological frameworks that structured the assignment (digital storytelling,…

  16. Lower limit to the scale of an effective quantum theory of gravitation.

    PubMed

    Caldwell, R R; Grin, Daniel

    2008-01-25

    An effective quantum theory of gravitation in which gravity weakens at energies higher than approximately 10(-3) eV is one way to accommodate the apparent smallness of the cosmological constant. Such a theory predicts departures from the Newtonian inverse-square force law on distances below approximately 0.05 mm. However, it is shown that this modification also leads to changes in the long-range behavior of gravity and is inconsistent with observed gravitational lenses.

  17. Calculations of stopping powers and inelastic mean free paths for 20 eV-20 keV electrons in 11 types of human tissue.

    PubMed

    Tan, Zhenyu; Liu, Wei

    2013-12-01

    Systematic calculations are performed for determining the stopping powers (SP) and inelastic mean free paths (IMFP) for 20 eV-20 keV electrons in 11 types of human tissue. The calculations are based on a dielectric model, including the Born-Ochkur exchange correction. The optical energy loss functions (OELF) are empirically evaluated, because of the lack of available experimental optical data for the 11 tissues under consideration. The evaluated OELFs are examined by the f-sum rule expected from the dielectric response theory, and by calculation of the mean excitation energy. The calculated SPs are compared with those for PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate, a tissue equivalent material) and liquid water. The SP and IMFP data presented here are the results for the 11 human tissues over the energy range of 20 eV-20 keV, and are of importance in radiotherapy planning and for studies of various radiation effects on human tissues. © 2013 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. A density-functional-theory study of biradicals from benzene to hexacene

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kim, Hyun-Jung; Wang, Xingyong; Ma, Jing; Cho, Jun-Hyung

    2011-11-01

    The singlet-triplet energy gap of biradicals created in benzene and polyacenes is investigated by density-functional-theory calculations. For the biradicals in benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, tetracene, pentacene, and hexacene, we find that the singlet state is energetically favored over the triplet state by 189, 191, 184, 199, 218, and 244 meV, respectively. The monotonous increase of the singlet-triplet energy gap from anthracene to hexacene is attributed to the enhanced stability of the singlet state for longer polyacenes. Our analysis shows that the spin density of the singlet state is delocalized over all benzene rings, but such a spin delocalization is not present for the triplet state.

  19. Unification Principle and a Geometric Field Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Wanas, Mamdouh I.; Osman, Samah N.; El-Kholy, Reham I.

    2015-08-01

    In the context of the geometrization philosophy, a covariant field theory is constructed. The theory satisfies the unification principle. The field equations of the theory are constructed depending on a general differential identity in the geometry used. The Lagrangian scalar used in the formalism is neither curvature scalar nor torsion scalar, but an alloy made of both, the W-scalar. The physical contents of the theory are explored depending on different methods. The analysis shows that the theory is capable of dealing with gravity, electromagnetism and material distribution with possible mutual interactions. The theory is shown to cover the domain of general relativity under certain conditions.

  20. Theory, the Final Frontier? A Corpus-Based Analysis of the Role of Theory in Psychological Articles.

    PubMed

    Beller, Sieghard; Bender, Andrea

    2017-01-01

    Contemporary psychology regards itself as an empirical science, at least in most of its subfields. Theory building and development are often considered critical to the sciences, but the extent to which psychology can be cast in this way is under debate. According to those advocating a strong role of theory, studies should be designed to test hypotheses derived from theories (theory-driven) and ideally should yield findings that stimulate hypothesis formation and theory building (theory-generating). The alternative position values empirical findings over theories as the lasting legacy of science. To investigate which role theory actually plays in current research practice, we analyse references to theory in the complete set of 2,046 articles accepted for publication in Frontiers of Psychology in 2015. This sample of articles, while not representative in the strictest sense, covers a broad range of sub-disciplines, both basic and applied, and a broad range of article types, including research articles, reviews, hypothesis & theory, and commentaries. For the titles, keyword lists, and abstracts in this sample, we conducted a text search for terms related to empiricism and theory, assessed the frequency and scope of usage for six theory-related terms, and analyzed their distribution over different article types and subsections of the journal. The results indicate substantially lower frequencies of theoretical than empirical terms, with references to a specific (named) theory in less than 10% of the sample and references to any of even the most frequently mentioned theories in less than 0.5% of the sample. In conclusion, we discuss possible limitations of our study and the prospect of theoretical advancement.

  1. Theory, the Final Frontier? A Corpus-Based Analysis of the Role of Theory in Psychological Articles

    PubMed Central

    Beller, Sieghard; Bender, Andrea

    2017-01-01

    Contemporary psychology regards itself as an empirical science, at least in most of its subfields. Theory building and development are often considered critical to the sciences, but the extent to which psychology can be cast in this way is under debate. According to those advocating a strong role of theory, studies should be designed to test hypotheses derived from theories (theory-driven) and ideally should yield findings that stimulate hypothesis formation and theory building (theory-generating). The alternative position values empirical findings over theories as the lasting legacy of science. To investigate which role theory actually plays in current research practice, we analyse references to theory in the complete set of 2,046 articles accepted for publication in Frontiers of Psychology in 2015. This sample of articles, while not representative in the strictest sense, covers a broad range of sub-disciplines, both basic and applied, and a broad range of article types, including research articles, reviews, hypothesis & theory, and commentaries. For the titles, keyword lists, and abstracts in this sample, we conducted a text search for terms related to empiricism and theory, assessed the frequency and scope of usage for six theory-related terms, and analyzed their distribution over different article types and subsections of the journal. The results indicate substantially lower frequencies of theoretical than empirical terms, with references to a specific (named) theory in less than 10% of the sample and references to any of even the most frequently mentioned theories in less than 0.5% of the sample. In conclusion, we discuss possible limitations of our study and the prospect of theoretical advancement. PMID:28642728

  2. Multifractality to Photonic Crystal & Self-Organization to Metamaterials through Anderson Localizations & Group/Gauge Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Hidajatullah-Maksoed, Widastra

    2015-04-01

    Arthur Cayley at least investigate by creating the theory of permutation group[F:∖∖Group_theory.htm] where in cell elements addressing of the lattice Qmf used a Cayley tree, the self-afine object Qmf is described by the combination of the finite groups of rotation & inversion and the infinite groups of translation & dilation[G Corso & LS Lacena: ``Multifractal lattice and group theory'', Physica A: Statistical Mechanics &Its Applications, 2005, v 357, issue I, h 64-70; http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/articel/pii/S0378437105005005 ] hence multifractal can be related to group theory. Many grateful Thanks to HE. Mr. Drs. P. SWANTORO & HE. Mr. Ir. SARWONO KUSUMAATMADJA.

  3. Bino variations: Effective field theory methods for dark matter direct detection

    DOE PAGES

    Berlin, Asher; Robertson, Denis S.; Solon, Mikhail P.; ...

    2016-05-10

    We apply effective field theory methods to compute bino-nucleon scattering, in the case where tree-level interactions are suppressed and the leading contribution is at loop order via heavy flavor squarks or sleptons. We find that leading log corrections to fixed-order calculations can increase the bino mass reach of direct detection experiments by a factor of 2 in some models. These effects are particularly large for the bino-sbottom coannihilation region, where bino dark matter as heavy as 5–10 TeV may be detected by near future experiments. For the case of stop- and selectron-loop mediated scattering, an experiment reaching the neutrino backgroundmore » will probe thermal binos as heavy as 500 and 300 GeV, respectively. We present three key examples that illustrate in detail the framework for determining weak scale coefficients, and for mapping onto a low-energy theory at hadronic scales, through a sequence of effective theories and renormalization group evolution. For the case of a squark degenerate with the bino, we extend the framework to include a squark degree of freedom at low energies using heavy particle effective theory, thus accounting for large logarithms through a “heavy-light current.” Finally, benchmark predictions for scattering cross sections are evaluated, including complete leading order matching onto quark and gluon operators, and a systematic treatment of perturbative and hadronic uncertainties.« less

  4. A Motivational Theory of Life-Span Development

    PubMed Central

    Heckhausen, Jutta; Wrosch, Carsten; Schulz, Richard

    2010-01-01

    This article had four goals. First, the authors identified a set of general challenges and questions that a life-span theory of development should address. Second, they presented a comprehensive account of their Motivational Theory of Life-Span Development. They integrated the model of optimization in primary and secondary control and the action-phase model of developmental regulation with their original life-span theory of control to present a comprehensive theory of development. Third, they reviewed the relevant empirical literature testing key propositions of the Motivational Theory of Life-Span Development. Finally, because the conceptual reach of their theory goes far beyond the current empirical base, they pointed out areas that deserve further and more focused empirical inquiry. PMID:20063963

  5. Theory analysis of the Dental Hygiene Human Needs Conceptual Model.

    PubMed

    MacDonald, L; Bowen, D M

    2017-11-01

    Theories provide a structural knowing about concept relationships, practice intricacies, and intuitions and thus shape the distinct body of the profession. Capturing ways of knowing and being is essential to any professions' practice, education and research. This process defines the phenomenon of the profession - its existence or experience. Theory evaluation is a systematic criterion-based assessment of a specific theory. This study presents a theory analysis of the Dental Hygiene Human Needs Conceptual Model (DH HNCM). Using the Walker and Avant Theory Analysis, a seven-step process, the DH HNCM, was analysed and evaluated for its meaningfulness and contribution to dental hygiene. The steps include the following: (i) investigate the origins; (ii) examine relationships of the theory's concepts; (iii) assess the logic of the theory's structure; (iv) consider the usefulness to practice; (v) judge the generalizability; (vi) evaluate the parsimony; and (vii) appraise the testability of the theory. Human needs theory in nursing and Maslow's Hierarchy of Need Theory prompted this theory's development. The DH HNCM depicts four concepts based on the paradigm concepts of the profession: client, health/oral health, environment and dental hygiene actions, and includes validated eleven human needs that evolved overtime to eight. It is logical, simplistic, allows scientific predictions and testing, and provides a unique lens for the dental hygiene practitioner. With this model, dental hygienists have entered practice, knowing they enable clients to meet their human needs. For the DH HNCM, theory analysis affirmed that the model is reasonable and insightful and adds to the dental hygiene professions' epistemology and ontology. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons A/S. Published by John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  6. Quantum theory of the electronic and optical properties of low-dimensional semiconductor systems

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Lau, Wayne Heung

    This thesis examines the electronic and optical properties of low-dimensional semiconductor systems. A theory is developed to study the electron-hole generation-recombination process of type-II semimetallic semiconductor heterojunctions based on a 3 x 3 k·p matrix Hamiltonian (three-band model) and an 8 x 8 k·p matrix Hamiltonian (eight-band model). A novel electron-hole generation and recombination process, which is called activationless generation-recombination process, is predicted. It is demonstrated that the current through the type-II semimetallic semiconductor heterojunctions is governed by the activationless electron-hole generation-recombination process at the heterointerfaces, and that the current-voltage characteristics are essentially linear. A qualitative agreement between theory and experiments is observed. The numerical results of the eight-band model are compared with those of the threeband model. Based on a lattice gas model, a theory is developed to study the influence of a random potential on the ionization equilibrium conditions for bound electron-hole pairs (excitons) in III--V semiconductor heterostructures. It is demonstrated that ionization equilibrium conditions for bound electron-hole pairs change drastically in the presence of strong disorder. It is predicted that strong disorder promotes dissociation of excitons in III--V semiconductor heterostructures. A theory of polariton (photon dressed by phonon) spontaneous emission in a III--V semiconductor doped with semiconductor quantum dots (QDs) or quantum wells (QWs) is developed. For the first time, superradiant and subradiant polariton spontaneous emission phenomena in a polariton-QD (QW) coupled system are predicted when the resonance energies of the two identical QDs (QWs) lie outside the polaritonic energy gap. It is also predicted that when the resonance energies of the two identical QDs (QWs) lie inside the polaritonic energy gap, spontaneous emission of polariton in the polariton

  7. Charting the future course of rural health and remote health in Australia: Why we need theory.

    PubMed

    Bourke, Lisa; Humphreys, John S; Wakerman, John; Taylor, Judy

    2010-04-01

    This paper argues that rural and remote health is in need of theoretical development. Based on the authors' discussions, reflections and critical analyses of literature, this paper proposes key reasons why rural and remote health warrants the development of theoretical frameworks. The paper cites five reasons why theory is needed: (i) theory provides an approach for how a topic is studied; (ii) theory articulates key assumptions in knowledge development; (iii) theory systematises knowledge, enabling it to be transferable; (iv) theory provides predictability; and (v) theory enables comprehensive understanding. This paper concludes with a call for theoretical development in both rural and remote health to expand its knowledge and be more relevant to improving health care for rural Australians.

  8. Design of a Laboratory Hall Thruster with Magnetically Shielded Channel Walls, Phase III: Comparison of Theory with Experiment

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mikellides, Ioannis G.; Katz, Ira; Hofer, Richard R.; Goebel, Dan M.

    2012-01-01

    A proof-of-principle effort to demonstrate a technique by which erosion of the acceleration channel in Hall thrusters of the magnetic-layer type can be eliminated has been completed. The first principles of the technique, now known as "magnetic shielding," were derived based on the findings of numerical simulations in 2-D axisymmetric geometry. The simulations, in turn, guided the modification of an existing 6-kW laboratory Hall thruster. This magnetically shielded (MS) thruster was then built and tested. Because neither theory nor experiment alone can validate fully the first principles of the technique, the objective of the 2-yr effort was twofold: (1) to demonstrate in the laboratory that the erosion rates can be reduced by >order of magnitude, and (2) to demonstrate that the near-wall plasma properties can be altered according to the theoretical predictions. This paper concludes the demonstration of magnetic shielding by reporting on a wide range of comparisons between results from numerical simulations and laboratory diagnostics. Collectively, we find that the comparisons validate the theory. Near the walls of the MS thruster, theory and experiment agree: (1) the plasma potential has been sustained at values near the discharge voltage, and (2) the electron temperature has been lowered by at least 2.5-3 times compared to the unshielded (US) thruster. Also, based on carbon deposition measurements, the erosion rates at the inner and outer walls of the MS thruster are found to be lower by at least 2300 and 1875 times, respectively. Erosion was so low along these walls that the rates were below the resolution of the profilometer. Using a sputtering yield model with an energy threshold of 25 V, the simulations predict a reduction of 600 at the MS inner wall. At the outer wall ion energies are computed to be below 25 V, for which case we set the erosion to zero in the simulations. When a 50-V threshold is used the computed ion energies are below the threshold at both

  9. Dempster-Shafer theory of evidence: A new approach to spatially model wildfire risk potential in central Chile.

    PubMed

    González, Cristián; Castillo, Miguel; García-Chevesich, Pablo; Barrios, Juan

    2018-02-01

    A spatial modeling was applied to Chilean wildfire occurrence, through the Dempster-Shafer's evidence theory and considering the 2006-2010 period for the Valparaiso Region (central Chile), a representative area for this experiment. Results indicate strong spatial correlation between documented wildfires and cumulative evidence maps, resulting in a powerful tool for future wildfire risk prevention programs. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Toward a Middle-Range Theory of Weight Management.

    PubMed

    Pickett, Stephanie; Peters, Rosalind M; Jarosz, Patricia A

    2014-07-01

    The authors of this paper present the middle-range theory of weight management that focuses on cultural, environmental, and psychosocial factors that influence behaviors needed for weight control. The theory of weight management was developed deductively from Orem's theory of self-care, a constituent theory within the broader self-care deficit nursing theory and from research literature. Linkages between the conceptual and middle-range theory concepts are illustrated using a substruction model. The development of the theory of weight management serves to build nursing science by integrating extant nursing theory and empirical knowledge. This theory may help predict weight management in populations at risk for obesity-related disorders. © The Author(s) 2014.

  11. Rate-distortion theory and human perception.

    PubMed

    Sims, Chris R

    2016-07-01

    The fundamental goal of perception is to aid in the achievement of behavioral objectives. This requires extracting and communicating useful information from noisy and uncertain sensory signals. At the same time, given the complexity of sensory information and the limitations of biological information processing, it is necessary that some information must be lost or discarded in the act of perception. Under these circumstances, what constitutes an 'optimal' perceptual system? This paper describes the mathematical framework of rate-distortion theory as the optimal solution to the problem of minimizing the costs of perceptual error subject to strong constraints on the ability to communicate or transmit information. Rate-distortion theory offers a general and principled theoretical framework for developing computational-level models of human perception (Marr, 1982). Models developed in this framework are capable of producing quantitatively precise explanations for human perceptual performance, while yielding new insights regarding the nature and goals of perception. This paper demonstrates the application of rate-distortion theory to two benchmark domains where capacity limits are especially salient in human perception: discrete categorization of stimuli (also known as absolute identification) and visual working memory. A software package written for the R statistical programming language is described that aids in the development of models based on rate-distortion theory. Copyright © 2016 The Author. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  12. Breaking Ground: A Study of Gestalt Therapy Theory and Holland's Theory of Vocational Choice.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hartung, Paul J.

    In both Gestalt therapy and Holland's theory of vocational choice, person-environment interaction receives considerable emphasis. Gestalt therapy theory suggests that people make contact (that is, meet needs) through a characteristic style of interacting with the environment. Holland identifies six personality types in his theory and asserts that…

  13. A Route to Dirac Liquid Theory: A Fermi Liquid Description for Dirac Materials

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gochan, Matthew; Bedell, Kevin

    Since the pioneering work developed by L.V. Landau sixty years ago, Fermi Liquid Theory has seen great success in describing interacting Fermi systems. While much interest has been generated over the study of non-Fermi Liquid systems, Fermi Liquid theory serves as a formidable model for many systems and offers a rich amount of of results and insight. The recent classification of Dirac Materials, and the lack of a unifying theoretical framework for them, has motivated our study. Dirac materials are a versatile class of materials in which an abundance of unique physical phenomena can be observed. Such materials are found in all dimensions, with the shared property that their low-energy fermionic excitations behave as massless Dirac fermions and are therefore governed by the Dirac equation. The most popular Dirac material, graphene, is the focus of this work. We present our Fermi Liquid description of Graphene. We find many interesting results, specifically in the transport and dynamics of the system. Additionally, we expand on previous work regarding the Virial Theorem and its impact on the Fermi Liquid parameters in graphene. Finally, we remark on viscoelasticity of Dirac Materials and other unusual results that are consequences of AdS-CFT.

  14. New two-dimensional V-V binary compounds with a honeycomb-like structure: a first-principles study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Xiao, Wen-Zhi; Xiao, Gang; Rong, Qing-Yan; Wang, Ling-Ling

    2018-03-01

    We systematically search for the stable structures of two-dimensional (2D) V-V binary compounds with honeycomb-like structure by using the first-principles calculation. We identify 26 stable structures out of 54 2D V-V compounds based on various assessments of stabilities: total energy, thermodynamics, and mechanics. Among them, 12 2D V-V compounds are previously unrecognized structures. For each class V-V isomer, the most stable structures are found to be β-AsP, β-SbAs, α-BiAs, α-BiSb, α 2-SbP, and α 2-BiP. For all isomers of the AsP, they are always stable, and hence PAs monolayer is most likely to be prepared experimentally. All the stable structures are semiconductors with bandgaps ranging from 0.06 eV to 2.52 eV at the Heyd-Scuseria-Ernzerhof level. Therefore, they are potential materials for versatile semiconductor devices. Our findings provide a new clue to facilitate the design of 2D materials for potential applications.

  15. Acetylene chain reaction on hydrogenated boron nitride monolayers: a density functional theory study.

    PubMed

    Ponce-Pérez, R; Cocoletzi, Gregorio H; Takeuchi, Noboru

    2017-11-28

    Spin-polarized first-principles total-energy calculations have been performed to investigate the possible chain reaction of acetylene molecules mediated by hydrogen abstraction on hydrogenated hexagonal boron nitride monolayers. Calculations have been done within the periodic density functional theory (DFT), employing the PBE exchange correlation potential, with van der Waals corrections (vdW-DF). Reactions at two different sites have been considered: hydrogen vacancies on top of boron and on top of nitrogen atoms. As previously calculated, at the intermediate state of the reaction, when the acetylene molecule is attached to the surface, the adsorption energy is of the order of -0.82 eV and -0.20 eV (measured with respect to the energy of the non interacting molecule-substrate system) for adsorption on top of boron and nitrogen atoms, respectively. After the hydrogen abstraction takes place, the system gains additional energy, resulting in adsorption energies of -1.52 eV and -1.30 eV, respectively. These results suggest that the chain reaction is energetically favorable. The calculated minimum energy path (MEP) for hydrogen abstraction shows very small energy barriers of the order of 5 meV and 22 meV for the reaction on top of boron and nitrogen atoms, respectively. Finally, the density of states (DOS) evolution study helps to understand the chain reaction mechanism. Graphical abstract Acetylene chain reaction on hydrogenated boron nitride monolayers.

  16. The Intense World TheoryA Unifying Theory of the Neurobiology of Autism

    PubMed Central

    Markram, Kamila; Markram, Henry

    2010-01-01

    Autism covers a wide spectrum of disorders for which there are many views, hypotheses and theories. Here we propose a unifying theory of autism, the Intense World Theory. The proposed neuropathology is hyper-functioning of local neural microcircuits, best characterized by hyper-reactivity and hyper-plasticity. Such hyper-functional microcircuits are speculated to become autonomous and memory trapped leading to the core cognitive consequences of hyper-perception, hyper-attention, hyper-memory and hyper-emotionality. The theory is centered on the neocortex and the amygdala, but could potentially be applied to all brain regions. The severity on each axis depends on the severity of the molecular syndrome expressed in different brain regions, which could uniquely shape the repertoire of symptoms of an autistic child. The progression of the disorder is proposed to be driven by overly strong reactions to experiences that drive the brain to a hyper-preference and overly selective state, which becomes more extreme with each new experience and may be particularly accelerated by emotionally charged experiences and trauma. This may lead to obsessively detailed information processing of fragments of the world and an involuntarily and systematic decoupling of the autist from what becomes a painfully intense world. The autistic is proposed to become trapped in a limited, but highly secure internal world with minimal extremes and surprises. We present the key studies that support this theory of autism, show how this theory can better explain past findings, and how it could resolve apparently conflicting data and interpretations. The theory also makes further predictions from the molecular to the behavioral levels, provides a treatment strategy and presents its own falsifying hypothesis. PMID:21191475

  17. Binocular Stereoscopy in Visual Areas V-2, V-3, and V-3A of the Macaque Monkey

    PubMed Central

    Hubel, David H.; Wiesel, Torsten N.; Yeagle, Erin M.; Lafer-Sousa, Rosa; Conway, Bevil R.

    2015-01-01

    Over 40 years ago, Hubel and Wiesel gave a preliminary report of the first account of cells in monkey cerebral cortex selective for binocular disparity. The cells were located outside of V-1 within a region referred to then as “area 18.” A full-length manuscript never followed, because the demarcation of the visual areas within this region had not been fully worked out. Here, we provide a full description of the physiological experiments and identify the locations of the recorded neurons using a contemporary atlas generated by functional magnetic resonance imaging; we also perform an independent analysis of the location of the neurons relative to an anatomical landmark (the base of the lunate sulcus) that is often coincident with the border between V-2 and V-3. Disparity-tuned cells resided not only in V-2, the area now synonymous with area 18, but also in V-3 and probably within V-3A. The recordings showed that the disparity-tuned cells were biased for near disparities, tended to prefer vertical orientations, clustered by disparity preference, and often required stimulation of both eyes to elicit responses, features strongly suggesting a role in stereoscopic depth perception. PMID:24122139

  18. Active-Passive-Intuitive Learning Theory: A Unified Theory of Learning and Development

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Sigette, Tyson

    2009-01-01

    This paper addresses many theories of learning and human development which are very similar with regards as to how they suggest learning occurs. The differences in most of the theories exist in how they treat the development of the learner compared to methods of teaching. Most of the major learning theories taught to educators today are based on…

  19. Protection motivation theory: is this a worthwhile theory for physical activity promotion?

    PubMed

    Plotnikoff, Ronald C; Trinh, Linda

    2010-04-01

    This article reviews the published studies in the physical activity domain, which include novel hypothesis from our laboratory, that have tested Rogers' Protection Motivation Theory. Across the various population groups, the theory's coping appraisal is generally supported; however, there is limited support for the theory's threat components. Implications of these findings are discussed from both theoretical and practical perspectives.

  20. Nanoscopic diffusion studies on III-V compound semiconductor structures: Experiment and theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gonzalez Debs, Mariam

    The electronic structure of multilayer semiconductor heterostructures is affected by the detailed compositional profiles throughout the structure and at critical interfaces. The extent of interdiffusion across these interfaces places limits on both the processing time and temperatures for many applications based on the resultant compositional profile and associated electronic structure. Atomic and phenomenological methods were used in this work through the combination of experiment and theory to understand the nanoscopic mechanisms in complex heterostructures. Two principal studies were conducted. Tin diffusion in GaAs was studied by fitting complex experimental diffusion profiles to a phenomenological model which involved the diffusion of substitutional and interstitial dopant atoms. A methodology was developed combining both the atomistic model and the use of key features within these experimentally-obtained diffusion profiles to determine meaningful values of the transport and defect reaction rate parameters. Interdiffusion across AlSb/GaSb multi-quantum well interfaces was also studied. The chemical diffusion coefficient characterizing the AlSb/GaSb diffusion couple was quantitatively determined by fitting the observed photoluminescence (PL) peak shifts to the solution of the Schrodinger equation using a potential derived from the solution of the diffusion equation to quantify the interband transition energy shifts. First-principles calculations implementing Density Functional Theory were performed to study the thermochemistry of point defects as a function of local environment, allowing a direct comparison of interfacial and bulk diffusion phenomena within these nanoscopic structures. Significant differences were observed in the Ga and Al vacancy formation energies at the AlSb/GaSb interface when compared to bulk AlSb and GaSb with the largest change found for Al vacancies. The AlSb/GaSb structures were further studied using positron annihilation spectroscopy

  1. Establishing a theory for deuteron-induced surrogate reactions

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Potel, G.; Nunes, F. M.; Thompson, I. J.

    2015-09-01

    Background: Deuteron-induced reactions serve as surrogates for neutron capture into compound states. Although these reactions are of great applicability, no theoretical efforts have been invested in this direction over the last decade. Purpose: The goal of this work is to establish on firm grounds a theory for deuteron-induced neutron-capture reactions. This includes formulating elastic and inelastic breakup in a consistent manner. Method: We describe this process both in post- and prior-form distorted wave Born approximation following previous works and discuss the differences in the formulation. While the convergence issues arising in the post formulation can be overcome in the prior formulation, in this case one still needs to take into account additional terms due to nonorthogonality. Results: We apply our method to the 93Nb(d ,p )X at Ed=15 and 25 MeV and are able to obtain a good description of the data. We look at the various partial wave contributions, as well as elastic versus inelastic contributions. We also connect our formulation with transfer to neutron bound states. Conclusions: Our calculations demonstrate that the nonorthogonality term arising in the prior formulation is significant and is at the heart of the long-standing controversy between the post and the prior formulations of the theory. We also show that the cross sections for these reactions are angular-momentum dependent and therefore the commonly used Weisskopf limit is inadequate. Finally, we make important predictions for the relative contributions of elastic breakup and nonelastic breakup and call for elastic-breakup measurements to further constrain our model.

  2. Coarse-grained density functional theories for metallic alloys: Generalized coherent-potential approximations and charge-excess functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bruno, Ezio; Mammano, Francesco; Fiorino, Antonino; Morabito, Emanuela V.

    2008-04-01

    The class of the generalized coherent-potential approximations (GCPAs) to the density functional theory (DFT) is introduced within the multiple scattering theory formalism with the aim of dealing with ordered or disordered metallic alloys. All GCPA theories are based on a common ansatz for the kinetic part of the Hohenberg-Kohn functional and each theory of the class is specified by an external model concerning the potential reconstruction. Most existing DFT implementations of CPA-based theories belong to the GCPA class. The analysis of the formal properties of the density functional defined by GCPA theories shows that it consists of marginally coupled local contributions. Furthermore, it is shown that the GCPA functional does not depend on the details of the charge density and that it can be exactly rewritten as a function of the appropriate charge multipole moments to be associated with each lattice site. A general procedure based on the integration of the qV laws is described that allows for the explicit construction of the same function. The coarse-grained nature of the GCPA density functional implies a great deal of computational advantages and is connected with the O(N) scalability of GCPA algorithms. Moreover, it is shown that a convenient truncated series expansion of the GCPA functional leads to the charge-excess functional (CEF) theory [E. Bruno , Phys. Rev. Lett. 91, 166401 (2003)], which here is offered in a generalized version that includes multipolar interactions. CEF and the GCPA numerical results are compared with status of art linearized augmented plane wave (LAPW) full-potential density functional calculations for 62 bcc- and fcc-based ordered CuZn alloys, in all the range of concentrations. Two facts clearly emerge from these extensive tests. In the first place, the discrepancies between GCPA and CEF results are always within the numerical accuracy of the calculations, both for the site charges and the total energies. In the second place, the

  3. Diphoton resonance in F-theory inspired flipped SO(10)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Leontaris, George K.; Shafi, Qaisar

    2016-10-01

    Motivated by the di-photon excess at 750 GeV reported by the ATLAS and CMS experiments, we present an F-theory inspired flipped SO(10) model embedded in E_6. The low energy spectrum includes the three MSSM chiral families, vector-like colour triplets, several pairs of charged SU(2)_L singlet fields (E^c, bar{E}^c), as well as MSSM singlets, one or more of which could contribute to the di-photon resonance. A total decay width in the multi-GeV range can arise from couplings involving the singlet and MSSM fields.

  4. Neutral and charged excitations in carbon fullerenes from first-principles many-body theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Tiago, Murilo L; Kent, Paul R; Hood, Randolph Q.

    2008-01-01

    We use first-principles many-body theories to investigate the low energy excitations of the carbon fullerenes C_20, C_24, C_50, C_60, C_70, and C_80. Properties are calculated via the GW-Bethe-Salpeter Equation (GW-BSE) and diffusion Quantum Monte Carlo (QMC) methods. At a lower level of theoretical complexity, we also calculate these properties using static and time-dependent density-functional theory. We critically compare these theories and assess their accuracy against available experimental data. The first ionization potentials are consistently well reproduced and are similar for all the fullerenes and methods studied. The electron affinities and first triplet excitation energies show substantial method and geometry dependence.more » Compared to available experiment, GW-BSE underestimates excitation energies by approximately 0.3 eV while QMC overestimates them by approximately 0.5 eV. We show the GW-BSE errors result primarily from a systematic overestimation of the electron affinities, while the QMC errors likely result from nodal error in both ground and excited state calculations.« less

  5. Toward a Unified Communication Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    McMillan, Saundra

    After discussing the nature of theory itself, the author explains her concept of the Unified Communication Theory, which rests on the assumption that there exists in all living structures a potential communication factor which is delimited by species and ontogeny. An organism develops "symbol fixation" at the level where its perceptual abilities…

  6. Locating and applying sociological theories of risk-taking to develop public health interventions for adolescents

    PubMed Central

    Pound, Pandora; Campbell, Rona

    2015-01-01

    Sociological theories seldom inform public health interventions at the community level. The reasons for this are unclear but may include difficulties in finding, understanding or operationalising theories. We conducted a study to explore the feasibility of locating sociological theories within a specific field of public health, adolescent risk-taking, and to consider their potential for practical application. We identified a range of sociological theories. These explained risk-taking: (i) as being due to lack of social integration; (ii) as a consequence of isolation from mainstream society; (iii) as a rite of passage; (iv) as a response to social constraints; (v) as resistance; (vi) as an aspect of adolescent development; (vii) by the theory of the ‘habitus’; (viii) by situated rationality and social action theories; and (ix) as social practice. We consider these theories in terms of their potential to inform public health interventions for young people. PMID:25999784

  7. Formal Theory versus Stakeholder Theory: New Insights from a Tobacco-Focused Prevention Program Evaluation

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Chen, Huey T.; Turner, Nannette C.

    2012-01-01

    Health promotion and social betterment program interventions are based on either formal theory from academia or stakeholder theory from stakeholders' observations and experiences in working with clients. Over time, formal theory-based interventions have acquired high prestige, while stakeholder theory-based interventions have been held in low…

  8. Toward a Meta-Theory of Learning and Performance

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Russ-Eft, Darlene

    2004-01-01

    This purpose of this paper is to identify implications of various learning theories for workplace learning and performance and HRD. It begins with a review of various theoretical positions on learning including behaviorism, Gestalt theory, cognitive theory, schema theory, connectionist theory, social learning or behavior modeling, social…

  9. A practitioner's guide to interpersonal communication theory: an overview and exploration of selected theories.

    PubMed

    Bylund, Carma L; Peterson, Emily B; Cameron, Kenzie A

    2012-06-01

    To provide a brief overview of selected interpersonal theories and models, and to present examples of their use in healthcare communication research. Nine interpersonal communication theories and their application to healthcare communication are discussed. As healthcare communication interactions often occur at an interpersonal level, familiarity with theories of interpersonal communication may reinforce existing best practices and lead to the development of novel communication approaches with patients. This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of interpersonal communication that have been or could be applied to healthcare communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of these theories may provide practitioners with additional theoretical frameworks to use when interacting with patients. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Ireland Ltd. All rights reserved.

  10. A Mathematical Theory of System Information Flow

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2016-06-27

    AFRL-AFOSR-VA-TR-2016-0232 A Mathematical Theory of System Information Flow Michael Mislove ADMINISTRATORS OF THE TULANE EDUCATIONAL FUND THE 6823...MM-YYYY) 17-06-2016 2. REPORT TYPE Final 3. DATES COVERED (From - To) 27MAR2013 - 31MAR2016 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE A Mathematical Theory of System...systems using techniques from information theory , domain theory and other areas of mathematics and computer science. Over time, the focus shifted

  11. Advancing nursing theory through theory-guided practice: the emergence of a critical caring perspective.

    PubMed

    Falk-Rafael, Adeline

    2005-01-01

    Critical caring is proposed as a hybrid, midrange theory that builds on nursing science and critical feminist theories. As such, it has the potential to root public health nursing practice in an expanded nursing caring science that reincorporates the social justice agenda characteristic of early public health nursing practice but not featured prominently in contemporary nursing theories. Critical caring transforms the carative processes of Watson's theory into 7 carative health-promoting processes that form the "core" of public health nursing practice and reflect the legacy and reality of public health nursing practice.

  12. V&V framework

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Hills, Richard G.; Maniaci, David Charles; Naughton, Jonathan W.

    2015-09-01

    A Verification and Validation (V&V) framework is presented for the development and execution of coordinated modeling and experimental program s to assess the predictive capability of computational models of complex systems through focused, well structured, and formal processes.The elements of the framework are based on established V&V methodology developed by various organizations including the Department of Energy, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, the American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, and the American Society of Mechanical Engineers. Four main topics are addressed: 1) Program planning based on expert elicitation of the modeling physics requirements, 2) experimental design for model assessment, 3)more » uncertainty quantification for experimental observations and computational model simulations, and 4) assessment of the model predictive capability. The audience for this document includes program planners, modelers, experimentalist, V &V specialist, and customers of the modeling results.« less

  13. Durkheim and Vygotsky's Theories of Knowledge and Their Implications for a Critical Educational Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Young, Michael

    2007-01-01

    This paper is part of the ongoing work of the author and others in developing a social realist theory of knowledge for educational studies. It contrasts Durkheim and Vygotsky's theories and why both are important for educational theory. It begins by emphasizing the similarities between them; that knowledge has to be understood in terms of its…

  14. Tabulation of hybrid theory calculated e-N2 vibrational and rotational cross sections

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Chandra, N.; Temkin, A.

    1976-01-01

    Vibrational excitation cross sections of N2 by electron impact are tabulated. Integrated cross sections are given for transitions v yields v prime where o=or v=or 8 in the energy range 0.1 eV=or E=or 10 eV. The energy grid is chosen to be most dense in the resonance region (2 to 4 eV) so that the substructure is present in the numerical results. Coefficients in the angular distribution formula (differential scattering cross section) for transitions v=0 yields v prime = or 8 are also numerically given over the same grid of energies. Simultaneous rotation-vibration coefficients are also given for transitions v=o,j=o; 1 yields v prime=o, j=o,2,4; 1,3,5. All results are obtained from the hybrid theory.

  15. SO(10) supersymmetric grand unified theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dermisek, Radovan

    The origin of the fermion mass hierarchy is one of the most challenging problems in elementary particle physics. In the standard model fermion masses and mixing angles are free parameters. Supersymmetric grand unified theories provide a beautiful framework for physics beyond the standard model. In addition to gauge coupling unification these theories provide relations between quark and lepton masses within families, and with additional family symmetry the hierarchy between families can be generated. We present a predictive SO(10) supersymmetric grand unified model with D 3 x U(1) family symmetry. The hierarchy in fermion masses is generated by the family symmetry breaking D 3 x U(1) → ZN → nothing. This model fits the low energy data in the charged fermion sector quite well. We discuss the prediction of this model for the proton lifetime in light of recent SuperKamiokande results and present a clear picture of the allowed spectra of supersymmetric particles. Finally, the detailed discussion of the Yukawa coupling unification of the third generation particles is provided. We find a narrow region is consistent with t, b, tau Yukawa unification for mu > 0 (suggested by b → sgamma and the anomalous magnetic moment of the muon) with A0 ˜ -1.9m16, m10 ˜ 1.4m16, m16 ≳ 1200 GeV and mu, M1/2 ˜ 100--500 GeV. Demanding Yukawa unification thus makes definite predictions for Higgs and sparticle masses.

  16. Intercorporeality as a theory of social cognition.

    PubMed

    Tanaka, Shogo

    2015-08-01

    The main aim of this article is to revisit Merleau-Ponty's notion of intercorporeality (intercorporéité) and elaborate it as a new theory of social cognition. As is well known, theory of mind has been the central issue in the field of social cognition for more than two decades. In reviewing the basic concepts involved in two major theories (theory theory and simulation theory), I make clear that both theories have been missing the embodied dimension because of their mind-body dualistic supposition. The notion of intercorporeality, in accordance with the recent interaction theory, stresses the role of embodied interactions between the self and the other in the process of social understanding. I develop this notion into two directions and describe the related process of social cognition: one is behavior matching and primordial empathy, the other is interactional synchrony and the sense of mutual understanding. Through these embodied interactions, intersubjective meanings are created and directly shared between the self and the other, without being mediated by mental representations.

  17. Diagnosing Chaos Using Four-Point Functions in Two-Dimensional Conformal Field Theory.

    PubMed

    Roberts, Daniel A; Stanford, Douglas

    2015-09-25

    We study chaotic dynamics in two-dimensional conformal field theory through out-of-time-order thermal correlators of the form ⟨W(t)VW(t)V⟩. We reproduce holographic calculations similar to those of Shenker and Stanford, by studying the large c Virasoro identity conformal block. The contribution of this block to the above correlation function begins to decrease exponentially after a delay of ~t_{*}-(β/2π)logβ^{2}E_{w}E_{v}, where t_{*} is the fast scrambling time (β/2π)logc and E_{w},E_{v} are the energy scales of the W,V operators.

  18. Teaching Theory X and Theory Y in Organizational Communication

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Noland, Carey

    2014-01-01

    The purpose of the activity described here is to integrate McGregor's Theory X and Theory Y into a group application: design a syllabus that embodies either Theory X or Theory Y tenets. Students should be able to differentiate between Theory X and Theory Y, create a syllabus based on Theory X or Theory Y tenets, evaluate the different syllabi…

  19. Theory of inertial waves in rotating fluids

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Gelash, Andrey; L'vov, Victor; Zakharov, Vladimir

    2017-04-01

    . V., & Dauxois, T., Internal wave attractors examined using laboratory experiments and 3D numerical simulations. Journal of Fluid Mechanics, 793, 109-131, 2016. [4] Gelash A. A., L'vov V. S., Zakharov V. E. Dynamics of inertial waves in rotating fluids, arXiv preprint arXiv:1604.07136. - 2016. [5] Galtier S. Weak inertial-wave turbulence theory, Physical Review E 68.1: 015301, 2003.

  20. Study of the Rare Decay K L → π 0γγ at KTeV

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Wang, Jianbo

    2007-01-01

    The authors study on the rare decay K L → π 0γγ, measure a V, and branching ratio by analyzing 96, 97 and 99 data. The measurements were taken by KTeV at Fermi National Accelerator Laboratory. After all cuts, they have 1982 K L → π 0γγ candidate. The background level is estimated as 30%. K L → π 0γγ branching ratio is measured as (1.29 ± 0.03(stat) ± 0.04(sys)) x 10 -6. By using D'Ambrosio's theory to fit a V, a V = -(-0.31 ± 0.05(stat) ± 0.07(sys)).

  1. A history of chaos theory.

    PubMed

    Oestreicher, Christian

    2007-01-01

    Whether every effect can be precisely linked to a given cause or to a list of causes has been a matter of debate for centuries, particularly during the 17th century, when astronomers became capable of predicting the trajectories of planets. Recent mathematical models applied to physics have included the idea that given phenomena cannot be predicted precisely, although they can be predicted to some extent, in line with the chaos theory. Concepts such as deterministic models, sensitivity to initial conditions, strange attractors, and fractal dimensions are inherent to the development of this theory A few situations involving normal or abnormal endogenous rhythms in biology have been analyzed following the principles of chaos theory. This is particularly the case with cardiac arrhythmias, but less so with biological clocks and circadian rhythms.

  2. A history of chaos theory

    PubMed Central

    Oestreicher, Christian

    2007-01-01

    Whether every effect can be precisely linked to a given cause or to a list of causes has been a matter of debate for centuries, particularly during the 17th century when astronomers became capable of predicting the trajectories of planets. Recent mathematical models applied to physics have included the idea that given phenomena cannot be predicted precisely although they can be predicted to some extent in line with the chaos theory Concepts such as deterministic models, sensitivity to initial conditions, strange attractors, and fractal dimensions are inherent to the development of this theory, A few situations involving normal or abnormal endogenous rhythms in biology have been analyzed following the principles of chaos theory This is particularly the case with cardiac arrhythmias, but less so with biological clocks and circadian rhythms. PMID:17969865

  3. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  4. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro, E-mail: zvlah@stanford.edu, E-mail: mwhite@berkeley.edu, E-mail: aviles@berkeley.edu

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The 'new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. All the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  5. A Lagrangian effective field theory

    DOE PAGES

    Vlah, Zvonimir; White, Martin; Aviles, Alejandro

    2015-09-02

    We have continued the development of Lagrangian, cosmological perturbation theory for the low-order correlators of the matter density field. We provide a new route to understanding how the effective field theory (EFT) of large-scale structure can be formulated in the Lagrandian framework and a new resummation scheme, comparing our results to earlier work and to a series of high-resolution N-body simulations in both Fourier and configuration space. The `new' terms arising from EFT serve to tame the dependence of perturbation theory on small-scale physics and improve agreement with simulations (though with an additional free parameter). We find that all ofmore » our models fare well on scales larger than about two to three times the non-linear scale, but fail as the non-linear scale is approached. This is slightly less reach than has been seen previously. At low redshift the Lagrangian model fares as well as EFT in its Eulerian formulation, but at higher z the Eulerian EFT fits the data to smaller scales than resummed, Lagrangian EFT. Furthermore, all the perturbative models fare better than linear theory.« less

  6. The new model of the Big Bang and the Universe expansion. A comparison with modern observational data and cosmological theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kraiko, A. N.; Valiyev, Kh. F.

    2016-10-01

    The new model of the Big Bang and the Universe expansion is constructed. It is based on solutions in classical and in relativistic statements of problem on the dispersion into the void of the gas compressed into a point or in a finite, but for further negligible, volume. If to restrict in relativistic statement gas speed value v by the speed of light (υ =| v | a radius vector r and time t is identical in both solutions: v = r/t. Following from here formula for Hubble constant, not containing empirical constants, is consistent with the last observant data not worse than modern cosmological theories with the dark energy and the dark matter. The conclusion is drawn on uselessness of the dark energy.

  7. Developmental Dyslexia: An Evaluation of a Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Satz, Paul; Van Nostrand, Gary K.

    The paper reviews a theory advanced by Satz and Sparrow (1970) which purports to explain the nature and cause of specific developmental dyslexia, and evaluates several developmental hypotheses which are generated bythe theory. The theory postulates that developmental dyslexia is not a unitary syndrome but rather reflects a lag in the maturation of…

  8. A theory of human error

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcruer, D. T.; Clement, W. F.; Allen, R. W.

    1981-01-01

    Human errors tend to be treated in terms of clinical and anecdotal descriptions, from which remedial measures are difficult to derive. Correction of the sources of human error requires an attempt to reconstruct underlying and contributing causes of error from the circumstantial causes cited in official investigative reports. A comprehensive analytical theory of the cause-effect relationships governing propagation of human error is indispensable to a reconstruction of the underlying and contributing causes. A validated analytical theory of the input-output behavior of human operators involving manual control, communication, supervisory, and monitoring tasks which are relevant to aviation, maritime, automotive, and process control operations is highlighted. This theory of behavior, both appropriate and inappropriate, provides an insightful basis for investigating, classifying, and quantifying the needed cause-effect relationships governing propagation of human error.

  9. The End of Theory? Does the Data Deluge Make the Scientific Method Obsolete?

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kreinovich, Vladik; McClure, John; Symons, John

    2008-10-01

    Why do we need theory? One of the purposes of science is to predict: e.g., how a complex material behaves in different situations. There are a lot of records describing how different materials behave in different situations. In the past, it was not possible to find a similar record and simply recall what happened then. The only possibility was to extract, from the data, a simple dependence, and then use this dependence for predictions. For example, we can use Ohm's law V=I.R to predict the voltage V based on the current I and the resistance R. Nowadays, computer searches are so fast that there seems to be no need for any theoretical laws anymore: if we want to predict, we can simply search through all the records and find what happened in a similar situation. So maybe we do not need theory at all. This was the argument developed in a recent (June 2008) article in a popular Wired magazine. In our presentation, we will describe this argument in detail, and give our opinion on whether the computer progress will indeed lead to the end of the theory as we know it.

  10. Toward A Multilevel Theory of Career Development: Advancing Human Resource Development Theory Building

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Upton, Matthew G.; Egan, Toby Marshall

    2007-01-01

    The established limitations of career development (CD) theory and human resource development (HRD) theory building are addressed by expanding the framing of these issues to multilevel contexts. Multilevel theory building is an approach most effectively aligned with HRD literature and CD and HRD practice realities. An innovative approach multilevel…

  11. SATCOM antenna siting study on a P-3C using the NEC-BSC V3.1

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Bensman, D.; Marhefka, R. J.

    1990-01-01

    The location of a UHF SATCOM antenna on a P-3C aircraft is studied using the NEC-Basic Scattering Code V3.1 (NEC-BSC3). The NEC-BSC3 is a computer code based on the uniform theory of diffraction. The code is first validated for this application using scale model measurements. In general, the comparisons are good except in 10 degree regions near the nose and tail of the aircraft. Patterns for various antenna locations are analyzed to achieve a prescripted performance.

  12. Visual to Parametric Interaction (V2PI)

    PubMed Central

    Maiti, Dipayan; Endert, Alex; North, Chris

    2013-01-01

    Typical data visualizations result from linear pipelines that start by characterizing data using a model or algorithm to reduce the dimension and summarize structure, and end by displaying the data in a reduced dimensional form. Sensemaking may take place at the end of the pipeline when users have an opportunity to observe, digest, and internalize any information displayed. However, some visualizations mask meaningful data structures when model or algorithm constraints (e.g., parameter specifications) contradict information in the data. Yet, due to the linearity of the pipeline, users do not have a natural means to adjust the displays. In this paper, we present a framework for creating dynamic data displays that rely on both mechanistic data summaries and expert judgement. The key is that we develop both the theory and methods of a new human-data interaction to which we refer as “ Visual to Parametric Interaction” (V2PI). With V2PI, the pipeline becomes bi-directional in that users are embedded in the pipeline; users learn from visualizations and the visualizations adjust to expert judgement. We demonstrate the utility of V2PI and a bi-directional pipeline with two examples. PMID:23555552

  13. Designing a grounded theory study: some practicalities.

    PubMed

    McCallin, Antoinette M

    2003-01-01

    Grounded theory is an interpretative research methodology frequently used by social science researchers seeking to discover the underlying social processes shaping interaction. The methodology is useful to create knowledge about the behavioural patterns of a group. The aim of this paper was to discuss some practical issues that the prospective grounded theory researcher planning a small-scale project may consider. Discussion focuses on the basic premises, choosing a version of grounded theory, the research problem, the purpose of study, the research question and the place of the literature in a study. The specific skills required of the grounded theory researcher are considered and some cautions are exercised. The paper may assist student researchers in a critical care setting and may be of interest to their supervisors and experienced. grounded theory researchers.

  14. V-DRASTIC: Using visualization to engage policymakers in groundwater vulnerability assessment

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bojórquez-Tapia, Luis A.; Cruz-Bello, Gustavo M.; Luna-González, Laura; Juárez, Lourdes; Ortiz-Pérez, Mario A.

    2009-06-01

    SummaryGroundwater vulnerability mapping is increasingly being used to design aquifer protection and management strategies. This paper presents a dynamic visualization method to groundwater vulnerability mapping. This method—called V-DRASTIC—extends the capacities of DRASTIC, an overlay/index technique that has been applied worldwide to evaluate the condition of hydrogeological factors and determine groundwater vulnerability at regional scales. V-DRASTIC is based upon psychophysics' principles (a theory that describes the people's response to a stimulus) to generate alternative groundwater vulnerability categorization schemes. These are used as inputs in a fuzzy pattern recognition procedure to enable planners, decision makers and stakeholders identify which scheme conveys meaningful information regarding groundwater vulnerability across a territory. V-DRASTIC was applied in the groundwater vulnerability assessment of two urban watersheds in Mexico.

  15. The premotor theory of attention and the Simon effect.

    PubMed

    Van der Lubbe, Rob H J; Abrahamse, Elger L

    2011-02-01

    In the paper by Hommel (2011-this issue), the roles of the theory of event coding (TEC) and the premotor theory of attention (PMTA) for the Simon effect were considered. PMTA was treated by Hommel in terms of the proposal that attentional orienting can be viewed as the preparation of a saccade towards a certain location, and was dismissed as providing no useful contribution for an attentional explanation of the Simon effect. Here we considered a more recent and broader conception of the PMTA, compared this approach with TEC, and confronted both approaches with a few studies focusing on the role of spatial attention for the Simon effect. It was argued that PMTA may account more easily for various studies examining the influence of spatial attention on the Simon effect. We concluded our paper by listing some elements that an overall encompassing theory on the Simon effect should contain. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  16. Infusing and selecting V&V activities

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Feather, M. S.

    2002-01-01

    The evolving nature of software development poses a continuing series of challenges for V&V. In response, the V&V community selectively adapts the use of existing V&V activities, and introduces new and improved ones.

  17. A new component of cosmic rays of unknown origin at a few MeV per nucleon

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Gloecker, G.

    1974-01-01

    Recently discovered anomalies in the abundances and energy spectra of quiet time, extraterrestrial hydrogen, helium, carbon, nitrogen, and oxygen require serious revisions of origin theories to account for this new component of cosmic radiation. Abnormally large O/C and N/C ratios, long term intensity variations with time, and radial gradient measurements indicate a non-solar origin for these 2 to 30 MeV/nucleon particles. Ideas suggested to explain these measurements range from acceleration of galactic source material having an unusual composition to local acceleration of particles within the solar cavity. Observations are at present insufficient to choose between these alternate origin models.

  18. A generalized theory of thin film growth

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Du, Feng; Huang, Hanchen

    2018-03-01

    This paper reports a theory of thin film growth that is generalized for arbitrary incidence angle during physical vapor deposition in two dimensions. The accompanying kinetic Monte Carlo simulations serve as verification. A special theory already exists for thin film growth with zero incidence angle, and another theory also exists for nanorod growth with a glancing angle. The theory in this report serves as a bridge to describe the transition from thin film growth to nanorod growth. In particular, this theory gives two critical conditions in analytical form of critical coverage, ΘI and ΘII. The first critical condition defines the onset when crystal growth or step dynamics stops following the wedding cake model for thin film growth. The second critical condition defines the onset when multiple-layer surface steps form to enable nanorod growth. Further, this theory also reveals a critical incidence angle, below which nanorod growth is impossible. The critical coverages, together with the critical incidence angle, defines a phase diagram of thin growth versus nanorod growth.

  19. Item Response Data Analysis Using Stata Item Response Theory Package

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Yang, Ji Seung; Zheng, Xiaying

    2018-01-01

    The purpose of this article is to introduce and review the capability and performance of the Stata item response theory (IRT) package that is available from Stata v.14, 2015. Using a simulated data set and a publicly available item response data set extracted from Programme of International Student Assessment, we review the IRT package from…

  20. 75 FR 47709 - Amendment of VOR Federal Airways V-8, V-14, V-38, V-47, V-279, and V-422 in the Vicinity of...

    Federal Register 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014

    2010-08-09

    ...-0709; Airspace Docket No. 09-AGL-28] RIN 2120-AA66 Amendment of VOR Federal Airways V-8, V-14, V-38, V-47, V-279, and V-422 in the Vicinity of Findlay, OH AGENCY: Federal Aviation Administration (FAA... Range (VOR) Federal Airways V-8, V-14, V-38, V-47, V- 279, and V-422 in the vicinity of Findlay, OH. The...

  1. A unified theory of bone healing and nonunion: BHN theory.

    PubMed

    Elliott, D S; Newman, K J H; Forward, D P; Hahn, D M; Ollivere, B; Kojima, K; Handley, R; Rossiter, N D; Wixted, J J; Smith, R M; Moran, C G

    2016-07-01

    This article presents a unified clinical theory that links established facts about the physiology of bone and homeostasis, with those involved in the healing of fractures and the development of nonunion. The key to this theory is the concept that the tissue that forms in and around a fracture should be considered a specific functional entity. This 'bone-healing unit' produces a physiological response to its biological and mechanical environment, which leads to the normal healing of bone. This tissue responds to mechanical forces and functions according to Wolff's law, Perren's strain theory and Frost's concept of the "mechanostat". In response to the local mechanical environment, the bone-healing unit normally changes with time, producing different tissues that can tolerate various levels of strain. The normal result is the formation of bone that bridges the fracture - healing by callus. Nonunion occurs when the bone-healing unit fails either due to mechanical or biological problems or a combination of both. In clinical practice, the majority of nonunions are due to mechanical problems with instability, resulting in too much strain at the fracture site. In most nonunions, there is an intact bone-healing unit. We suggest that this maintains its biological potential to heal, but fails to function due to the mechanical conditions. The theory predicts the healing pattern of multifragmentary fractures and the observed morphological characteristics of different nonunions. It suggests that the majority of nonunions will heal if the correct mechanical environment is produced by surgery, without the need for biological adjuncts such as autologous bone graft. Cite this article: Bone Joint J 2016;98-B:884-91. ©2016 The British Editorial Society of Bone & Joint Surgery.

  2. Towards a New Theory in School Management: The Theory of Positive Containment

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    AlMusaileem, Muhammad Y.

    2012-01-01

    This study argues for a new theory in school management based on the notion of positive containment which benefited from the integration of the main two patterns of leadership, i.e., the democratic and the authoritarian. In this theory, the school principal has to deal with one external and five internal circles of positive containments. The…

  3. Towards a second law for Lovelock theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bhattacharyya, Sayantani; Haehl, Felix M.; Kundu, Nilay; Loganayagam, R.; Rangamani, Mukund

    2017-03-01

    In classical general relativity described by Einstein-Hilbert gravity, black holes behave as thermodynamic objects. In particular, the laws of black hole mechanics can be interpreted as laws of thermodynamics. The first law of black hole mechanics extends to higher derivative theories via the Noether charge construction of Wald. One also expects the statement of the second law, which in Einstein-Hilbert theory owes to Hawking's area theorem, to extend to higher derivative theories. To argue for this however one needs a notion of entropy for dynamical black holes, which the Noether charge construction does not provide. We propose such an entropy function for the family of Lovelock theories, treating the higher derivative terms as perturbations to the Einstein-Hilbert theory. Working around a dynamical black hole solution, and making no assumptions about the amplitude of departure from equilibrium, we construct a candidate entropy functional valid to all orders in the low energy effective field theory. This entropy functional satisfies a second law, modulo a certain subtle boundary term, which deserves further investigation in non-spherically symmetric situations.

  4. A reflection on theories of light

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Quehenberger, R. C. Z.

    2012-12-01

    Insights into the foundations of quantum theory, including the wave-particle duality of light as developed in the last century, raise several questions. How can we imagine light both as wave and particle? What is a particle? How can we make comprehensible the phenomenon of light as elec-tromagnetic distortion, incorporating the ideas of Maxwell, Faraday and especially Theodor Kaluza, who placed light in 5-dimensional space? We investigate a 3D digital dynamic geometrical model applied to theories of light in order to provide a visual access for a better mathematical understanding. Hence to achieve this convergence of theories, we examine experimental facts of the famous entangled photon picture and theories of lines of force with AR methods to bring together the notion of "light quanta" and their connection to a discrete space structure in 5D. Examples of 3D animation are here depicted as still frames.

  5. An integrative, experience-based theory of attentional control.

    PubMed

    Wilder, Matthew H; Mozer, Michael C; Wickens, Christopher D

    2011-02-09

    Although diverse, theories of visual attention generally share the notion that attention is controlled by some combination of three distinct strategies: (1) exogenous cuing from locally contrasting primitive visual features, such as abrupt onsets or color singletons (e.g., L. Itti, C. Koch, & E. Neiber, 1998), (2) endogenous gain modulation of exogenous activations, used to guide attention to task-relevant features (e.g., V. Navalpakkam & L. Itti, 2007; J. Wolfe, 1994, 2007), and (3) endogenous prediction of likely locations of interest, based on task and scene gist (e.g., A. Torralba, A. Oliva, M. Castelhano, & J. Henderson, 2006). However, little work has been done to synthesize these disparate theories. In this work, we propose a unifying conceptualization in which attention is controlled along two dimensions: the degree of task focus and the contextual scale of operation. Previously proposed strategies-and their combinations-can be viewed as instances of this one mechanism. Thus, this theory serves not as a replacement for existing models but as a means of bringing them into a coherent framework. We present an implementation of this theory and demonstrate its applicability to a wide range of attentional phenomena. The model accounts for key results in visual search with synthetic images and makes reasonable predictions for human eye movements in search tasks involving real-world images. In addition, the theory offers an unusual perspective on attention that places a fundamental emphasis on the role of experience and task-related knowledge.

  6. Toward a New Theory for Selecting Instructional Visuals.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Croft, Richard S.; Burton, John K.

    This paper provides a rationale for the selection of illustrations and visual aids for the classroom. The theories that describe the processing of visuals are dual coding theory and cue summation theory. Concept attainment theory offers a basis for selecting which cues are relevant for any learning task which includes a component of identification…

  7. Organizational Theories and Analysis: A Feminist Perspective

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Irefin, Peace; Ifah, S. S.; Bwala, M. H.

    2012-06-01

    This paper is a critique of organization theories and their failure to come to terms with the fact of the reproduction of labour power within a particular form of the division of labour. It examines feminist theory and its aims to understand the nature of inequality and focuses on gender, power relations and sexuality part of the task of feminists which organizational theories have neglected is to offer an account of how the different treatments of the sexes operate in our culture. The paper concludes that gender has been completely neglected within the organizational theory which result in a rhetorical reproduction of males as norms and women as others. It is recommended that only radical form of organization theory can account for the situation of women in organisational setting

  8. Scattering Theory for the Acoustic Wave Equation in an Arbitrary Exterior Domain

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1976-08-30

    65) will be further studied in the follow-up article. REFERENCES 1. C.H. Wilcox, Scattering Theory for the d - Alembert Equation in Exterior Domains...Exterior Domain Naval Research Lab Washington D C 30 Aug 76 254060 NRL Report 8030 Scattering Theory for the Acoustic Wave SEquation in an Arbitrary...STATEMENT (of the .b.Ia te ntere., d in loc k 10. If diferegn from R pr)A. 16 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES IS KEY WORDS (Co.n.v onl r*eers Od*e ifftoneemy and

  9. Nonlinear adaptive networks: A little theory, a few applications

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Jones, R.D.; Qian, S.; Barnes, C.W.

    1990-01-01

    We present the theory of nonlinear adaptive networks and discuss a few applications. In particular, we review the theory of feedforward backpropagation networks. We than present the theory of the Connectionist Normalized Linear Spline network in both its feedforward and iterated modes. Also, we briefly discuss the theory of stochastic cellular automata. We then discuss applications to chaotic time series tidal prediction in Venice Lagoon, sonar transient detection, control of nonlinear processes, balancing a double inverted pendulum and design advice for free electron lasers. 26 refs., 23 figs.

  10. A practitioner’s guide to interpersonal communication theory: An overview and exploration of selected theories

    PubMed Central

    Bylund, Carma L.; Peterson, Emily B.; Cameron, Kenzie A.

    2011-01-01

    Objective To provide a brief overview of selected interpersonal theories and models, and to present examples of their use in healthcare communication research. Results Nine interpersonal communication theories and their application to healthcare communication are discussed. Conclusion As healthcare communication interactions often occur at an interpersonal level, familiarity with theories of interpersonal communication may reinforce existing best practices and lead to the development of novel communication approaches with patients. Practice Implications This article serves as an introductory primer to theories of interpersonal communication that have been or could be applied to healthcare communication research. Understanding key constructs and general formulations of these theories may provide practitioners with additional theoretical frameworks to use when interacting with patients. PMID:22112396

  11. Establishing a theory for deuteron induced surrogate reactions

    DOE PAGES

    Potel, G.; Nunes, F. M.; Thompson, I. J.

    2015-09-18

    Background: Deuteron-induced reactions serve as surrogates for neutron capture into compound states. Although these reactions are of great applicability, no theoretical efforts have been invested in this direction over the last decade. Purpose: The goal of this work is to establish on firm grounds a theory for deuteron-induced neutron-capture reactions. This includes formulating elastic and inelastic breakup in a consistent manner. Method: We describe this process both in post- and prior-form distorted wave Born approximation following previous works and discuss the differences in the formulation. While the convergence issues arising in the post formulation can be overcome in the priormore » formulation, in this case one still needs to take into account additional terms due to nonorthogonality. Results: We apply our method to the Nb93(d,p)X at Ed=15 and 25 MeV and are able to obtain a good description of the data. We then look at the various partial wave contributions, as well as elastic versus inelastic contributions. We also connect our formulation with transfer to neutron bound states.Conclusions: Our calculations demonstrate that the nonorthogonality term arising in the prior formulation is significant and is at the heart of the long-standing controversy between the post and the prior formulations of the theory. We also show that the cross sections for these reactions are angular-momentum dependent and therefore the commonly used Weisskopf limit is inadequate. We finally make important predictions for the relative contributions of elastic breakup and nonelastic breakup and call for elastic-breakup measurements to further constrain our model.« less

  12. Designing of the 14 MeV neutron moderator for BNCT

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Cheng, Dao-Wen; Lu, Jing-Bin; Yang, Dong; Liu, Yu-Min; Wang, Hui-Dong; Ma, Ke-Yan

    2012-09-01

    In boron neutron capture therapy (BNCT), the ratio of the fast neutron flux to the neutron flux in the tumor (RFNT) must be less than 3%. If a D-T neutron generator is used in BNCT, the 14 MeV neutron moderator must be optimized to reduce the RFNT. Based on the neutron moderation theory and the simulation results, tungsten, lead and diamond were used to moderate the 14 MeV neutrons. Satisfying RFNT of less than 3%, the maximum neutron flux in the tumor was achieved with a three-layer moderator comprised of a 3 cm thick tungsten layer, a 14 cm thick lead layer and a 21 cm thick diamond layer.

  13. A learning theory account of depression.

    PubMed

    Ramnerö, Jonas; Folke, Fredrik; Kanter, Jonathan W

    2015-06-11

    Learning theory provides a foundation for understanding and deriving treatment principles for impacting a spectrum of functional processes relevant to the construct of depression. While behavioral interventions have been commonplace in the cognitive behavioral tradition, most often conceptualized within a cognitive theoretical framework, recent years have seen renewed interest in more purely behavioral models. These modern learning theory accounts of depression focus on the interchange between behavior and the environment, mainly in terms of lack of reinforcement, extinction of instrumental behavior, and excesses of aversive control, and include a conceptualization of relevant cognitive and emotional variables. These positions, drawn from extensive basic and applied research, cohere with biological theories on reduced reward learning and reward responsiveness and views of depression as a heterogeneous, complex set of disorders. Treatment techniques based on learning theory, often labeled Behavioral Activation (BA) focus on activating the individual in directions that increase contact with potential reinforcers, as defined ideographically with the client. BA is considered an empirically well-established treatment that generalizes well across diverse contexts and populations. The learning theory account is discussed in terms of being a parsimonious model and ground for treatments highly suitable for large scale dissemination. © 2015 Scandinavian Psychological Associations and John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  14. 30 CFR 57.22218 - Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines... NONMETAL MINES Safety Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Ventilation § 57.22218 Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines). (a) All seals, and those stoppings that separate main intake from main...

  15. 30 CFR 57.22218 - Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines... NONMETAL MINES Safety Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Ventilation § 57.22218 Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines). (a) All seals, and those stoppings that separate main intake from main...

  16. Generalizing Prototype Theory: A Formal Quantum Framework

    PubMed Central

    Aerts, Diederik; Broekaert, Jan; Gabora, Liane; Sozzo, Sandro

    2016-01-01

    Theories of natural language and concepts have been unable to model the flexibility, creativity, context-dependence, and emergence, exhibited by words, concepts and their combinations. The mathematical formalism of quantum theory has instead been successful in capturing these phenomena such as graded membership, situational meaning, composition of categories, and also more complex decision making situations, which cannot be modeled in traditional probabilistic approaches. We show how a formal quantum approach to concepts and their combinations can provide a powerful extension of prototype theory. We explain how prototypes can interfere in conceptual combinations as a consequence of their contextual interactions, and provide an illustration of this using an intuitive wave-like diagram. This quantum-conceptual approach gives new life to original prototype theory, without however making it a privileged concept theory, as we explain at the end of our paper. PMID:27065436

  17. Toward a theory of holistic needs and the brain.

    PubMed

    Silton, Nava R; Flannelly, Laura T; Flannelly, Kevin J; Galek, Kathleen

    2011-01-01

    This article reviews Maslow's theory of motivation wherein he proposes a hierarchy of human needs. First, it describes the principal elements of Maslow's theory and discusses considerations relating to the flexibility of the hierarchy. Second, it explains the relationship among Maslow's theory of human needs, attachment theory, and evolutionary threat assessment system theory. Third, it provides an overview of the brain structures posited to be involved in attachment and evolutionary threat assessment system theory and their relation to Maslow's hierarchy. Finally, it explains how the 3 theories converge to form a theory of holistic needs.

  18. Theory of electron-phonon-dislon interacting system—toward a quantized theory of dislocations

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Mingda; Tsurimaki, Yoichiro; Meng, Qingping; Andrejevic, Nina; Zhu, Yimei; Mahan, Gerald D.; Chen, Gang

    2018-02-01

    We provide a comprehensive theoretical framework to study how crystal dislocations influence the functional properties of materials, based on the idea of a quantized dislocation, namely a ‘dislon’. In contrast to previous work on dislons which focused on exotic phenomenology, here we focus on their theoretical structure and computational power. We first provide a pedagogical introduction that explains the necessity and benefits of taking the dislon approach and why the dislon Hamiltonian takes its current form. Then, we study the electron-dislocation and phonon-dislocation scattering problems using the dislon formalism. Both the effective electron and phonon theories are derived, from which the role of dislocations on electronic and phononic transport properties is computed. Compared with traditional dislocation scattering studies, which are intrinsically single-particle, low-order perturbation and classical quenched defect in nature, the dislon theory not only allows easy incorporation of quantum many-body effects such as electron correlation, electron-phonon interaction, and higher-order scattering events, but also allows proper consideration of the dislocation’s long-range strain field and dynamic aspects on equal footing for arbitrary types of straight-line dislocations. This means that instead of developing individual models for specific dislocation scattering problems, the dislon theory allows for the calculation of electronic structure and electrical transport, thermal transport, optical and superconducting properties, etc, under one unified theory. Furthermore, the dislon theory has another advantage over empirical models in that it requires no fitting parameters. The dislon theory could serve as a major computational tool to understand the role of dislocations on multiple materials’ functional properties at an unprecedented level of clarity, and may have wide applications in dislocated energy materials.

  19. Bridging single and multireference coupled cluster theories with universal state selective formalism

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bhaskaran-Nair, Kiran; Kowalski, Karol

    2013-05-28

    The universal state selective (USS) multireference approach is used to construct new energy functionals which offers a unique possibility of bridging single and multireference coupled cluster theories (SR/MRCC). These functionals, which can be used to develop iterative and non-iterative approaches, utilize a special form of the trial wavefunctions, which assure additive separability (or size-consistency) of the USS energies in the non-interacting subsystem limit. When the USS formalism is combined with approximate SRCC theories, the resulting formalism can be viewed as a size-consistent version of the method of moments of coupled cluster equations (MMCC) employing a MRCC trial wavefunction. Special casesmore » of the USS formulations, which utilize single reference state specific CC (V.V. Ivanov, D.I. Lyakh, L. Adamowicz, Phys. Chem. Chem. Phys. 11, 2355 (2009)) and tailored CC (T. Kinoshita, O. Hino, R.J. Bartlett, J. Chem. Phys. 123, 074106 (2005)) expansions are also discussed.« less

  20. A scaling law for the critical current of Nb3Sn stands based on strong-coupling theory of superconductivity

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Oh, Sangjun; Kim, Keeman

    2006-02-01

    We study the transition temperature Tc, the thermodynamic critical field Bc, and the upper critical field Bc2 of Nb3Sn with Eliashberg theory of strongly coupled superconductors using the Einstein spectrum α2(ω)F(ω)=λ<ω2>1/2δ(ω-<ω2>1/2). The strain dependences of λ(ɛ) and <ω2>1/2(V) are introduced from the empirical strain dependence of Tc(V) for three model cases. It is found that the empirical relation Tc(V)/Tc(0)=[Bc2(4.2 K,V)/Bc2(4.2 K,0)]1/w (w~3) is mainly due to the low-energy-phonon mode softening. We derive analytic expressions for the strain and temperature dependences of Bc(T,V) and Bc2(T,V) and the Ginzburg-Landau parameter κ(T,V) from the numerical calculation results. The Summers refinement on the temperature dependence of κ(T) shows deviation from our calculation results. We propose a unified scaling law of flux pinning in Nb3Sn strands in the form of the Kramer model with the analytic expressions of Bc2(T,V) and κ(T,V) derived in this work. It is shown that the proposed scaling law gives a reasonable fit to the reported data with only eight fitting parameters.

  1. Workshop: Advancing the Theory and Methods for Understanding Employment Effects of Environmental Regulation (2012)

    EPA Pesticide Factsheets

    he Environmental Protection Agency's National Center for Environmental Economics and Professor V. Kerry Smith (Arizona State University), with support from Abt Associates, convened a one-day workshop exploring theory and methods relevant to the employment.

  2. Some Implications of Learning Theories on a Theory of Reading and Reading Instruction.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Parsons, James B.

    While stimulus-response theories of learning maintain the reality and importance of the stimulus outside the perception of the person, a cognitive-field learning theory insists that, in order to make meaning, a person must perceive and react with the stimulus. Holding to this or any learning model has implications for the following: a definition…

  3. Toward a Cultural Advancement of Tinto's Theory

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Guiffrida, Douglas A.

    2006-01-01

    Despite the broad appeal of Tinto's (1993) theory, it is not well supported by empirical research, especially when applied to minority students. While prior critiques of the theory indicate the need to modify Tinto's concept of "breaking away" when applying the theory to diverse students, research suggests a need for additional refinements. In…

  4. Theory of a cylindrical probe in a collisionless magnetoplasma

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Laframboise, J. G.; Rubinstein, J.

    1976-01-01

    A theory is presented for a cylindrical electrostatic probe in a collisionless plasma in the case where the probe axis is inclined at an angle to a uniform magnetic field. The theory is applicable to electron collection, and under more restrictive conditions, to ion collection. For a probe at space potential, the theory is exact in the limit where probe radius is much less than Debye length. At attracting probe potentials, the theory yields an upper bound and an adiabatic limit for current collection. At repelling probe potentials, it provides a lower bound. The theory is valid if the ratios of probe radius to Debye length and probe radius to mean gyroradius are not simultaneously large enough to produce extrema in the probe sheath potential. The numerical current calculations are based on the approximation that particle orbits are helices near the probe, together with the use of kinetic theory to relate velocity distributions near the probe to those far from it. Probe characteristics are presented for inclination angles from 0 to 90 deg and for probe-radius mean-gyroradius ratios from 0.1 to infinity. For an angle of 0 deg, the end-effect current is calculated separately.

  5. William Brennan and the Failed "Theory" of Actual Malice.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gillmor, Donald M.

    This paper contains an analysis of Justice William Brennan's Supreme Court opinions concerning cases on freedom of expression and his interpretations of Alexander Meiklejohn's theory of actual malice in cases of libel. Particular attention is paid to Brennan's landmark contribution to the law of libel, his opinion in "New York Times v.…

  6. The Analyst's "Use" of Theory or Theories: The Play of Theory.

    PubMed

    Cooper, Steven H

    2017-10-01

    Two clinical vignettes demonstrate a methodological approach that guides the analyst's attention to metaphors and surfaces that are the focus of different theories. Clinically, the use of different theories expands the metaphorical language with which the analyst tries to make contact with the patient's unconscious life. Metaphorical expressions may be said to relate to each other as the syntax of unconscious fantasy (Arlow 1979). The unconscious fantasy itself represents a metaphorical construction of childhood experience that has persisted, dynamically expressive and emergent into adult life. This persistence is evident in how, in some instances, long periods of an analysis focus on translating one or a few metaphors, chiefly because the manifest metaphorical expressions of a central theme regularly lead to better understanding of an unconscious fantasy. At times employing another model or theory assists in a level of self-reflection about clinical understanding and clinical decisions. The analyst's choice of theory or theories is unique to the analyst and is not prescriptive, except as illustrating a way to think about these issues. The use of multiple models in no way suggests or implies that theories may be integrated.

  7. Theory and computation of triply excited resonances: Application to states of He-

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nicolaides, Cleanthes A.; Piangos, Nicos A.; Komninos, Yannis

    1993-11-01

    Autoionizing multiply excited states offer unusual challenges to the theory of electronic structure and spectra because of the presence of strong electron correlations, of their occasional weak binding, of their proximity to more than one threshold, and of their degeneracy with many continua. Here we discuss a theory that addresses these difficulties in conjunction with the computation of their wave functions and intrinsic properties. Emphasis is given on the justification of the possible presence of self-consistently obtained open-channel-like (OCL) correlating configurations in the square-integrable representation of such states and on their effect on the energy E and the width Γ. Application of the theory has allowed the prediction of two hitherto unknown He- triply excited resonances, the 2s2p2 2P (E=59.71 eV, above the He ground state, Γ=79 meV) and the 2p3 2Do (E=59.46 eV, Γ=282 meV) (1 a.u.=27.2116 eV). These resonances are above the singly excited states of He and are embedded in its doubly excited spectrum. The relatively broad 2p3 2Do state interacts strongly with the He 2s2p 3Po ɛd continuum. The effect of this interaction has been studied in terms of the coupling with fixed core scattering states as well as with a self-consistently computed OCL bound configuration. The position of the He- 2p3 2Do resonance is below that of the He 2p2 1D autoionizing state at 59.91 eV and of the He 2p2 3P bound state at 59.68 eV. The partial decay widths to the three important open channels are γ(2s2p 3Po)=252 meV, γ(1s2p 3Po)=21 meV, γ(1s2p 1Po)=9 meV. The final core states are also represented by correlated (multiconfigurational Hartree-Fock) functions. The 2s2p2 2P state couples to four neighboring He thresholds, the 2s2p 3Po, 2p2 3P, 1D, and 2s2p 1Po. It is above the He 2s2p 3Po threshold at 58.31 eV, with respect to which it is a valence shape resonance, and below the He 2p2 1D and 2s2p 1Po autoionizing states. In the limit of an exact energy calculation, we

  8. Modified Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov theory at finite temperature

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Dinh Dang, Nguyen; Arima, Akito

    2003-07-01

    The modified Hartree-Fock-Bogoliubov (MHFB) theory at finite temperature is derived, which conserves the unitarity relation of the particle-density matrix. This is achieved by constructing a modified-quasiparticle-density matrix, where the fluctuation of the quasiparticle number is microscopically built in. This matrix can be directly obtained from the usual quasiparticle-density matrix by applying the secondary Bogoliubov transformation, which includes the quasiparticle-occupation number. It is shown that, in the limit of constant pairing parameter, the MHFB theory yields the previously obtained modified BCS (MBCS) equations. It is also proved that the modified quasiparticle-random-phase approximation, which is based on the MBCS quasiparticle excitations, conserves the Ikeda sum rule. The numerical calculations of the pairing gap, heat capacity, level density, and level-density parameter within the MBCS theory are carried out for 120Sn. The results show that the superfluid-normal phase transition is completely washed out. The applicability of the MBCS up to a temperature as high as T˜5 MeV is analyzed in detail.

  9. Colorless top partners, a 125 GeV Higgs boson, and the limits on naturalness

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Burdman, Gustavo; Chacko, Zackaria; Harnik, Roni

    2015-03-09

    Theories of physics beyond the Standard Model that address the hierarchy problem generally involve top partners, new particles that cancel the quadratic divergences associated with the Yukawa coupling of the Higgs to the top quark. With extensions of the Standard Model that involve new colored particles coming under strain from collider searches, scenarios in which the top partners carry no charge under the strong interactions have become increasingly compelling. Although elusive for direct searches, these theories predict modified couplings of the Higgs boson to the Standard Model particles. This results in corrections to the Higgs production and decay rates that can be detected at the Large Hadron Collider (LHC) provided the top partners are sufficiently light, and the theory correspondingly natural. In this paper we consider three theories that address the little hierarchy problem and involve colorless top partners, specifically the Mirror Twin Higgs, Folded Supersymmetry, and the Quirky Little Higgs. For each model we investigate the current and future bounds on the top partners, and the corresponding limits on naturalness, that can be obtained from the Higgs program at the LHC. Here, we conclude that the LHC will not be able to strongly disfavor naturalness, with mild tuning at the level of about one part in ten remaining allowed even with 3000 fbmore » $$^{-1}$$ of data at 14 TeV.« less

  10. Physical results from 2+1 flavor domain wall QCD and SU(2) chiral perturbation theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Allton, C.; Antonio, D. J.; Boyle, P. A.

    2008-12-01

    We have simulated QCD using 2+1 flavors of domain wall quarks and the Iwasaki gauge action on a (2.74 fm){sup 3} volume with an inverse lattice scale of a{sup -1}=1.729(28) GeV. The up and down (light) quarks are degenerate in our calculations and we have used four values for the ratio of light quark masses to the strange (heavy) quark mass in our simulations: 0.217, 0.350, 0.617, and 0.884. We have measured pseudoscalar meson masses and decay constants, the kaon bag parameter B{sub K}, and vector meson couplings. We have used SU(2) chiral perturbation theory, which assumes only the upmore » and down quark masses are small, and SU(3) chiral perturbation theory to extrapolate to the physical values for the light quark masses. While next-to-leading order formulas from both approaches fit our data for light quarks, we find the higher-order corrections for SU(3) very large, making such fits unreliable. We also find that SU(3) does not fit our data when the quark masses are near the physical strange quark mass. Thus, we rely on SU(2) chiral perturbation theory for accurate results. We use the masses of the {omega} baryon, and the {pi} and K mesons to set the lattice scale and determine the quark masses. We then find f{sub {pi}}=124.1(3.6){sub stat}(6.9){sub syst} MeV, f{sub K}=149.6(3.6){sub stat}(6.3){sub syst} MeV, and f{sub K}/f{sub {pi}}=1.205(0.018){sub stat}(0.062){sub syst}. Using nonperturbative renormalization to relate lattice regularized quark masses to regularization independent momentum scheme masses, and perturbation theory to relate these to MS, we find m{sub ud}{sup MS}(2 GeV)=3.72(0.16){sub stat}(0.33){sub ren}(0.18){sub syst} MeV, m{sub s}{sup MS}(2 GeV)=107.3(4.4){sub stat}(9.7){sub ren}(4.9){sub syst} MeV, and m-tilde{sub ud} ratio m-tilde{sub s}=1 ratio 28.8(0.4){sub stat}(1.6){sub syst}. For the kaon bag parameter, we find B{sub K}{sup MS}(2 GeV)=0.524(0.010){sub stat}(0.013){sub ren}(0.025){sub syst}. Finally, for the ratios of the couplings of

  11. Computational investigation of hydrogen storage on B5V3

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guo, Chen; Wang, Chong

    2018-05-01

    Based on density functional theory method with 6-311+G(d,p) basis set, the structures, stability and hydrogen storage capacity of B5V3 have been theoretically investigated. It is found that a maximum of seven hydrogen molecules can be adsorbed on B5V3 with gravimetric uptake capacity of 6.39 wt%. The uptake capacity exceeds the target set by the US Department of Energy for vehicular application. Moreover, the average adsorption energy of B5V3 01 (7H2) is 0.60 eV/H2 in the desirable range of reversible hydrogen storage. The kinetic stability of H2 adsorbed on B5V3 01 is confirmed by using gap between highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO)and the lowest unoccupied molecular orbital (LUMO). The gap value of B5V3 01 (7H2) is 2.81 eV, which indicates the compound with high stability. In addition, the thermochemistry calculation (Gibbs free energy corrected adsorption energy) is used to analyse if the adsorption is favourable or not at different temperatures. It can be found that the Gibbs corrected adsorption energy of B5V3 01 (7H2) is still positive at 400 K at 1 atm. It means that the adsorption of seven hydrogen molecules on B5V3 01 is energetically favourable in a fairly wide temperature range. All the results show that B5V3 01 can be considered as a promising material for hydrogen storage.

  12. A Primer on Consultation Theory: Building a Flexible Worldview.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Brack, Greg; And Others

    1993-01-01

    Presents broad introduction to learning, gestalt, systems, organizational, psychoanalytic, and chaos theories of consultation. Demonstrates how consultant can map each of these theories onto consultation environment to produce unique perspective that each theory alone cannot provide. Describes each theory as to how it views and frames consultation…

  13. Four-dimensional \\mathcal{N} = 2 supersymmetric theory with boundary as a two-dimensional complex Toda theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Luo, Yuan; Tan, Meng-Chwan; Vasko, Petr; Zhao, Qin

    2017-05-01

    We perform a series of dimensional reductions of the 6d, \\mathcal{N} = (2, 0) SCFT on S 2 × Σ × I × S 1 down to 2d on Σ. The reductions are performed in three steps: (i) a reduction on S 1 (accompanied by a topological twist along Σ) leading to a supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory on S 2 × Σ × I, (ii) a further reduction on S 2 resulting in a complex Chern-Simons theory defined on Σ × I, with the real part of the complex Chern-Simons level being zero, and the imaginary part being proportional to the ratio of the radii of S 2 and S 1, and (iii) a final reduction to the boundary modes of complex Chern-Simons theory with the Nahm pole boundary condition at both ends of the interval I, which gives rise to a complex Toda CFT on the Riemann surface Σ. As the reduction of the 6d theory on Σ would give rise to an \\mathcal{N} = 2 supersymmetric theory on S 2 × I × S 1, our results imply a 4d-2d duality between four-dimensional \\mathcal{N} = 2 supersymmetric theory with boundary and two-dimensional complex Toda theory.

  14. Educational Theory as Theory of Culture: A Vichian Perspective on the Educational Theories of John Dewey and Kieran Egan

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Polito, Theodora

    2005-01-01

    At the center of every well-constructed theory of education is a philosophical anthropology-reasoned speculation as to the origins on man's conditions in the history of culture, especially the particular phenomenon of consciousness that underlies historical periods. Using the lens of one of the most significant theories of culture produced, we…

  15. A periodic table of effective field theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Cheung, Clifford; Kampf, Karol; Novotny, Jiri

    We systematically explore the space of scalar effective field theories (EFTs) consistent with a Lorentz invariant and local S-matrix. To do so we define an EFT classification based on four parameters characterizing 1) the number of derivatives per interaction, 2) the soft properties of amplitudes, 3) the leading valency of the interactions, and 4) the spacetime dimension. Carving out the allowed space of EFTs, we prove that exceptional EFTs like the non-linear sigma model, Dirac-Born-Infeld theory, and the special Galileon lie precisely on the boundary of allowed theory space. Using on-shell momentum shifts and recursion relations, we prove that EFTsmore » with arbitrarily soft behavior are forbidden and EFTs with leading valency much greater than the spacetime dimension cannot have enhanced soft behavior. We then enumerate all single scalar EFTs in d < 6 and verify that they correspond to known theories in the literature. Finally, our results suggest that the exceptional theories are the natural EFT analogs of gauge theory and gravity because they are one-parameter theories whose interactions are strictly dictated by properties of the S-matrix.« less

  16. A periodic table of effective field theories

    DOE PAGES

    Cheung, Clifford; Kampf, Karol; Novotny, Jiri; ...

    2017-02-06

    We systematically explore the space of scalar effective field theories (EFTs) consistent with a Lorentz invariant and local S-matrix. To do so we define an EFT classification based on four parameters characterizing 1) the number of derivatives per interaction, 2) the soft properties of amplitudes, 3) the leading valency of the interactions, and 4) the spacetime dimension. Carving out the allowed space of EFTs, we prove that exceptional EFTs like the non-linear sigma model, Dirac-Born-Infeld theory, and the special Galileon lie precisely on the boundary of allowed theory space. Using on-shell momentum shifts and recursion relations, we prove that EFTsmore » with arbitrarily soft behavior are forbidden and EFTs with leading valency much greater than the spacetime dimension cannot have enhanced soft behavior. We then enumerate all single scalar EFTs in d < 6 and verify that they correspond to known theories in the literature. Finally, our results suggest that the exceptional theories are the natural EFT analogs of gauge theory and gravity because they are one-parameter theories whose interactions are strictly dictated by properties of the S-matrix.« less

  17. Applying a contemporary grounded theory methodology.

    PubMed

    Licqurish, Sharon; Seibold, Carmel

    2011-01-01

    The aim of this paper is to discuss the application of a contemporary grounded theory methodology to a research project exploring the experiences of students studying for a degree in midwifery. Grounded theory is a qualitative research approach developed by Glaser and Strauss in the 1950s but the methodology for this study was modelled on Clarke's (2005) approach and was underpinned by a symbolic interactionist theoretical perspective, post-structuralist theories of Michel Foucault and a constructionist epistemology. The study participants were 19 midwifery students completing their final placement. Data were collected through individual in-depth interviews and participant observation, and analysed using the grounded theory analysis techniques of coding, constant comparative analysis and theoretical sampling, as well as situational maps. The analysis focused on social action and interaction and the operation of power in the students' environment. The social process in which the students were involved, as well as the actors and discourses that affected the students' competency development, were highlighted. The methodology allowed a thorough exploration of the students' experiences of achieving competency. However, some difficulties were encountered. One of the major issues related to the understanding and application of complex sociological theories that challenged positivist notions of truth and power. Furthermore, the mapping processes were complex. Despite these minor challenges, the authors recommend applying this methodology to other similar research projects.

  18. The R.I. Pimenov unified gravitation and electromagnetism field theory as semi-Riemannian geometry

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Gromov, N. A., E-mail: gromov@dm.komisc.r

    2009-05-15

    More than forty years ago R.I. Pimenov introduced a new geometry-semi-Riemannian one-as a set of geometrical objects consistent with a fibering pr: M{sub n} {yields} M{sub m}. He suggested the heuristic principle according to which the physically different quantities (meter, second, Coulomb, etc.) are geometrically modelled as space coordinates that are not superposed by automorphisms. As there is only one type of coordinates in Riemannian geometry and only three types of coordinates in pseudo-Riemannian one, a multiple-fibered semi-Riemannian geometry is the most appropriate one for the treatment of more than three different physical quantities as unified geometrical field theory. Semi-Euclideanmore » geometry {sup 3}R{sub 5}{sup 4} with 1-dimensional fiber x{sup 5} and 4-dimensional Minkowski space-time as a base is naturally interpreted as classical electrodynamics. Semi-Riemannian geometry {sup 3}V{sub 5}{sup 4} with the general relativity pseudo-Riemannian space-time {sup 3}V{sub 4}, and 1-dimensional fiber x{sup 5}, responsible for the electromagnetism, provides the unified field theory of gravitation and electromagnetism. Unlike Kaluza-Klein theories, where the fifth coordinate appears in nondegenerate Riemannian or pseudo-Riemannian geometry, the theory based on semi-Riemannian geometry is free from defects of the former. In particular, scalar field does not arise.« less

  19. Congestion based mechanism for route discovery in a V2I-V2V system applying smart devices and IoT.

    PubMed

    Parrado, Natalia; Donoso, Yezid

    2015-03-31

    The Internet of Things is a new paradigm in which objects in a specific context can be integrated into traditional communication networks to actively participate in solving a determined problem. The Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) and Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I) technologies are specific cases of IoT and key enablers for Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS). V2V and V2I have been widely used to solve different problems associated with transportation in cities, in which the most important is traffic congestion. A high percentage of congestion is usually presented by the inappropriate use of resources in vehicular infrastructure. In addition, the integration of traffic congestion in decision making for vehicular traffic is a challenge due to its high dynamic behavior. In this paper, an optimization model over the load balancing in the congestion percentage of the streets is formulated. Later, we explore a fully congestion-oriented route discovery mechanism and we make a proposal on the communication infrastructure that should support it based on V2I and V2V communication. The mechanism is also compared with a modified Dijkstra's approach that reacts at congestion states. Finally, we compare the results of the efficiency of the vehicle's trip with the efficiency in the use of the capacity of the vehicular network.

  20. Congestion Based Mechanism for Route Discovery in a V2I-V2V System Applying Smart Devices and IoT

    PubMed Central

    Parrado, Natalia; Donoso, Yezid

    2015-01-01

    The Internet of Things is a new paradigm in which objects in a specific context can be integrated into traditional communication networks to actively participate in solving a determined problem. The Vehicle-to-Vehicle (V2V) and Vehicle-to-Infrastructure (V2I) technologies are specific cases of IoT and key enablers for Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS). V2V and V2I have been widely used to solve different problems associated with transportation in cities, in which the most important is traffic congestion. A high percentage of congestion is usually presented by the inappropriate use of resources in vehicular infrastructure. In addition, the integration of traffic congestion in decision making for vehicular traffic is a challenge due to its high dynamic behavior. In this paper, an optimization model over the load balancing in the congestion percentage of the streets is formulated. Later, we explore a fully congestion-oriented route discovery mechanism and we make a proposal on the communication infrastructure that should support it based on V2I and V2V communication. The mechanism is also compared with a modified Dijkstra’s approach that reacts at congestion states. Finally, we compare the results of the efficiency of the vehicle’s trip with the efficiency in the use of the capacity of the vehicular network. PMID:25835185

  1. Application of Solidification Theory to Rapid Solidification Processing

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1984-07-01

    solubility; _NiAl -Cr quasibinary alloys ; Rapid solidification ; Solidification theory I’.ASRACT ICfene an roerso aid it 000e..yV SON identify0 by Week...110100a) ~j ~apid solidification allows the production of alloys with new compositions and * uphases and also allows production of improved alloys by...control of microstructure;L and homogeneity. The effect of rapid solidification velocity on the micro- structure of Ag-Cu alloys is comprehensively

  2. Groundwork for a Theory of the Combatant

    DTIC Science & Technology

    2017-01-03

    AIR WAR COLLEGE AIR UNIVERSITY GROUNDWORK FOR A THEORY OF THE COMBATANT by Robert P. Vicars IV, Lt Col, USAF A Research Report...and synthesize them in a way that captures the fullness of the combatant’s moral reality. Such a synthesis would be a theory of the combatant. This...frame a broader theory of the combatant. 3 On Killing in War In surveying the literature on killing in war, one finds that commentators bring

  3. Theory of electron–phonon–dislon interacting system—toward a quantized theory of dislocations

    DOE PAGES

    Li, Mingda; Tsurimaki, Yoichiro; Meng, Qingping; ...

    2018-02-05

    In this paper, we provide a comprehensive theoretical framework to study how crystal dislocations influence the functional properties of materials, based on the idea of a quantized dislocation, namely a 'dislon'. In contrast to previous work on dislons which focused on exotic phenomenology, here we focus on their theoretical structure and computational power. We first provide a pedagogical introduction that explains the necessity and benefits of taking the dislon approach and why the dislon Hamiltonian takes its current form. Then, we study the electron–dislocation and phonon–dislocation scattering problems using the dislon formalism. Both the effective electron and phonon theories aremore » derived, from which the role of dislocations on electronic and phononic transport properties is computed. Compared with traditional dislocation scattering studies, which are intrinsically single-particle, low-order perturbation and classical quenched defect in nature, the dislon theory not only allows easy incorporation of quantum many-body effects such as electron correlation, electron–phonon interaction, and higher-order scattering events, but also allows proper consideration of the dislocation's long-range strain field and dynamic aspects on equal footing for arbitrary types of straight-line dislocations. This means that instead of developing individual models for specific dislocation scattering problems, the dislon theory allows for the calculation of electronic structure and electrical transport, thermal transport, optical and superconducting properties, etc, under one unified theory. Furthermore, the dislon theory has another advantage over empirical models in that it requires no fitting parameters. The dislon theory could serve as a major computational tool to understand the role of dislocations on multiple materials' functional properties at an unprecedented level of clarity, and may have wide applications in dislocated energy materials.« less

  4. Theory of electron–phonon–dislon interacting system—toward a quantized theory of dislocations

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Li, Mingda; Tsurimaki, Yoichiro; Meng, Qingping

    In this paper, we provide a comprehensive theoretical framework to study how crystal dislocations influence the functional properties of materials, based on the idea of a quantized dislocation, namely a 'dislon'. In contrast to previous work on dislons which focused on exotic phenomenology, here we focus on their theoretical structure and computational power. We first provide a pedagogical introduction that explains the necessity and benefits of taking the dislon approach and why the dislon Hamiltonian takes its current form. Then, we study the electron–dislocation and phonon–dislocation scattering problems using the dislon formalism. Both the effective electron and phonon theories aremore » derived, from which the role of dislocations on electronic and phononic transport properties is computed. Compared with traditional dislocation scattering studies, which are intrinsically single-particle, low-order perturbation and classical quenched defect in nature, the dislon theory not only allows easy incorporation of quantum many-body effects such as electron correlation, electron–phonon interaction, and higher-order scattering events, but also allows proper consideration of the dislocation's long-range strain field and dynamic aspects on equal footing for arbitrary types of straight-line dislocations. This means that instead of developing individual models for specific dislocation scattering problems, the dislon theory allows for the calculation of electronic structure and electrical transport, thermal transport, optical and superconducting properties, etc, under one unified theory. Furthermore, the dislon theory has another advantage over empirical models in that it requires no fitting parameters. The dislon theory could serve as a major computational tool to understand the role of dislocations on multiple materials' functional properties at an unprecedented level of clarity, and may have wide applications in dislocated energy materials.« less

  5. Muon pair production at 52 GeV le radical s le 57 GeV using the AMY Detector at TRISTAN

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Bacala, A.M.

    1989-01-01

    The reaction e{sup +}e{sup {minus}} {yields} {mu}{sup +}{mu}{sup {minus}} has been observed by the AMY Detector at 52 GeV {le} {radical}s {le} 57 GeV at the TRISTAN storage ring in Tsukuba, Japan. With an integrated luminosity of 18.6 pb{sup {minus}1}, this presents a new test of the standard model of the electroweak interactions in this previously unexplored energy region. The forward-backward charge asymmetry and the cross-section calculated at the various energies show agreement with the standard model predictions. The products of the vector and the axial-vector coupling constants of the electron and muon extracted from these measurements are also consistentmore » with theory. The data were combined at the average energy of {radical}s = 55.2 GeV. The measured asymmetry and cross-section are -34.4 {+-} 7.7% and 29.7 {+-} 2.1 pb respectively. This is in agreement with the standard model prediction of -28.3% for the asymmetry and 29.5 pb for the cross-section. The product of the axial couplings, g{sup e}{sub A}g{sup {mu}}{sub A} = 0.29 {+-} 0.07, and the product of the vector couplings, g{sup e}{sub V}g{sup {mu}}{sub V} = 0.01 {+-} 0.06, agree with the standard model predictions of 0.25 and .002 for these respective constants.« less

  6. Human Capital Theory: A Holistic Criticism

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Tan, Emrullah

    2014-01-01

    Human capital theory has had a profound impact on a range of disciplines from economics to education and sociology. The theory has always been the subject of bitter criticisms from the very beginning, but it has comfortably survived and expanded its influence over other research disciplines. Not surprisingly, a considerable number of criticisms…

  7. Unified-theory-of-reinforcement neural networks do not simulate the blocking effect.

    PubMed

    Calvin, Nicholas T; J McDowell, J

    2015-11-01

    For the last 20 years the unified theory of reinforcement (Donahoe et al., 1993) has been used to develop computer simulations to evaluate its plausibility as an account for behavior. The unified theory of reinforcement states that operant and respondent learning occurs via the same neural mechanisms. As part of a larger project to evaluate the operant behavior predicted by the theory, this project was the first replication of neural network models based on the unified theory of reinforcement. In the process of replicating these neural network models it became apparent that a previously published finding, namely, that the networks simulate the blocking phenomenon (Donahoe et al., 1993), was a misinterpretation of the data. We show that the apparent blocking produced by these networks is an artifact of the inability of these networks to generate the same conditioned response to multiple stimuli. The piecemeal approach to evaluate the unified theory of reinforcement via simulation is critiqued and alternatives are discussed. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  8. Affective cognition: Exploring lay theories of emotion.

    PubMed

    Ong, Desmond C; Zaki, Jamil; Goodman, Noah D

    2015-10-01

    Humans skillfully reason about others' emotions, a phenomenon we term affective cognition. Despite its importance, few formal, quantitative theories have described the mechanisms supporting this phenomenon. We propose that affective cognition involves applying domain-general reasoning processes to domain-specific content knowledge. Observers' knowledge about emotions is represented in rich and coherent lay theories, which comprise consistent relationships between situations, emotions, and behaviors. Observers utilize this knowledge in deciphering social agents' behavior and signals (e.g., facial expressions), in a manner similar to rational inference in other domains. We construct a computational model of a lay theory of emotion, drawing on tools from Bayesian statistics, and test this model across four experiments in which observers drew inferences about others' emotions in a simple gambling paradigm. This work makes two main contributions. First, the model accurately captures observers' flexible but consistent reasoning about the ways that events and others' emotional responses to those events relate to each other. Second, our work models the problem of emotional cue integration-reasoning about others' emotion from multiple emotional cues-as rational inference via Bayes' rule, and we show that this model tightly tracks human observers' empirical judgments. Our results reveal a deep structural relationship between affective cognition and other forms of inference, and suggest wide-ranging applications to basic psychological theory and psychiatry. Copyright © 2015 The Authors. Published by Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  9. Decidability of formal theories and hyperincursivity theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Grappone, Arturo G.

    2000-05-01

    This paper shows the limits of the Proof Standard Theory (briefly, PST) and gives some ideas of how to build a proof anticipatory theory (briefly, PAT) that has no such limits. Also, this paper considers that Gödel's proof of the undecidability of Principia Mathematica formal theory is not valid for axiomatic theories that use a PAT to build their proofs because the (hyper)incursive functions are self-representable.

  10. 750 GeV diphotons: implications for supersymmetric unification II

    DOE PAGES

    Hall, Lawrence J.; Harigaya, Keisuke; Nomura, Yasunori

    2016-07-29

    Perturbative supersymmetric gauge coupling unification is possible in six theories where complete SU (5) TeV-scale multiplets of vector matter account for the size of the reported 750 GeV diphoton resonance, interpreted as a singlet multiplet S=(s+ia)/√2. One of these has a full generation of vector matter and a unified gauge coupling αG ~ 1. The diphoton signal rate is enhanced by loops of vector squarks and sleptons, especially when the trilinear A couplings are large. If the SH uH d coupling is absent, both s and a can contribute to the resonance, which may then have a large apparent widthmore » if the mass splitting from s and a arises from loops of vector matter. The width depends sensitively on A parameters and phases of the vector squark and slepton masses. Vector quarks and/or squarks are expected to be in reach of the LHC. If the SH uH d coupling is present, a leads to a narrow diphoton resonance, while a second resonance with decays s → hh, W +W – , ZZ is likely to be discovered at future LHC runs. In some of the theories a non-standard origin or running of the soft parameters is required, for example involving conformal hidden sector interactions.« less

  11. A Need for a Theory of Visual Literacy.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hortin, John A.

    1982-01-01

    Examines sources available for developing a theory of visual literacy and attempts to clarify the meaning of the term. Suggests that visual thinking, a concept supported by recent research on mental imagery, visualization, and dual coding, ought to be the emphasis for future theory development. (FL)

  12. Redox properties of biscyclopentadienyl uranium(V) imido-halide complexes: a relativistic DFT study.

    PubMed

    Elkechai, Aziz; Kias, Farida; Talbi, Fazia; Boucekkine, Abdou

    2014-06-01

    Calculations of ionization energies (IE) and electron affinities (EA) of a series of biscyclopentadienyl imido-halide uranium(V) complexes Cp*2U(=N-2,6-(i)Pr2-C6H3)(X) with X =  F, Cl, Br, and I, related to the U(IV)/U(V) and U(V)/U(VI) redox systems, were carried out, for the first time, using density functional theory (DFT) in the framework of the relativistic zeroth order regular approximation (ZORA) coupled with the conductor-like screening model (COSMO) solvation approach. A very good linear correlation (R(2) =  0.993) was obtained, between calculated ionization energies at the ZORA/BP86/TZP level, and the experimental half-wave oxidation potentials E1/2. A similar linear correlation between the computed electron affinities and the electrochemical reduction U(IV)/U(III) potentials (R(2) =  0.996) is obtained. The importance of solvent effects and of spin-orbit coupling is definitively confirmed. The molecular orbital analysis underlines the crucial role played by the 5f orbitals of the central metal whereas the Nalewajski-Mrozek (N-M) bond indices explain well the bond distances variations following the redox processes. The IE variation of the complexes, i.e., IE(F) < IE(Cl) < IE(Br) < IE(I) is also well rationalized considering the frontier MO diagrams of these species. Finally, this work confirms the relevance of the Hirshfeld charges analysis which bring to light an excellent linear correlation (R(2) =  0.999) between the variations of the uranium charges and E1/2 in the reduction process of the U(V) species.

  13. A Partial Theory of Executive Succession.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Thiemann, Francis C.

    This study has two purposes: (1) To construct a partial theory of succession, and (2) to utilize a method of theory construction which combines some of the concepts of Hans Zetterberg with the principles of formal symbolic logic. A bibliography on succession in complex organizations with entries on descriptive and empirical studies from various…

  14. Item response theory - A first approach

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Nunes, Sandra; Oliveira, Teresa; Oliveira, Amílcar

    2017-07-01

    The Item Response Theory (IRT) has become one of the most popular scoring frameworks for measurement data, frequently used in computerized adaptive testing, cognitively diagnostic assessment and test equating. According to Andrade et al. (2000), IRT can be defined as a set of mathematical models (Item Response Models - IRM) constructed to represent the probability of an individual giving the right answer to an item of a particular test. The number of Item Responsible Models available to measurement analysis has increased considerably in the last fifteen years due to increasing computer power and due to a demand for accuracy and more meaningful inferences grounded in complex data. The developments in modeling with Item Response Theory were related with developments in estimation theory, most remarkably Bayesian estimation with Markov chain Monte Carlo algorithms (Patz & Junker, 1999). The popularity of Item Response Theory has also implied numerous overviews in books and journals, and many connections between IRT and other statistical estimation procedures, such as factor analysis and structural equation modeling, have been made repeatedly (Van der Lindem & Hambleton, 1997). As stated before the Item Response Theory covers a variety of measurement models, ranging from basic one-dimensional models for dichotomously and polytomously scored items and their multidimensional analogues to models that incorporate information about cognitive sub-processes which influence the overall item response process. The aim of this work is to introduce the main concepts associated with one-dimensional models of Item Response Theory, to specify the logistic models with one, two and three parameters, to discuss some properties of these models and to present the main estimation procedures.

  15. V&V Within Reuse-Based Software Engineering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Addy, Edward A.

    1996-01-01

    Verification and Validation (V&V) is used to increase the level of assurance of critical software, particularly that of safety-critical and mission-critical software. V&V is a systems engineering discipline that evaluates the software in a systems context, and is currently applied during the development of a specific application system. In order to bring the effectiveness of V&V to bear within reuse-based software engineering, V&V must be incorporated within the domain engineering process.

  16. Sex and Theories of Deviance: Toward a Functional Theory of Deviant Type-Scripts

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Harris, Anthony R.

    1977-01-01

    Asserts that the continuing failure to consider women has critically weakened contemporary criminal deviance theory, examines the major paradigms in criminal deviance, argues that the inclusion of sex as a variable has more or less disastrous consequences for those paradigms, and argues that the primary purpose of labeling theory is to detect…

  17. Dynamics of polymers: A mean-field theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Fredrickson, Glenn H.; Materials Research Laboratory, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106; Department of Materials, University of California, Santa Barbara, California 93106

    2014-02-28

    We derive a general mean-field theory of inhomogeneous polymer dynamics; a theory whose form has been speculated and widely applied, but not heretofore derived. Our approach involves a functional integral representation of a Martin-Siggia-Rose (MSR) type description of the exact many-chain dynamics. A saddle point approximation to the generating functional, involving conditions where the MSR action is stationary with respect to a collective density field ρ and a conjugate MSR response field ϕ, produces the desired dynamical mean-field theory. Besides clarifying the proper structure of mean-field theory out of equilibrium, our results have implications for numerical studies of polymer dynamicsmore » involving hybrid particle-field simulation techniques such as the single-chain in mean-field method.« less

  18. Using a systems orientation and foundational theory to enhance theory-driven human service program evaluations.

    PubMed

    Wasserman, Deborah L

    2010-05-01

    This paper offers a framework for using a systems orientation and "foundational theory" to enhance theory-driven evaluations and logic models. The framework guides the process of identifying and explaining operative relationships and perspectives within human service program systems. Self-Determination Theory exemplifies how a foundational theory can be used to support the framework in a wide range of program evaluations. Two examples illustrate how applications of the framework have improved the evaluators' abilities to observe and explain program effect. In both exemplars improvements involved addressing and organizing into a single logic model heretofore seemingly disparate evaluation issues regarding valuing (by whose values); the role of organizational and program context; and evaluation anxiety and utilization. Copyright 2009 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  19. Diphoton resonance in F-theory inspired flipped $$\\mathrm{SO}(10)$$

    DOE PAGES

    Leontaris, George K.; Shafi, Qaisar

    2016-10-24

    Motivated by the di-photon excess at 750 GeV reported by the ATLAS and CMS experiments, we present an F-theory inspired flippedmore » $$\\mathrm{SO}(10)$$ model embedded in ε 6. The low energy spectrum includes the three MSSM chiral families, vector-like colour triplets, several pairs of charged SU(2) L singlet fields (E c,E¯ c), as well as MSSM singlets, one or more of which could contribute to the di-photon resonance. As a result, a total decay width in the multi-GeV range can arise from couplings involving the singlet and MSSM fields.« less

  20. A Meta-Analysis of Institutional Theories

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1989-06-01

    GPOUP SUBGROUP Institutional Theory , Isomorphism, Administrative Difterpntiation, Diffusion of Change, Rational, Unit Of Analysis 19 ABSTRACT (Continue on... institutional theory may lead to better decision making and evaluation criteria on the part of managers in the non-profit sector. C. SCOPE This paper... institutional theory : I) Organizations evolving in environments with elabora- ted institutional rules create structure that conform to those rules. 2

  1. Impulsivity and behaviour problems in dogs: A Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory perspective.

    PubMed

    Piotti, Patrizia; Satchell, Liam Paul; Lockhart, Tom Steven

    2018-06-01

    Trait impulsivity is an increasingly relevant topic for human and non-human animal personality research. There are similarities in dog and human manifestations of trait impulsivity at the behavioural, genetic, and neurobiological level. We investigated a well-validated measure of dog impulsivity and responsivity (the Dog Impulsivity Assessment Scale, DIAS) and a neuropsychological theory of human trait approach and avoidance (the Reinforcement Sensitivity Theory of personality, RST). Owners reported their dogs' dispositional behaviour on the DIAS, an RST scale modified to describe dogs' behaviour, and a list of common dog behaviour problems. In a sample of 730 dogs, we observed convergence between the RST and the DIAS. There was a negative correlation between RST 'Behaviour Inhibition System' and DIAS impulsivity factor ('Behavioural Regulation'). RST 'Behavioural Approach System' correlated positively with DIAS 'Responsiveness'. The RST 'Fight-Flight-Freeze System' (FFFS) and the DIAS 'Aggression and response to novelty factor were both distinct from other factors. However, the DIAS 'Aggression and response to novelty' factor and the RST FFFS explained different aspects of dog behaviour problems. Importantly, whilst the DIAS factors indicated tendencies towards avoidant behaviours, the FFFS discriminated between active and passive avoidance. The findings suggest a partial overlapping between the DIAS and RST scales, and highlights the utility of personality models in investigating behaviour problems in dogs. Copyright © 2018 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. A Primer to Relativistic MOND Theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bekenstein, J. D.; Sanders, R. H.

    We first review the nonrelativistic Lagrangian theory as a framework for the MOND equation. Obstructions to a relativistic version of it are discussed leading up to TeVeS, a relativistic tensor-vector-scalar field theory which displays both MOND and Newtonian limits. The whys for its particular structure are discussed and its achievements so far are summarized.

  3. Theory and simulations of current drive via injection of an electron beam in the ACT-1 device

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Okuda, H.; Horton, R.; Ono, M.

    1985-02-01

    One- and two-dimensional particle simulations of beam-plasma interaction have been carried out in order to understand current drive experiments that use an electron beam injected into the ACT-1 device. Typically, the beam velocity along the magnetic field is V = 10/sup 9/ cm/sec while the thermal velocity of the background electrons is v/sub t/ = 10/sup 8//cm. The ratio of the beam density to the background density is about 10% so that a strong beam-plasma instability develops causing rapid diffusion of beam particles. For both one- and two- dimensional simulations, it is found that a significant amount of beam andmore » background electrons is accelerated considerably beyond the initial beam velocity when the beam density is more than a few percent of the background plasma density. In addition, electron distribution along the magnetic field has a smooth negative slope, f' (v/sub parallel/) < 0, for v/ sub parallel/ > 0 extending v/sub parallel/ = 1.5 V approx. 2 V, which is in sharp contrast to the predictions from quasilinear theory. An estimate of the mean-free path for beam electrons due to Coulomb collisions reveals that the beam electrons can propagate a much longer distance than is predicted from a quasilinear theory, due to the presence of a high energy tail. These simulation results agree well with the experimental observations from the ACT-1 device.« less

  4. Hamiltonian formulation of Palatini f(R) theories a la Brans-Dicke theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Olmo, Gonzalo J.; Sanchis-Alepuz, Helios; Institut fuer Physik, Karl-Franzens-Universitaet Graz

    2011-05-15

    We study the Hamiltonian formulation of f(R) theories of gravity both in metric and in Palatini formalism using their classical equivalence with Brans-Dicke theories with a nontrivial potential. The Palatini case, which corresponds to the {omega}=-3/2 Brans-Dicke theory, requires special attention because of new constraints associated with the scalar field, which is nondynamical. We derive, compare, and discuss the constraints and evolution equations for the {omega}=-3/2 and {omega}{ne}-3/2 cases. Based on the properties of the constraint and evolution equations, we find that, contrary to certain claims in the literature, the Cauchy problem for the {omega}=-3/2 case is well formulated andmore » there is no reason to believe that it is not well posed in general.« less

  5. Geographical Theories.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Golledge, Reginald G.

    1996-01-01

    Discusses the origin of theories in geography and particularly the development of location theories. Considers the influence of economic theory on agricultural land use, industrial location, and geographic location theories. Explores a set of interrelated activities that show how the marketing process illustrates process theory. (MJP)

  6. Apocalypticism in Secular Public Discourse: A Proposed Theory.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mixon, Harold; Hopkins, Mary Frances

    1989-01-01

    Examines Biblical apocalyptic theory and secular apocalyptic literature. Proposes a new theory of apocalypticism in secular public discourse derived from those two major theories. Provides examples of apocalypticism in secular public discourse. (MM)

  7. A Theory of the Function of Technical Writing.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ross, Donald, Jr.

    1981-01-01

    Advances the theory that technical writing functions as a replacement for memory--an information storage receptacle. Lists the formal and stylistic features implied by such a theory. Considers the future development of technical writing within the context of this theory. (RL)

  8. Measurement of the inclusive electron spectrum from B meson decays and determination of | V u b |

    DOE PAGES

    Lees, J. P.; Poireau, V.; Tisserand, V.; ...

    2017-04-01

    Based on the full BABAR data sample of 466.5 millionmore » $$B\\bar{B}$$ pairs, we present measurements of the electron spectrum from semileptonic B meson decays. We fit the inclusive electron spectrum to distinguish Cabibbo-Kobayashi-Maskawa (CKM) suppressed B → X ueν decays from the CKM-favored B → X ceν decays, and from various other backgrounds, and determine the total semileptonic branching fraction B (B → Xeν) = ( 10.34 ± 0.04 stat ± 0.2 6 syst)%, averaged over B ± and B 0 mesons. We determine the spectrum and branching fraction for charmless B → X ueν decays and extract the CKM element | V ub| , by relying on four different QCD calculations based on the heavy quark expansion. While experimentally, the electron momentum region above 2.1 GeV / c is favored, because the background is relatively low, the uncertainties for the theoretical predictions are largest in the region near the kinematic endpoint. Detailed studies to assess the impact of these four predictions on the measurements of the electron spectrum, the branching fraction, and the extraction of the CKM matrix element |V ub| are presented, with the lower limit on the electron momentum varied from 0.8 GeV / c to the kinematic endpoint. We determine |V ub| using each of these different calculations and find, |V ub| = ( 3.794 ± 0.107 exp $$+ 0.292\\atop{ - 0.219 SF}$$ $$+ 0.078 \\atop{- 0.068 theory}$$ ) × 10 - 3 (De Fazio and Neubert), (4.563 ± 0.126 exp $$+ 0.230\\atop {- 0.208 SF}$$ $$+ 0.162\\atop{- 0.163 theory}$$ ) ×10 -3 (Bosch, Lange, Neubert, and Paz), (3.959 ± 0.104 exp $$+ 0.164\\atop{- 0.154 SF}$$ $$+ 0.042\\atop{ - 0.079 theory}$$ ) × 10 -3 (Gambino, Giordano, Ossola, and Uraltsev), (3.848 ± 0.108 exp $$+ 0.084\\atop{ - 0.070 theory}$$) × 10 -3 (dressed gluon exponentiation), where the stated uncertainties refer to the experimental uncertainties of the partial branching fraction measurement, the shape function parameters, and the theoretical calculations.« less

  9. The boundaries of instance-based learning theory for explaining decisions from experience.

    PubMed

    Gonzalez, Cleotilde

    2013-01-01

    Most demonstrations of how people make decisions in risky situations rely on decisions from description, where outcomes and their probabilities are explicitly stated. But recently, more attention has been given to decisions from experience where people discover these outcomes and probabilities through exploration. More importantly, risky behavior depends on how decisions are made (from description or experience), and although prospect theory explains decisions from description, a comprehensive model of decisions from experience is yet to be found. Instance-based learning theory (IBLT) explains how decisions are made from experience through interactions with dynamic environments (Gonzalez et al., 2003). The theory has shown robust explanations of behavior across multiple tasks and contexts, but it is becoming unclear what the theory is able to explain and what it does not. The goal of this chapter is to start addressing this problem. I will introduce IBLT and a recent cognitive model based on this theory: the IBL model of repeated binary choice; then I will discuss the phenomena that the IBL model explains and those that the model does not. The argument is for the theory's robustness but also for clarity in terms of concrete effects that the theory can or cannot account for. Copyright © 2013 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Chern-Simons theory on a hypersphere

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    McKeon, D. G. C.

    1990-08-01

    We demonstrate that a non-Abelian Chern-Simons field theory can be mapped from three-dimensional Euclidean space onto the surface of a sphere in four dimensions using a stereographic projection. The theory is manifestly invariant under a rotation on the four-dimensional hypersphere. An explicit one-loop calculation shows that the curvature of the hypersphere induces a conformal anomaly.

  11. Self-Determination Theory as a Foundation for Personality Researchers.

    PubMed

    Sheldon, Kennon M; Prentice, Mike

    2017-11-16

    In this introductory article we first describe the impetus for this special issue. What made us think that Self-Determination Theory (SDT) might provide a sort of foundation for the rest of personality psychology? For readers unfamiliar with SDT, we then provide a historical overview which covers the evolution of the six "mini-theories" that currently comprise SDT: cognitive evaluation theory, causality orientations theory, organismic integration theory, basic psychological needs theory, goal contents theory, and relational motivation theory. Following each section are preliminary suggestions about how each mini-theory might be useful or informative in other branches of personality. This special issue contains 9 articles, each of which makes its own attempt to newly link its area of personality research to SDT. Even if SDT is not the appropriate seed for greater consilience in personality psychology, we urge the field not to neglect the search for unifying principles (Sheldon, Chen, & Hilpert, 2011); it may finally be time to renew the search for a "grand theory" in personality. This article is protected by copyright. All rights reserved. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  12. Venkatapuram's Capability theory of Health: A Critical Discussion.

    PubMed

    Tengland, Per-Anders

    2016-01-01

    The discussion about theories of health has recently had an important new input through the work of Sridhar Venkatapuram. He proposes a combination of Lennart Nordenfelt's holistic theory of health and Martha Nussbaum's version of the capability approach. The aim of the present article is to discuss and evaluate this proposal. The article starts with a discussion of Nordenfelt's theory and evaluates Venkatapuram' critique of it, that is, of its relativism, both regarding goals and environment, and of the subjectivist theory of happiness used. Then the article explains why Nordenfelt's idea of a reasonable environment is not a problem for the theory, and it critiques Venkatapuram's own incorporation of the environment into the concept of health, suggesting that this makes the concept too wide. It contends, moreover, that Venkatapuram's alternative theory retains a problem inherent in Nordenfelt's theory, namely, that health is conceived of as a second-order ability. It is argued that health should, instead, be defined as first-order abilities. This means that health cannot be seen as a capability, and also that health cannot be seen as a meta-capability of the kind envisioned by Venkatapuram. It is, furthermore, argued that the theory lacks one crucial aspect of health, namely, subjective wellbeing. Finally, the article tries to illustrate how health, in the suggested alternative sense, as first-order abilities, fits into Nussbaum's capability theory, since health as an 'actuality' is part of all the 'combined capabilities' suggested by Nussbaum. © 2016 John Wiley & Sons Ltd.

  13. A first order theory of the p/+/-n-n/+/ edge-illuminated silicon solar cell at very high injection levels

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Goradia, C.; Sater, B. L.

    1977-01-01

    A first order theory of the edge-illuminated p(+)-n-n(+) silicon solar cell under very high injection levels has been derived. The very high injection level illuminated J-V characteristic is derived for any general base width to diffusion length (W/L) ratio and it includes the minority carrier reflection by the n-n(+) high-low junction. The beneficial effects of the high-low junction are shown to be significant until extremely high injection levels are reached. The theoretical dependencies of Jsc and Voc on temperature, incident intensity, and base resistivity are derived and discussed in detail. Some experimental results are given and these are discussed in relation to the theory.

  14. Considering methodological options for reviews of theory: illustrated by a review of theories linking income and health

    PubMed Central

    2014-01-01

    Background Review of theory is an area of growing methodological advancement. Theoretical reviews are particularly useful where the literature is complex, multi-discipline, or contested. It has been suggested that adopting methods from systematic reviews may help address these challenges. However, the methodological approaches to reviews of theory, including the degree to which systematic review methods can be incorporated, have received little discussion in the literature. We recently employed systematic review methods in a review of theories about the causal relationship between income and health. Methods This article discusses some of the methodological issues we considered in developing the review and offers lessons learnt from our experiences. It examines the stages of a systematic review in relation to how they could be adapted for a review of theory. The issues arising and the approaches taken in the review of theories in income and health are considered, drawing on the approaches of other reviews of theory. Results Different approaches to searching were required, including electronic and manual searches, and electronic citation tracking to follow the development of theories. Determining inclusion criteria was an iterative process to ensure that inclusion criteria were specific enough to make the review practical and focused, but not so narrow that key literature was excluded. Involving subject specialists was valuable in the literature searches to ensure principal papers were identified and during the inductive approaches used in synthesis of theories to provide detailed understanding of how theories related to another. Reviews of theory are likely to involve iterations and inductive processes throughout, and some of the concepts and techniques that have been developed for qualitative evidence synthesis can be usefully translated to theoretical reviews of this kind. Conclusions It may be useful at the outset of a review of theory to consider whether the key

  15. Considering methodological options for reviews of theory: illustrated by a review of theories linking income and health.

    PubMed

    Campbell, Mhairi; Egan, Matt; Lorenc, Theo; Bond, Lyndal; Popham, Frank; Fenton, Candida; Benzeval, Michaela

    2014-10-13

    Review of theory is an area of growing methodological advancement. Theoretical reviews are particularly useful where the literature is complex, multi-discipline, or contested. It has been suggested that adopting methods from systematic reviews may help address these challenges. However, the methodological approaches to reviews of theory, including the degree to which systematic review methods can be incorporated, have received little discussion in the literature. We recently employed systematic review methods in a review of theories about the causal relationship between income and health. This article discusses some of the methodological issues we considered in developing the review and offers lessons learnt from our experiences. It examines the stages of a systematic review in relation to how they could be adapted for a review of theory. The issues arising and the approaches taken in the review of theories in income and health are considered, drawing on the approaches of other reviews of theory. Different approaches to searching were required, including electronic and manual searches, and electronic citation tracking to follow the development of theories. Determining inclusion criteria was an iterative process to ensure that inclusion criteria were specific enough to make the review practical and focused, but not so narrow that key literature was excluded. Involving subject specialists was valuable in the literature searches to ensure principal papers were identified and during the inductive approaches used in synthesis of theories to provide detailed understanding of how theories related to another. Reviews of theory are likely to involve iterations and inductive processes throughout, and some of the concepts and techniques that have been developed for qualitative evidence synthesis can be usefully translated to theoretical reviews of this kind. It may be useful at the outset of a review of theory to consider whether the key aim of the review is to scope out

  16. A class of minimally modified gravity theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lin, Chunshan; Mukohyama, Shinji, E-mail: chunshan.lin@yukawa.kyoto-u.ac.jp, E-mail: shinji.mukohyama@yukawa.kyoto-u.ac.jp

    We investigate the Hamiltonian structure of a class of gravitational theories whose actions are linear in the lapse function. We derive the necessary and sufficient condition for a theory in this class to have two or less local physical degrees of freedom. As an application we then find several concrete examples of modified gravity theories in which the total number of local physical degrees of freedom in the gravity sector is two.

  17. Job Satisfaction: A Possible Integration of Two Theories

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hazer, John T.

    1976-01-01

    A rationale for deciding which motivation methods to use for employees who have differing levels of satisfaction. Discusses pros and cons of two theories on job satisfaction--Herzberg's theory and the traditional theory--suggesting strongly a need to combine both ideas. (WL)

  18. New techniques in neutron data measurements above 30 MeV

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Lisowski, P.W.; Haight, R.C.

    1991-01-01

    Recent developments in experimental facilities have enabled new techniques for measurements of neutron interactions above 30 MeV. Foremost is the development of both monoenergetic and continuous neutron sources using accelerators in the medium energy region between 100 and 800 MeV. Measurements of the reaction products have been advanced by the continuous improvement in detector systems, electronics and computers. Corresponding developments in particle transport codes and in the theory of nuclear reactions at these energies have allowed more precise design of neutron sources, experimental shielding and detector response. As a result of these improvements, many new measurements are possible and themore » data base in this energy range is expanding quickly.« less

  19. Is abstinence education theory based? The underlying logic of abstinence education programs in Texas.

    PubMed

    Goodson, Patricia; Pruitt, B E; Suther, Sandy; Wilson, Kelly; Buhi, Eric

    2006-04-01

    Authors examined the logic (or the implicit theory) underlying 16 abstinence-only-until-marriage programs in Texas (50% of all programs funded under the federal welfare reform legislation during 2001 and 2002). Defined as a set of propositions regarding the relationship between program activities and their intended outcomes, program staff's implicit theories were summarized and compared to (a) data from studies on adolescent sexual behavior, (b) a theory-based model of youth abstinent behavior, and (c) preliminary findings from the national evaluation of Title V programs. Authors interviewed 62 program directors and instructors and employed selected principles of grounded theory to analyze interview data. Findings indicated that abstinence education staff could clearly articulate the logic guiding program activity choices. Comparisons between interview data and a theory-based model of adolescent sexual behavior revealed striking similarities. Implications of these findings for conceptualizing and evaluating abstinence-only-until-marriage (or similar) programs are examined.

  20. A Theory of Immersion Freezing

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Barahona, Donifan

    2017-01-01

    Immersion freezing is likely involved in the initiation of precipitation and determines to large extent the phase partitioning in convective clouds. Theoretical models commonly used to describe immersion freezing in atmospheric models are based on the classical nucleation theory which however neglects important interactions near the immersed particle that may affect nucleation rates. This work introduces a new theory of immersion freezing based on two premises. First, immersion ice nucleation is mediated by the modification of the properties of water near the particle-liquid interface, rather than by the geometry of the ice germ. Second, the same mechanism that leads to the decrease in the work of germ formation also decreases the mobility of water molecules near the immersed particle. These two premises allow establishing general thermodynamic constraints to the ice nucleation rate. Analysis of the new theory shows that active sites likely trigger ice nucleation, but they do not control the overall nucleation rate nor the probability of freezing. It also suggests that materials with different ice nucleation efficiency may exhibit similar freezing temperatures under similar conditions but differ in their sensitivity to particle surface area and cooling rate. Predicted nucleation rates show good agreement with observations for a diverse set of materials including dust, black carbon and bacterial ice nucleating particles. The application of the new theory within the NASA Global Earth System Model (GEOS-5) is also discussed.

  1. Formally exact integral equation theory of the exchange-only potential in density functional theory: Refined closure approximation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    March, N. H.; Nagy, Á.

    A fonnally exact integral equation theory for the exchange-only potential Vx(r) in density functional theory was recently set up by Howard and March [I.A. Howard, N.H. March, J. Chem. Phys. 119 (2003) 5789]. It involved a `closure' function P(r) satisfying the exact sum rule ∫ P(r) dr = 0. The simplest choice P(r) = 0 recovers then the approximation proposed by Della Sala and Görling [F. Della Sala, A. Görling, J. Chem. Phys. 115 (2001) 5718] and by Gritsenko and Baerends [O.V. Gritsenko, E.J. Baerends, Phys. Rev. A 64 (2001) 042506]. Here, refined choices of P(r) are proposed, the most direct being based on the KLI (Krieger-Li-Iafrate) approximation. A further choice given some attention is where P(r) involves frontier orbital properties. In particular, the introduction of the LUMO (lowest unoccupied molecular) orbital, along with the energy separation between HOMO (highest occupied molecular orbital) and LUMO levels, should prove a significant step beyond current approximations to the optimized potential method, all of which involve only single-particle occupied orbitals.

  2. A synopsis on aging-Theories, mechanisms and future prospects.

    PubMed

    da Costa, João Pinto; Vitorino, Rui; Silva, Gustavo M; Vogel, Christine; Duarte, Armando C; Rocha-Santos, Teresa

    2016-08-01

    Answering the question as to why we age is tantamount to answering the question of what is life itself. There are countless theories as to why and how we age, but, until recently, the very definition of aging - senescence - was still uncertain. Here, we summarize the main views of the different models of senescence, with a special emphasis on the biochemical processes that accompany aging. Though inherently complex, aging is characterized by numerous changes that take place at different levels of the biological hierarchy. We therefore explore some of the most relevant changes that take place during aging and, finally, we overview the current status of emergent aging therapies and what the future holds for this field of research. From this multi-dimensional approach, it becomes clear that an integrative approach that couples aging research with systems biology, capable of providing novel insights into how and why we age, is necessary. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  3. Theory X and Theory Y in the Organizational Structure.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Barry, Thomas J.

    This document defines contrasting assumptions about the labor force--theory X and theory Y--and shows how they apply to the pyramid organizational structure, examines the assumptions of the two theories, and finally, based on a survey and individual interviews, proposes a merger of theories X and Y to produce theory Z. Organizational structures…

  4. Local self-energies for V and Pd emergent from a nonlocal LDA+FLEX implementation

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Savrasov, Sergey Y.; Resta, Giacomo; Wan, Xiangang

    2018-04-01

    In the spirit of recently developed LDA+U and LDA+DMFT methods, we implement a combination of density functional theory in its local density approximation (LDA) with a k - and ω -dependent self-energy found from diagrammatic fluctuational exchange (FLEX) approximation. The active Hilbert space here is described by the correlated subset of electrons which allows one to tremendously reduce the sizes of the matrices needed to represent charge and spin susceptibilities. The method is perturbative in nature but accounts for both bubble and ladder diagrams and accumulates the physics of momentum-resolved spin fluctuations missing in such popular approach as GW. As an application, we study correlation effects on band structures in V and Pd. The d -electron self-energies emergent from this calculation are found to be remarkably k independent. However, when we compare our calculated electronic mass enhancements against LDA+DMFT, we find that for the longstanding problem of spin fluctuations in Pd, LDA+FLEX delivers a better agreement with experiment, although this conclusion depends on a particular value of the Hubbard U used in the simulation. We also discuss outcomes of a recently proposed combination of k -dependent FLEX with dynamical mean-field theory (DMFT).

  5. A Lie based 4-dimensional higher Chern-Simons theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zucchini, Roberto

    2016-05-01

    We present and study a model of 4-dimensional higher Chern-Simons theory, special Chern-Simons (SCS) theory, instances of which have appeared in the string literature, whose symmetry is encoded in a skeletal semistrict Lie 2-algebra constructed from a compact Lie group with non discrete center. The field content of SCS theory consists of a Lie valued 2-connection coupled to a background closed 3-form. SCS theory enjoys a large gauge and gauge for gauge symmetry organized in an infinite dimensional strict Lie 2-group. The partition function of SCS theory is simply related to that of a topological gauge theory localizing on flat connections with degree 3 second characteristic class determined by the background 3-form. Finally, SCS theory is related to a 3-dimensional special gauge theory whose 2-connection space has a natural symplectic structure with respect to which the 1-gauge transformation action is Hamiltonian, the 2-curvature map acting as moment map.

  6. Photoabsorption and S 2p photoionization of the SF6 molecule: resonances in the excitation energy range of 200-280 eV.

    PubMed

    Stener, M; Bolognesi, P; Coreno, M; O'Keeffe, P; Feyer, V; Fronzoni, G; Decleva, P; Avaldi, L; Kivimäki, A

    2011-05-07

    Photoabsorption and S 2p photoionization of the SF(6) molecule have been studied experimentally and theoretically in the excitation energy range up to 100 eV above the S 2p ionization potentials. In addition to the well-known 2t(2g) and 4e(g) shape resonances, the spin-orbit-resolved S 2p photoionization cross sections display two weak resonances between 200 and 210 eV, a wide resonance around 217 eV, a Fano-type resonance around 240 eV, and a second wide resonance around 260 eV. Calculations based on time-dependent density functional theory allow us to assign the 217-eV and 260-eV features to the shape resonances in S 2p photoionization. The Fano resonance is caused by the interference between the direct S 2p photoionization channel and the resonant channel that results from the participator decay of the S 2s(-1)6t(1u) excited state. The weak resonances below 210-eV photon energy, not predicted by theory, are tentatively suggested to originate from the coupling between S 2p shake-up photoionization and S 2p single-hole photoionization. The experimental and calculated angular anisotropy parameters for S 2p photoionization are in good agreement.

  7. Towards a theory of tiered testing.

    PubMed

    Hansson, Sven Ove; Rudén, Christina

    2007-06-01

    Tiered testing is an essential part of any resource-efficient strategy for the toxicity testing of a large number of chemicals, which is required for instance in the risk management of general (industrial) chemicals, In spite of this, no general theory seems to be available for the combination of single tests into efficient tiered testing systems. A first outline of such a theory is developed. It is argued that chemical, toxicological, and decision-theoretical knowledge should be combined in the construction of such a theory. A decision-theoretical approach for the optimization of test systems is introduced. It is based on expected utility maximization with simplified assumptions covering factual and value-related information that is usually missing in the development of test systems.

  8. A new theory for X-ray diffraction

    PubMed Central

    Fewster, Paul F.

    2014-01-01

    This article proposes a new theory of X-ray scattering that has particular relevance to powder diffraction. The underlying concept of this theory is that the scattering from a crystal or crystallite is distributed throughout space: this leads to the effect that enhanced scatter can be observed at the ‘Bragg position’ even if the ‘Bragg condition’ is not satisfied. The scatter from a single crystal or crystallite, in any fixed orientation, has the fascinating property of contributing simultaneously to many ‘Bragg positions’. It also explains why diffraction peaks are obtained from samples with very few crystallites, which cannot be explained with the conventional theory. The intensity ratios for an Si powder sample are predicted with greater accuracy and the temperature factors are more realistic. Another consequence is that this new theory predicts a reliability in the intensity measurements which agrees much more closely with experimental observations compared to conventional theory that is based on ‘Bragg-type’ scatter. The role of dynamical effects (extinction etc.) is discussed and how they are suppressed with diffuse scattering. An alternative explanation for the Lorentz factor is presented that is more general and based on the capture volume in diffraction space. This theory, when applied to the scattering from powders, will evaluate the full scattering profile, including peak widths and the ‘background’. The theory should provide an increased understanding of the reliability of powder diffraction measurements, and may also have wider implications for the analysis of powder diffraction data, by increasing the accuracy of intensities predicted from structural models. PMID:24815975

  9. A new theory for X-ray diffraction.

    PubMed

    Fewster, Paul F

    2014-05-01

    This article proposes a new theory of X-ray scattering that has particular relevance to powder diffraction. The underlying concept of this theory is that the scattering from a crystal or crystallite is distributed throughout space: this leads to the effect that enhanced scatter can be observed at the `Bragg position' even if the `Bragg condition' is not satisfied. The scatter from a single crystal or crystallite, in any fixed orientation, has the fascinating property of contributing simultaneously to many `Bragg positions'. It also explains why diffraction peaks are obtained from samples with very few crystallites, which cannot be explained with the conventional theory. The intensity ratios for an Si powder sample are predicted with greater accuracy and the temperature factors are more realistic. Another consequence is that this new theory predicts a reliability in the intensity measurements which agrees much more closely with experimental observations compared to conventional theory that is based on `Bragg-type' scatter. The role of dynamical effects (extinction etc.) is discussed and how they are suppressed with diffuse scattering. An alternative explanation for the Lorentz factor is presented that is more general and based on the capture volume in diffraction space. This theory, when applied to the scattering from powders, will evaluate the full scattering profile, including peak widths and the `background'. The theory should provide an increased understanding of the reliability of powder diffraction measurements, and may also have wider implications for the analysis of powder diffraction data, by increasing the accuracy of intensities predicted from structural models.

  10. Meaning Finds a Way: Chaos (Theory) and Composition

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Kyburz, Bonnie Lenore

    2004-01-01

    The explanatory power provided by the chaos theory is explored. A dynamic and reciprocal relationship between culture and chaos theory indicates that the progressive cultural work may be formed by the cross-disciplinary resonance of chaos theory.

  11. Using Virtual Pets to Increase Fruit and Vegetable Consumption in Children: A Technology-Assisted Social Cognitive Theory Approach.

    PubMed

    Ahn, Sun Joo Grace; Johnsen, Kyle; Moore, James; Brown, Scott; Biersmith, Melanie; Ball, Catherine

    2016-02-01

    A virtual pet in the form of a mid-sized dog was developed based on the framework of social cognitive theory and tested as a vehicle for promoting fruit and vegetable (F&V) consumption in children. Three groups of children (N = 68) between the ages of 7 and 13 years were studied: baseline (no treatment), computer only, and virtual dog. Children in the virtual dog condition interacted with the virtual dog for 3 days, setting F&V consumption goals and receiving evaluation and reinforcement based on whether they met their self-set goals. Children vicariously experienced future health outcomes of F&V consumption by seeing, hearing, and feeling their virtual dog's physical and mental health improve or deteriorate based on their F&V consumption in the physical world. Children in the computer only condition interacted with a computer system that presented equivalent features, but without the virtual dog. Children in the baseline condition did not receive any experimental treatment. Results indicated that children in the virtual dog condition chose to be served significantly more F&V than those in the computer only or baseline conditions did. However, children in the virtual dog condition were unable to consume significantly more F&V than those in the computer only condition, although children in those two conditions consumed more F&V than the baseline condition. Food preferences did not differ significantly across the three conditions before and after the experimental treatments. Theoretical and practical potentials of using a virtual pet to promote F&V consumption systematically in children are discussed.

  12. Abelian gauge symmetries in F-theory and dual theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Song, Peng

    In this dissertation, we focus on important physical and mathematical aspects, especially abelian gauge symmetries, of F-theory compactifications and its dual formulations within type IIB and heterotic string theory. F-theory is a non-perturbative formulation of type IIB string theory which enjoys important dualities with other string theories such as M-theory and E8 x E8 heterotic string theory. One of the main strengths of F-theory is its geometrization of many physical problems in the dual string theories. In particular, its study requires a lot of mathematical tools such as advanced techniques in algebraic geometry. Thus, it has also received a lot of interests among mathematicians, and is a vivid area of research within both the physics and the mathematics community. Although F-theory has been a long-standing theory, abelian gauge symmetry in Ftheory has been rarely studied, until recently. Within the mathematics community, in 2009, Grassi and Perduca first discovered the possibility of constructing elliptically fibered varieties with non-trivial toric Mordell-Weil group. In the physics community, in 2012, Morrison and Park first made a major advancement by constructing general F-theory compactifications with U(1) abelian gauge symmetry. They found that in such cases, the elliptically-fibered Calabi-Yau manifold that F-theory needs to be compactified on has its fiber being a generic elliptic curve in the blow-up of the weighted projective space P(1;1;2) at one point. Subsequent developments have been made by Cvetic, Klevers and Piragua extended the works of Morrison and Park and constructed general F-theory compactifications with U(1) x U(1) abelian gauge symmetry. They found that in the U(1) x U(1) abelian gauge symmetry case, the elliptically-fibered Calabi-Yau manifold that F-theory needs to be compactified on has its fiber being a generic elliptic curve in the del Pezzo surface dP2. In chapter 2 of this dissertation, I bring this a step further by

  13. Analysis of S2QA- charge recombination with the Arrhenius, Eyring and Marcus theories.

    PubMed

    Rantamäki, Susanne; Tyystjärvi, Esa

    2011-01-01

    The Q band of photosynthetic thermoluminescence, measured in the presence of a herbicide that blocks electron transfer from PSII, is associated with recombination of the S(2)Q(A)(-) charge pair. The same charge recombination reaction can be monitored with chlorophyll fluorescence. It has been shown that the recombination occurs via three competing routes of which one produces luminescence. In the present study, we measured the thermoluminescence Q band and the decay of chlorophyll fluorescence yield after a single turnover flash at different temperatures from spinach thylakoids. The data were analyzed using the commonly used Arrhenius theory, the Eyring rate theory and the Marcus theory of electron transfer. The fitting error was minimized for both thermoluminescence and fluorescence by adjusting the global, phenomenological constants obtained when the reaction rate theories were applied to the multi-step recombination reaction. For chlorophyll fluorescence, all three theories give decent fits. The peak position of the thermoluminescence Q band is correct by all theories but the form of the Q band is somewhat different in curves predicted by the three theories. The Eyring and Marcus theories give good fits for the decreasing part of the thermoluminescence curve and Marcus theory gives the closest fit for the rising part. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  14. Testing V-A in Top Decay at CDF at √s = 1.8 TeV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Kilminster, Ben

    2004-02-01

    The structure of the tbW vertex can be probed by measuring the polarization of the W in t → W + b → l + ν + b. The invariant mass of the the lepton and b quark measures the W decay angle which in turn allows a comparison with polarizations expected from a V-A and V+A tbW vertex. We measure the fraction by rate of Ws produced with a V+A coupling in lieu of the Standard Model V-A to be fV+A = -0.21-0.24+0.42 (stat) ± 0.21 (sys). We assign a limit of fV+A < 0.80 @ 95% CL. By combining this result with a complementary observable in the same data, we assign a limit of fV+A < 0.61 @ 95% CL. From this CDF Run I preliminary result, we find no evidence for a non-standard Model tbW vertex.

  15. A Study of Student Publications Adviser Management Style (Theory X, Theory Y).

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Ames, Steve

    Members of the National Council of College Publications Advisers were surveyed to determine the predominant management style within which the advisers worked. The choices of management style were restrictive-Theory X and permissive-Theory Y. Respondents were encouraged to give general examples, cite specific incidents, and include clippings from…

  16. Geologic Mapping of V-19, V-28, and V-53

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Stofan, E. R.; Martin, P.; Guest, J. E.

    2008-01-01

    The Sedna Planitia Quadrangle (V-19) extend from 25 deg N - 50 deg N latitude, 330 deg - 0 deg longitude. The quadrangle contains the northern-most portion of western Eistla Regio and the Sedna Planitia lowlands. Geologic maps of Sedna Planitia (V-199), Hecate Chasma (V-28) quadrangles have been completed at the 1:5,000,000 scale as part of the NASA Planetary Geologic Mapping Program. All quadrangles (V-53, V-28 and V-19) have been reviewed at lease once and will be resubmitted. In V-28 and V-53, more plains materials units have been mapped than in previously mapped quadrangles V-46 and V-39. V-19 is more comparable to these latter maps in terms of numbers of plains units. In V-28, all of the plains materials units to the south of the rift have an unusually high concentration of volcanic edifices, which both predate and postdate the units. A similar situation is seen in V-53 and V-19, where small edifice formation is not confined to any specific time period. In the two chasma-related quadrangles, coronae are located along the rift, as well as to the north and the south of the rifts. Coronae in both quadrangles exhibit all forms of corona topographic shapes, including depressions, rimmed depressions, plateaus and domes. In V-28 and V-53, some coronae along the rift do not have much associated volcanism; coronae with the most volcanism in these quadrangles are located at least 500 km off the rifts or on the Themis Regio highland. All three quadrangles have very horizontal stratigraphic columns, as limited contact between units prevents clear age determinations. While this results in the appearance that all units formed at the same time, the use of hachured columns for each unit illustrates the limited nature of our stratigraphic knowledge in these quadrangles, allowing for numerous possible geologic histories. The scale of resurfacing in these quadrangles is on the scale of 100s of kilometers, consistent with the fact that they lie in the most volcanic region of

  17. Translation of the V. I. Arnold paper "From Superpositions to KAM Theory" (Vladimir Igorevich Arnold. Selected — 60, Moscow: PHASIS, 1997, pp. 727-740)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Sevryuk, Mikhail B.

    2014-11-01

    V. I. Arnold (12 June 1937-3 June 2010) published several papers where he described, in the form of recollections, his two earliest research problems (superpositions of continuous functions and quasi-periodic motions in dynamical systems), the main results and their interrelations: [A1], then [A2] (reprinted as [A4, A6]), and [A3] (translated into English by the author as [A5]). The first exposition [A1] has never been translated into English; however, it contains many details absent in the subsequent articles. It seems therefore that publishing the English translation of the paper [A1] would not be superfluous. What follows is this translation. In many cases, the translator gives complete bibliographic descriptions of various papers mentioned briefly in the original Russian text. The English translations of papers in Russian are also pointed out where possible. A related material is contained also in Arnold's recollections "On A.N. Kolmogorov". Slightly different versions of these reminiscences were published several times in Russian and English [A7-A12]. The early history of KAM theory is also discussed in detail in the recent brilliant semi-popular book [A13].

  18. Item Response Theory: A Basic Concept

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Mahmud, Jumailiyah

    2017-01-01

    With the development in computing technology, item response theory (IRT) develops rapidly, and has become a user friendly application in psychometrics world. Limitation in classical theory is one aspect that encourages the use of IRT. In this study, the basic concept of IRT will be discussed. In addition, it will briefly review the ability…

  19. Toward a Unified Theory of Context Dependence.

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hanna, Gerald S.; Oaster, Thomas R.

    1978-01-01

    Traces a major source of confusion in the literature on passage dependence and integrates the relevant concepts into a general theory of context dependence. Sample items and data illustrate practical applications of the theory. (AA)

  20. The charger transfer electronic coupling in diabatic perspective: A multi-state density functional theory study

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Guo, Xinwei; Qu, Zexing; Gao, Jiali

    2018-01-01

    The multi-state density functional theory (MSDFT) provides a convenient way to estimate electronic coupling of charge transfer processes based on a diabatic representation. Its performance has been benchmarked against the HAB11 database with a mean unsigned error (MUE) of 17 meV between MSDFT and ab initio methods. The small difference may be attributed to different representations, diabatic from MSDFT and adiabatic from ab initio calculations. In this discussion, we conclude that MSDFT provides a general and efficient way to estimate the electronic coupling for charge-transfer rate calculations based on the Marcus-Hush model.

  1. Question 6: coevolution theory of the genetic code: a proven theory.

    PubMed

    Wong, Jeffrey Tze-Fei

    2007-10-01

    The coevolution theory proposes that primordial proteins consisted only of those amino acids readily obtainable from the prebiotic environment, representing about half the twenty encoded amino acids of today, and the missing amino acids entered the system as the code expanded along with pathways of amino acid biosynthesis. The isolation of genetic code mutants, and the antiquity of pretran synthesis revealed by the comparative genomics of tRNAs and aminoacyl-tRNA synthetases, have combined to provide a rigorous proof of the four fundamental tenets of the theory, thus solving the riddle of the structure of the universal genetic code.

  2. Critical Social Theory: A Portrait

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Torres, Carlos A.

    2012-01-01

    The term Critical Social Theory is employed in this article following the tradition of the Frankfurt School, and particularly the work of Herbert Marcuse and his interpretation of the political and social philosophy of Hegel and Marx. Discussing the contribution of G.W.F. Hegel to social theory Marcuse argued that: "Hegel's system brings to a…

  3. Transitions theory: a trajectory of theoretical development in nursing.

    PubMed

    Im, Eun-Ok

    2011-01-01

    There have been very few investigations into how any single nursing theory has actually evolved historically. In this paper, a trajectory of theoretical development in nursing is explored through reviewing the theoretical development of a single nursing theory-transitions theory. The literature related to transitions theory was searched and retrieved using multiple databases. Ninety-nine papers were analyzed according to type of theory, populations of interest, sources of theorizing, and theoretical methods. Transitions theory originated in research but was initially borrowed. It also arose in research with immigrants and from national and international collaborative research efforts. A product of mentoring, transitions theory is used widely in nursing education, research, and practice. Diverse thoughts related to transitions theory coexist. For future theoretical development in nursing, we need to remain open to new ideas and continue to engage in multiple collaborative efforts. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  4. 30 CFR 57.22222 - Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2011 CFR

    2011-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2011-07-01 2011-07-01 false Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines). 57.22222 Section 57.22222 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH....22222 Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines). Brattice cloth and...

  5. 30 CFR 57.22222 - Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).

    Code of Federal Regulations, 2010 CFR

    2010-07-01

    ... 30 Mineral Resources 1 2010-07-01 2010-07-01 false Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines). 57.22222 Section 57.22222 Mineral Resources MINE SAFETY AND HEALTH....22222 Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines). Brattice cloth and...

  6. The V471 Tauri System: A Multi-data-type Probe

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Vaccaro, T. R.; Wilson, R. E.; Van Hamme, W.; Terrell, Dirk

    2015-09-01

    V471 Tauri, a white dwarf-red dwarf eclipsing binary (EB) in the Hyades, is well known for stimulating development of common envelope theory, whereby novae and other cataclysmic variables form from much wider binaries by catastrophic orbit shrinkage. Our evaluation of a recent imaging search that reported negative results for a much postulated third body shows that the object could have escaped detection or may have actually been seen. The balance of evidence continues to favor a brown dwarf companion about 12 AU from the EB. A recently developed algorithm finds unified solutions from three data types. New radial velocities (RVs) of the red dwarf and {{BVR}}C{I}C light curves are solved simultaneously along with white dwarf and red dwarf RVs from the literature, uvby data, the Microvariability and Oscillations of Stars mission light curve, and 40 years of eclipse timings. Precision-based weighting is the key to proper information balance among the various data sets. Timewise variation of modeled starspots allows unified solution of multiple data eras. Light-curve amplitudes strongly suggest decreasing spottedness from 1976 to about 1980, followed by approximately constant spot coverage from 1981 to 2005. An explanation is proposed for lack of noticeable variation in 1981 light curves, in terms of competition between spot and tidal variations. Photometric-spectroscopic distance is estimated. The red dwarf mass comes out larger than normal for a K2 V star, and even larger than adopted in several structure and evolution papers. An identified cause for this result is that much improved red dwarf RV curves now exist.

  7. The free-energy principle: a unified brain theory?

    PubMed

    Friston, Karl

    2010-02-01

    A free-energy principle has been proposed recently that accounts for action, perception and learning. This Review looks at some key brain theories in the biological (for example, neural Darwinism) and physical (for example, information theory and optimal control theory) sciences from the free-energy perspective. Crucially, one key theme runs through each of these theories - optimization. Furthermore, if we look closely at what is optimized, the same quantity keeps emerging, namely value (expected reward, expected utility) or its complement, surprise (prediction error, expected cost). This is the quantity that is optimized under the free-energy principle, which suggests that several global brain theories might be unified within a free-energy framework.

  8. Psychoanalysis and homosexuality: do we need a new theory?

    PubMed

    Auchincloss, E L; Vaughan, S C

    2001-01-01

    No need exists, it is argued, for a new psychoanalytic theory of homosexuality. Certainly psychoanalysis should not be expected to generate such a theory using its own methodology alone. The preoccupation with producing such a theory avoids more important questions about psychoanalytic theory building raised by an examination of the long relationship between psychoanalysis and homosexuality. These questions concern the problems related to using psychoanalytic methodology (1) to construct categories (including the categories normal and abnormal), (2) to construct causal theory (the problems include the limitations of psychoanalytic developmental theory and a long-standing confusion between psychoanalytic developmental theory, psychoanalytic genetic reconstruction, and psychodynamics), and (3) to identify "bedrock." Finally, the question is addressed of what might be needed that is new in the psychoanalytic approach to homosexuality.

  9. Basis convergence of range-separated density-functional theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Franck, Odile, E-mail: odile.franck@etu.upmc.fr; Mussard, Bastien, E-mail: bastien.mussard@upmc.fr; CNRS, UMR 7616, Laboratoire de Chimie Théorique, F-75005 Paris

    2015-02-21

    Range-separated density-functional theory (DFT) is an alternative approach to Kohn-Sham density-functional theory. The strategy of range-separated density-functional theory consists in separating the Coulomb electron-electron interaction into long-range and short-range components and treating the long-range part by an explicit many-body wave-function method and the short-range part by a density-functional approximation. Among the advantages of using many-body methods for the long-range part of the electron-electron interaction is that they are much less sensitive to the one-electron atomic basis compared to the case of the standard Coulomb interaction. Here, we provide a detailed study of the basis convergence of range-separated density-functional theory. Wemore » study the convergence of the partial-wave expansion of the long-range wave function near the electron-electron coalescence. We show that the rate of convergence is exponential with respect to the maximal angular momentum L for the long-range wave function, whereas it is polynomial for the case of the Coulomb interaction. We also study the convergence of the long-range second-order Møller-Plesset correlation energy of four systems (He, Ne, N{sub 2}, and H{sub 2}O) with cardinal number X of the Dunning basis sets cc − p(C)V XZ and find that the error in the correlation energy is best fitted by an exponential in X. This leads us to propose a three-point complete-basis-set extrapolation scheme for range-separated density-functional theory based on an exponential formula.« less

  10. Basis convergence of range-separated density-functional theory.

    PubMed

    Franck, Odile; Mussard, Bastien; Luppi, Eleonora; Toulouse, Julien

    2015-02-21

    Range-separated density-functional theory (DFT) is an alternative approach to Kohn-Sham density-functional theory. The strategy of range-separated density-functional theory consists in separating the Coulomb electron-electron interaction into long-range and short-range components and treating the long-range part by an explicit many-body wave-function method and the short-range part by a density-functional approximation. Among the advantages of using many-body methods for the long-range part of the electron-electron interaction is that they are much less sensitive to the one-electron atomic basis compared to the case of the standard Coulomb interaction. Here, we provide a detailed study of the basis convergence of range-separated density-functional theory. We study the convergence of the partial-wave expansion of the long-range wave function near the electron-electron coalescence. We show that the rate of convergence is exponential with respect to the maximal angular momentum L for the long-range wave function, whereas it is polynomial for the case of the Coulomb interaction. We also study the convergence of the long-range second-order Møller-Plesset correlation energy of four systems (He, Ne, N2, and H2O) with cardinal number X of the Dunning basis sets cc - p(C)V XZ and find that the error in the correlation energy is best fitted by an exponential in X. This leads us to propose a three-point complete-basis-set extrapolation scheme for range-separated density-functional theory based on an exponential formula.

  11. Statistical Teleodynamics: Toward a Theory of Emergence.

    PubMed

    Venkatasubramanian, Venkat

    2017-10-24

    The central scientific challenge of the 21st century is developing a mathematical theory of emergence that can explain and predict phenomena such as consciousness and self-awareness. The most successful research program of the 20th century, reductionism, which goes from the whole to parts, seems unable to address this challenge. This is because addressing this challenge inherently requires an opposite approach, going from parts to the whole. In addition, reductionism, by the very nature of its inquiry, typically does not concern itself with teleology or purposeful behavior. Modeling emergence, in contrast, requires the addressing of teleology. Together, these two requirements present a formidable challenge in developing a successful mathematical theory of emergence. In this article, I describe a new theory of emergence, called statistical teleodynamics, that addresses certain aspects of the general problem. Statistical teleodynamics is a mathematical framework that unifies three seemingly disparate domains-purpose-free entities in statistical mechanics, human engineered teleological systems in systems engineering, and nature-evolved teleological systems in biology and sociology-within the same conceptual formalism. This theory rests on several key conceptual insights, the most important one being the recognition that entropy mathematically models the concept of fairness in economics and philosophy and, equivalently, the concept of robustness in systems engineering. These insights help prove that the fairest inequality of income is a log-normal distribution, which will emerge naturally at equilibrium in an ideal free market society. Similarly, the theory predicts the emergence of the three classes of network organization-exponential, scale-free, and Poisson-seen widely in a variety of domains. Statistical teleodynamics is the natural generalization of statistical thermodynamics, the most successful parts-to-whole systems theory to date, but this generalization is

  12. Towards a Theory of Moral Education

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Hand, Michael

    2014-01-01

    In this inaugural lecture, delivered at the University of Birmingham in January 2014, I sketch the outline of a theory of moral education. The theory is an attempt to resolve the tension between two thoughts widely entertained by teachers, policy-makers and the general public. The first thought is that morality must be learned: children must come…

  13. Identity theory and personality theory: mutual relevance.

    PubMed

    Stryker, Sheldon

    2007-12-01

    Some personality psychologists have found a structural symbolic interactionist frame and identity theory relevant to their work. This frame and theory, developed in sociology, are first reviewed. Emphasized in the review are a multiple identity conception of self, identities as internalized expectations derived from roles embedded in organized networks of social interaction, and a view of social structures as facilitators in bringing people into networks or constraints in keeping them out, subsequently, attention turns to a discussion of the mutual relevance of structural symbolic interactionism/identity theory and personality theory, looking to extensions of the current literature on these topics.

  14. ⁵¹V NMR Crystallography of Vanadium Chloroperoxidase and Its Directed Evolution P395D/L241V/T343A Mutant: Protonation Environments of the Active Site.

    PubMed

    Gupta, Rupal; Hou, Guangjin; Renirie, Rokus; Wever, Ron; Polenova, Tatyana

    2015-04-29

    Vanadium-dependent haloperoxidases (VHPOs) perform two-electron oxidation of halides using hydrogen peroxide. Their mechanism, including the factors determining the substrate specificity and the pH-dependence of the catalytic rates, is poorly understood. The vanadate cofactor in the active site of VHPOs contains "spectroscopically silent" V(V), which does not change oxidation state during the reaction. We employed an NMR crystallography approach based on (51)V magic angle spinning NMR spectroscopy and Density Functional Theory, to gain insights into the structure and coordination environment of the cofactor in the resting state of vanadium-dependent chloroperoxidases (VCPO). The cofactor environments in the wild-type VCPO and its P395D/L241V/T343A mutant exhibiting 5-100-fold improved catalytic activity are examined at various pH values. Optimal sensitivity attained due to the fast MAS probe technologies enabled the assignment of the location and number of protons on the vanadate as a function of pH. The vanadate cofactor changes its protonation from quadruply protonated at pH 6.3 to triply protonated at pH 7.3 to doubly protonated at pH 8.3. In contrast, in the mutant, the vanadate protonation is the same at pH 5.0 and 8.3, and the cofactor is doubly protonated. This methodology to identify the distinct protonation environments of the cofactor, which are also pH-dependent, could help explain the different reactivities of the wild-type and mutant VCPO and their pH-dependence. This study demonstrates that (51)V-based NMR crystallography can be used to derive the detailed coordination environments of vanadium centers in large biological molecules.

  15. A study of hypersonic small-disturbance theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Van Dyke, Milton D

    1954-01-01

    A systematic study is made of the approximate inviscid theory of thin bodies moving at such high supersonic speeds that nonlinearity is an essential feature of the equations of flow. The first-order small-disturbance equations are derived for three-dimensional motions involving shock waves, and estimates are obtained for the order of error involved in the approximation. The hypersonic similarity rule of Tsien and Hayes, and Hayes' unsteady analogy appear in the course of the development. It is shown that the hypersonic theory can be interpreted so that it applies also in the range of linearized supersonic flow theory. Several examples are solved according to the small-disturbance theory, and compared with the full solutions when available.

  16. A3V5O14 (A = K+, Rb+, or Tl+), new polar oxides with a tetragonal tungsten bronze related structural topology: synthesis, structure, and functional properties.

    PubMed

    Yeon, Jeongho; Kim, Sang-Hwan; Halasyamani, P Shiv

    2010-08-02

    Three polar noncentrosymmetric (NCS) oxide materials, A(3)V(5)O(14) (A = K(+), Rb(+), or Tl(+)), have been synthesized by hydrothermal and conventional solid state techniques. Their crystal structures and functional properties (second-harmonic generation, piezoelectricity, and polarization) have been determined. The iso-structural materials exhibit a layered structural topology that consists of corner-sharing VO(4) tetrahedra and VO(5) square pyramids. The layers stack parallel to the c-axis direction and are separated by the K(+), Rb(+), or Tl(+) cations. Powder second-harmonic generation (SHG) measurements using 1064 nm radiation indicate the materials exhibit moderate SHG efficiencies of approximately 100 x alpha-SiO(2). Additional SHG measurements, that is, particle size versus SHG efficiency, indicate the materials are type-I phase-matchable. Converse piezoelectric measurements for K(3)V(5)O(14), Rb(3)V(5)O(14), and Tl(3)V(5)O(14) revealed d(33) values of 28, 22, and 26 pm/V, respectively. Pyroelectric measurements, that is, temperature-dependent polarization measurements, resulted in pyroelectric coefficients of -2.2, -2.9, and -2.8 microC/m(2) x K at 65 degrees C, for K(3)V(5)O(14), Rb(3)V(5)O(14), and Tl(3)V(5)O(14) respectively. Frequency-dependent polarization measurements confirmed that all of the materials are nonferroelectric, consistent with our first principle density functional theory (DFT) electronic structure calculations. Infrared, UV-vis, thermogravimetric, and differential scanning calorimetry measurements were also performed. Crystal data: K(3)V(5)O(14), trigonal, space group P31m (No. 157), a = 8.6970(16) A, c = 4.9434(19) A, V = 323.81(15), and Z = 1; Rb(3)V(5)O(14), trigonal, space group P31m (No. 157), a = 8.7092(5) A, c = 5.2772(7) A, V = 346.65(5), and Z = 1; Tl(3)V(5)O(14), trigonal, space group P31m (No. 157), a = 8.7397(8) A, c = 5.0846(10) A, V = 336.34(8), and Z = 1.

  17. Elemental abundance analyses with DAO spectrograms: XXXII. HR 6455 (A3 III), δ Aqr (A3 V), η Lep (F2 V), and 1 Boo (A1 V)

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yüce, K.; Adelman, S. J.; Gulliver, A. F.; Hill, G.

    2011-08-01

    We examine the sharp-lined stars HR 6455 (A3 III, v sin i = 8.7 km s-1) and η Lep (F2 V, v sin i = 13.5 km s-1) as well as δ Aqr (A3 V, v sin i = 81 km s-1) and 1 Boo (A1 V, v sin i = 59 km s-1) to increase the number consistently analyzed A and F stars using high dispersion and high S/N (≥200) spectrograms obtained with CCD detectors at the long Coudé camera of the 1.22-m telescope of the Dominion Astrophysical Observatory. Such studies contribute to understanding systematic abundance differences between normal and non-magnetic main-sequence band chemically peculiar A and early F stars. LTE fine analyses of HR 6455, δ Aqr, and 1 Boo using Kurucz's ATLAS suite programs show the same general elemental abundance trends with differences in the metal richness. Light and iron-peak element abundances are generally solar or overabundant while heavy element and rare earth element abundances are overabundant. HR 6455 is an evolved Am star while δ Aqr and 1 Boo show the phenomenon to different extents. Most derived abundances of η Lep are solar. Table 3 is available at the CDS via http://cdsarc.u-strasbg.fr/cgi-bin/qcat?J/AN/332/681

  18. Electroweak Sudakov logarithms and real gauge-boson radiation in the TeV region

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bell, G.; Kühn, J. H.; Rittinger, J.

    2010-12-01

    Electroweak radiative corrections give rise to large negative, double-logarithmically enhanced corrections in the TeV region. These are partly compensated by real radiation and, moreover, affected by selecting isospin-non-invariant external states. We investigate the impact of real gauge boson radiation more quantitatively by considering different restricted final state configurations. We consider successively a massive abelian gauge theory, a spontaneously broken SU(2) theory and the electroweak Standard Model. We find that details of the choice of the phase space cuts, in particular whether a fraction of collinear and soft radiation is included, have a strong impact on the relative amount of real and virtual corrections.

  19. Diffusion of hydrogen into and through γ-iron by density functional theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Chohan, Urslaan K.; Koehler, Sven P. K.; Jimenez-Melero, Enrique

    2018-06-01

    This study is concerned with the early stages of hydrogen embrittlement on an atomistic scale. We employed density functional theory to investigate hydrogen diffusion through the (100), (110) and (111) surfaces of γ-Fe. The preferred adsorption sites and respective energies for hydrogen adsorption were established for each plane, as well as a minimum energy pathway for diffusion. The H atoms adsorb on the (100), (110) and (111) surfaces with energies of ∼4.06 eV, ∼3.92 eV and ∼4.05 eV, respectively. The barriers for bulk-like diffusion for the (100), (110) and (111) surfaces are ∼0.6 eV, ∼0.5 eV and ∼0.7 eV, respectively. We compared these calculated barriers with previously obtained experimental data in an Arrhenius plot, which indicates good agreement between experimentally measured and theoretically predicted activation energies. Texturing austenitic steels such that the (111) surfaces of grains are preferentially exposed at the cleavage planes may be a possibility to reduce hydrogen embrittlement.

  20. An A{sub r} threesome: Matrix models, 2d conformal field theories, and 4dN=2 gauge theories

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Schiappa, Ricardo; Wyllard, Niclas

    We explore the connections between three classes of theories: A{sub r} quiver matrix models, d=2 conformal A{sub r} Toda field theories, and d=4N=2 supersymmetric conformal A{sub r} quiver gauge theories. In particular, we analyze the quiver matrix models recently introduced by Dijkgraaf and Vafa (unpublished) and make detailed comparisons with the corresponding quantities in the Toda field theories and the N=2 quiver gauge theories. We also make a speculative proposal for how the matrix models should be modified in order for them to reproduce the instanton partition functions in quiver gauge theories in five dimensions.

  1. Analysis of the adhesion of Pseudomonas putida NCIB 9816-4 to a silica gel as a model soil using extended DLVO theory.

    PubMed

    Hwang, Geelsu; Lee, Chang-Ha; Ahn, Ik-Sung; Mhin, Byung Jin

    2010-07-15

    The extended Derjaguin-Landau-Verwey-Overbeek (DLVO) theory was applied to explain the hydrophobic interaction-mediated adhesion of Pseudomonas putida NCIB 9816-4 to soil. Soil particles are heterogeneous, and it is difficult to define consistent physico-chemical properties such as a contact angle and zeta potential. Hence, a silica gel and a silanized (3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-coated) silica gel, which showed greater hydrophobicity than the unmodified silica gel, were used as model soils. Gibbs energies for the cell adhesion to the silica gels were calculated with the physico-chemical properties of the microbes and the silica gels and then plotted as a function of the separation distance. The extended DLVO theory successfully explained that the adhesion of P. putida NCIB 9816-4 to the silica gel, a model soil, was primarily caused by hydrophobic interaction. 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  2. Geometric model from microscopic theory for nuclear absorption

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    John, Sarah; Townsend, Lawrence W.; Wilson, John W.; Tripathi, Ram K.

    1993-01-01

    A parameter-free geometric model for nuclear absorption is derived herein from microscopic theory. The expression for the absorption cross section in the eikonal approximation, taken in integral form, is separated into a geometric contribution that is described by an energy-dependent effective radius and two surface terms that cancel in an asymptotic series expansion. For collisions of light nuclei, an expression for the effective radius is derived from harmonic oscillator nuclear density functions. A direct extension to heavy nuclei with Woods-Saxon densities is made by identifying the equivalent half-density radius for the harmonic oscillator functions. Coulomb corrections are incorporated, and a simplified geometric form of the Bradt-Peters type is obtained. Results spanning the energy range from 1 MeV/nucleon to 1 GeV/nucleon are presented. Good agreement with experimental results is obtained.

  3. Geometric model for nuclear absorption from microscopic theory

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    John, S.; Townsend, L. W.; Wilson, J. W.; Tripathi, R. K.

    1993-01-01

    A parameter-free geometric model for nuclear absorption is derived from microscopic theory. The expression for the absorption cross section in the eikonal approximation taken in integral form is separated into a geometric contribution, described by an energy-dependent effective radius, and two surface terms which are shown to cancel in an asymptotic series expansion. For collisions of light nuclei, an expression for the effective radius is derived using harmonic-oscillator nuclear density functions. A direct extension to heavy nuclei with Woods-Saxon densities is made by identifying the equivalent half density radius for the harmonic-oscillator functions. Coulomb corrections are incorporated and a simplified geometric form of the Bradt-Peters type obtained. Results spanning the energy range of 1 MeV/nucleon to 1 GeV/nucleon are presented. Good agreement with experimental results are obtained.

  4. A subjective utilitarian theory of moral judgment.

    PubMed

    Cohen, Dale J; Ahn, Minwoo

    2016-10-01

    Current theories hypothesize that moral judgments are difficult because rational and emotional decision processes compete. We present a fundamentally different theory of moral judgment: the Subjective Utilitarian Theory of moral judgment. The Subjective Utilitarian Theory posits that people try to identify and save the competing item with the greatest "personal value." Moral judgments become difficult only when the competing items have similar personal values. In Experiment 1, we estimate the personal values of 104 items. In Experiments 2-5, we show that the distributional overlaps of the estimated personal values account for over 90% of the variance in reaction times (RTs) and response choices in a moral judgment task. Our model fundamentally restructures our understanding of moral judgments from a competition between decision processes to a competition between similarly valued items. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2016 APA, all rights reserved).

  5. The Theory of a Free Jet of a Compressible Gas

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Abramovich, G. N.

    1944-01-01

    In the present report the theory of free turbulence propagation and the boundary layer theory are developed for a plane-parallel free stream of a compressible fluid. In constructing the theory use was made of the turbulence hypothesis by Taylor (transport of vorticity) which gives best agreement with test results for problems involving heat transfer in free jets.

  6. V & V Within Reuse-Based Software Engineering

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Addy, Edward A.

    1996-01-01

    Verification and validation (V&V) is used to increase the level of assurance of critical software, particularly that of safety-critical and mission critical software. This paper describes the working group's success in identifying V&V tasks that could be performed in the domain engineering and transition levels of reuse-based software engineering. The primary motivation for V&V at the domain level is to provide assurance that the domain requirements are correct and that the domain artifacts correctly implement the domain requirements. A secondary motivation is the possible elimination of redundant V&V activities at the application level. The group also considered the criteria and motivation for performing V&V in domain engineering.

  7. Statistical mechanics of light elements at high pressure. V Three-dimensional Thomas-Fermi-Dirac theory. [relevant to Jovian planetary interiors

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Macfarlane, J. J.; Hubbard, W. B.

    1983-01-01

    A numerical technique for solving the Thomas-Fermi-Dirac (TED) equation in three dimensions, for an array of ions obeying periodic boundary conditions, is presented. The technique is then used to calculate deviations from ideal mixing for an alloy of hydrogen and helium at zero temperature and high presures. Results are compared with alternative models which apply perturbation theory to calculation of the electron distribution, based upon the assumption of weak response of the electron gas to the ions. The TFD theory, which permits strong electron response, always predicts smaller deviations from ideal mixing than would be predicted by perturbation theory. The results indicate that predicted phase separation curves for hydrogen-helium alloys under conditions prevailing in the metallic zones of Jupiter and Saturn are very model dependent.

  8. Toward a gauge field theory of gravity.

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Yilmaz, H.

    Joint use of two differential identities (Bianchi and Freud) permits a gauge field theory of gravity in which the gravitational energy is localizable. The theory is compatible with quantum mechanics and is experimentally viable.

  9. A Theory of Conflict and Operational Art,

    DTIC Science & Technology

    1988-05-09

    4NXLFE 1 9 MAY 06 F/O 1516 ML I Ehhhflhflhhflflhhf llmommmmo son7 of h- % 400 .z % o I ~ iH~i cv) 4N 00 00< A Theory of Conflict and Operational Art byI...PROJECT TASK WORK UNIT ELEMENT NO. NO. NO. ACCESSION NO. 11. TITLE (Include Security Classification) A Theory of Conflict and Operational Art 12...SUB-GROUP conflict ideas linkage operational art theory levels of war low intensity conflict actions short of war 19. ABSTRACT (Continue on reverse

  10. The Theory of Evolution - A Jewish Perspective

    PubMed Central

    Steinberg, Avraham

    2010-01-01

    All possible pro and con arguments regarding the theory of evolution have been discussed and debated in the vast literature—scientific, religious, and lay—in the past 150 years. There is usually great zealotry in all debating parties, with mutual intolerance of ideas and concepts, disrespect toward opposing opinions and positions, and usage of very harsh language. This prejudiced approach usually does not allow for a reasonable debate. It is important to look at the facts, assumptions, and beliefs of the theory of evolution in a more calm and humble way. In this article a comparative analysis is offered between the scientific aspects of the theory of evolution and a Judaic approach to these aspects. The two sets of human thought—religion and science—are fundamentally different in their aims and purposes, in their methods of operation, in their scope of interest and issues, and in their origin and ramifications. Whenever science surpasses its limits, or religion exceeds its boundaries, it actually is a form of an abuse of both. This has happened to the theory of evolution in a more powerful mode than any other interaction between science and religion. The agenda of many scientists who promote the theory of evolution is to achieve the goal of understanding the existence of the universe as a random, purposeless, natural development, evolved slowly over billions of years from a common ancestor by way of natural selection, devoid of any supernatural metaphysical power. Jewish faith perceives the development of the universe in a different way: God created the world, with a purpose known to Him; He established natural laws that govern the world; and He imposed a moral-religious set of requirements upon Man. The discussion and comparative analysis in this article is based upon the current neo-Darwinian theory, although it seems almost certain that even the new and modern assumptions and speculations will continue to be challenged, changed, and revised as new

  11. The theory of evolution - a jewish perspective.

    PubMed

    Steinberg, Avraham

    2010-07-01

    All possible pro and con arguments regarding the theory of evolution have been discussed and debated in the vast literature-scientific, religious, and lay-in the past 150 years. There is usually great zealotry in all debating parties, with mutual intolerance of ideas and concepts, disrespect toward opposing opinions and positions, and usage of very harsh language. This prejudiced approach usually does not allow for a reasonable debate. It is important to look at the facts, assumptions, and beliefs of the theory of evolution in a more calm and humble way. In this article a comparative analysis is offered between the scientific aspects of the theory of evolution and a Judaic approach to these aspects. The two sets of human thought-religion and science-are fundamentally different in their aims and purposes, in their methods of operation, in their scope of interest and issues, and in their origin and ramifications. Whenever science surpasses its limits, or religion exceeds its boundaries, it actually is a form of an abuse of both. This has happened to the theory of evolution in a more powerful mode than any other interaction between science and religion. The agenda of many scientists who promote the theory of evolution is to achieve the goal of understanding the existence of the universe as a random, purposeless, natural development, evolved slowly over billions of years from a common ancestor by way of natural selection, devoid of any supernatural metaphysical power. JEWISH FAITH PERCEIVES THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE UNIVERSE IN A DIFFERENT WAY: God created the world, with a purpose known to Him; He established natural laws that govern the world; and He imposed a moral-religious set of requirements upon Man. The discussion and comparative analysis in this article is based upon the current neo-Darwinian theory, although it seems almost certain that even the new and modern assumptions and speculations will continue to be challenged, changed, and revised as new scientific

  12. Towards a General Theory of Immunity?

    PubMed

    Eberl, Gérard; Pradeu, Thomas

    2018-04-01

    Theories are indispensable to organize immunological data into coherent, explanatory, and predictive frameworks. We propose to combine different models to develop a unifying theory of immunity which situates immunology in the wider context of physiology. We believe that the immune system will be increasingly understood as a central component of a network of partner physiological systems that interconnect to maintain homeostasis. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. Supernatural supersymmetry and its classic example: M-theory inspired NMSSM

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Li, Tianjun; Raza, Shabbar; Wang, Xiao-Chuan

    2016-06-01

    We briefly review the supernatural supersymmetry (SUSY), which provides a most promising solution to the SUSY electroweak fine-tuning problem. In particular, we address its subtle issues as well. Unlike the minimal supersymmetric standard model (MSSM), the next to MSSM (NMSSM) can be scale invariant and has no mass parameter in its Lagrangian before SUSY and gauge symmetry breakings. Therefore, the NMSSM is a perfect framework for supernatural SUSY. To give the SUSY breaking soft mass to the singlet, we consider the moduli and dilaton dominant SUSY breaking scenarios in M-theory on S1/Z2. In these scenarios, SUSY is broken by one and only one F term of moduli or dilaton, and the SUSY breaking soft terms can be determined via the Kähler potential and superpotential from Calabi-Yau compactification of M-theory on S1/Z2. Thus, as predicted by supernatural SUSY, the SUSY electroweak fine-tuning measure is of unity order. In the moduli dominant SUSY breaking scenario, the right-handed sleptons are relatively light around 1 TeV, stau can even be as light as 580 GeV and degenerate with the lightest neutralino, chargino masses are larger than 1 TeV, the light stop masses are around 2 TeV or larger, the first two-generation squark masses are about 3 TeV or larger, and gluinos are heavier tha.n squarks. In the dilaton dominant SUSY breaking scenario, the qualitative picture remains the same but we have heavier spectra as compared to the moduli dominant SUSY breaking scenario. In addition to it, we have Higgs H2/A1-resonance solutions for dark matter (DM). In both scenarios, the minimal value of DM relic density is about 0.2. To obtain the observed DM relic density, we can consider the dilution effect from supercritical string cosmology or introduce the axino as the lightest supersymmetric particle.

  14. A structuralist theory of evolution reconsidered.

    PubMed

    van der Hammen, L

    1997-01-01

    The structuralist theory of evolution is reconsidered in the light of new discoveries. According to this theory, the evolutionary potentialities are in the genotype (a hierarchically ordered set of interacting elements) and manifest themselves in the course of morphogenesis in association with changes in the environment. It is demonstrated that this theory is in fact the development of a long philosophical tradition, in which Darwin and Neo-Darwinism did not participate. New discoveries in the field of molecular cytogenetics confirm the ideas of evolutionary potentiality and hierarchical genotypic ordering. It is demonstrated that gene regulation can manifest itself in association with instabilities of the morphogenetic field and the attainment of a new equilibrium; this change could be connected with changes in the environment, but has nothing to do with natural selection.

  15. Two-dimensional wide-band-gap II-V semiconductors with a dilated graphene-like structure

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Zhang, Xue-Jing; Liu, Bang-Gui

    2016-12-01

    Since the advent of graphene, two-dimensional (2D) materials have become very attractive and there is growing interest in exploring new 2D materials beyond graphene. Here, through density-functional theory (DFT) calculations, we predict 2D wide-band-gap II-V semiconductor materials of M3X2 (M = Zn, Cd and X = N, P, As) with a dilated graphene-like honeycomb structure. In this structure the group-V X atoms form two X-atomic planes symmetrically astride the centering group-IIB M atomic plane. Our DFT calculation shows that 2D Zn3N2, Zn3P2 and Zn3As2 have direct band gaps of 2.87, 3.81 and 3.55 eV, respectively, and 2D Cd3N2, Cd3P2 and Cd3As2 exhibit indirect band gaps of 2.74, 3.51 and 3.29 eV, respectively. Each of the six 2D materials is shown to have effective carrier (either hole or electron) masses down to 0.03m 0-0.05m 0. The structural stability and feasibility of experimental realization of these 2D materials has been shown in terms of DFT phonon spectra and total energy comparison with related existing bulk materials. On the experimental side, there already are many similar two-coordinate structures of Zn and other transition metals in various organic materials. Therefore, these 2D semiconductors can enrich the family of 2D electronic materials and may have promising potential for achieving novel transistors and optoelectronic devices.

  16. Structure, reactivity, and electronic properties of V-doped Co clusters

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Datta, Soumendu; Kabir, Mukul; Saha-Dasgupta, Tanusri; Mookerjee, Abhijit

    2009-08-01

    Structures and physicochemical properties of V-doped Co13 clusters have been studied in detail using density-functional-theory-based first-principles method. We have found anomalous variation in stability of the doped clusters with increasing V concentration, which has been nicely demonstrated in terms of energetics and electronic properties of the clusters. Our study explains the nonmonotonic variation in reactivity of Co13-mVm clusters toward H2 molecules as reported experimentally [Nonose , J. Phys. Chem. 94, 2744 (1990)]. Moreover, it provides useful insight into the cluster geometry and chemically active sites on the cluster surface, which can help to design better catalytic processes.

  17. The Chaos Theory of Careers: A User's Guide

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Bright, Jim E. H.; Pryor, Robert G. L.

    2005-01-01

    The purpose of this article is to set out the key elements of the Chaos Theory of Careers. The complexity of influences on career development presents a significant challenge to traditional predictive models of career counseling. Chaos theory can provide a more appropriate description of career behavior, and the theory can be applied with clients…

  18. A note on the WGC, effective field theory and clockwork within string theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Ibáñez, Luis E.; Montero, Miguel

    2018-02-01

    It has been recently argued that Higgsing of theories with U(1) n gauge interactions consistent with the Weak Gravity Conjecture (WGC) may lead to effective field theories parametrically violating WGC constraints. The minimal examples typically involve Higgs scalars with a large charge with respect to a U(1) (e.g. charges ( Z, 1) in U(1)2 with Z ≫ 1). This type of Higgs multiplets play also a key role in clockwork U(1) theories. We study these issues in the context of heterotic string theory and find that, even if there is no new physics at the standard magnetic WGC scale Λ ˜ g IR M P , the string scale is just slightly above, at a scale ˜ √{k_{IR}}Λ. Here k IR is the level of the IR U(1) worldsheet current. We show that, unlike the standard magnetic cutoff, this bound is insensitive to subsequent Higgsing. One may argue that this constraint gives rise to no bound at the effective field theory level since k IR is model dependent and in general unknown. However there is an additional constraint to be taken into account, which is that the Higgsing scalars with large charge Z should be part of the string massless spectrum, which becomes an upper bound k IR ≤ k 0 2 , where k 0 is the level of the UV currents. Thus, for fixed k 0, Z cannot be made parametrically large. The upper bound on the charges Z leads to limitations on the size and structure of hierarchies in an iterated U(1) clockwork mechanism.

  19. The response of a thermoluminescent dosimeter to low energy protons in the range 30-100 keV.

    PubMed

    Chu, T C; Lin, S Y; Hsu, C C; Li, J P

    2001-11-01

    This study demonstrates the thermoluminescence (TL) response of CaF2:Tm (commercial name TLD-300) to 30-100 keV protons which were generated by means of a Cockcroft-Walton accelerator. The phenomenon in which the total thermoluminescent output from CaF2:Tm (TLD-300) decreases with proton energy from 30 to 100 keV (with increase of LET) can be interpreted by the track structure theory (TST). The analysis of the glow peaks: P2 (131 degrees C), P3 (153.5 degrees C) and P6 (259 degrees C), of TLD-300 show the oscillatory decreasing phenomenon as a function of incident proton energy, which can be interpreted with the TST and the oscillatory emission of electrons in a thermoluminescent dosimeter (TLD) that is caused by resonant or quasi-resonant charge transfer in ion-atom interactions in this TLD-300.

  20. Who's Qualified? Seeing Race in Color-Blind Times: Lessons from Fisher v. University of Texas

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Donnor, Jamel K.

    2015-01-01

    Using Howard Winant's racial dualism theory, this chapter explains how race was discursively operationalized in the recent U.S. Supreme Court higher education antiracial diversity case Fisher v. University of Texas at Austin.

  1. The Scientific Value of Cognitive Load Theory: A Research Agenda Based on the Structuralist View of Theories

    ERIC Educational Resources Information Center

    Gerjets, Peter; Scheiter, Katharina; Cierniak, Gabriele

    2009-01-01

    In this paper, two methodological perspectives are used to elaborate on the value of cognitive load theory (CLT) as a scientific theory. According to the more traditional critical rationalism of Karl Popper, CLT cannot be considered a scientific theory because some of its fundamental assumptions cannot be tested empirically and are thus not…

  2. Why we need a theory of suffering, and lots of other theories as well: commentary.

    PubMed

    Churchill, Larry R

    1991-01-01

    In the first section of his article, "The Role of Suffering and Community in Clinical Ethics," Erich Loewy sketches a theory of suffering. His conviction is that clinical medical ethics is not clearly rooted in theory and is inadequately grounded because of this. While acknowledging the merits of virtue ethics and casuistry, Loewy quickly dispenses with them, as contenders for this theoretical basis. Kantianism and utilitarianism are likewise rejected as "a universally acceptable grounding for ethics." In their place, Loewy proposes that "a deeper and more universal grounding can be found in the capacity of sentient beings to suffer." It is on this capacity to suffer that he builds his hierarchies of moral value, including primary, secondary, and symbolic worth. This theory of suffering should be welcomed. It promises to expand our awareness of clinical experience, and moral life generally, away from autonomy, utility, or virtue orientations toward attention to suffering and our response to it. Such a theory can give us a revitalized language to probe the issues of medical ethics. This should lead us to a careful reading of Loewy's larger work on which this article is based. Yet my enthusiasm is tempered by Loewy's noncritical acceptance of a peculiar, yet pervasive, understanding of the role and use of theory in ethics....

  3. BOOK REVIEW: String Theory in a Nutshell

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Skenderis, Kostas

    2007-11-01

    The book 'String Theory in a Nutshell' by Elias Kiritsis provides a comprehensive introduction to modern string theory. String theory is the leading candidate for a theory that successfully unifies all fundamental forces of nature, including gravity. The subject has been continuously developing since the early 1970s, with classic textbooks on the subject being those of Green, Schwarz and Witten (1987) and Polchinski (1998). Since the latter was published there have been substantial developments, in particular in understanding black holes and gravity/gauge theory dualities. A textbook treatment of this important material is clearly needed, both by students and researchers in string theory and by mathematicians and physicists working in related fields. This book has a good selection of material, starting from basics and moving into classic and modern topics. In particular, Kiritsis' presentation of the basic material is complementary to that of the earlier textbooks and he includes a number of topics which are not easily found or covered adequately elsewhere, for example, loop corrections to string effective couplings. Overall the book nicely covers the major advances of the last ten years, including (non-perturbative) string dualities, black hole physics, AdS/CFT and matrix models. It provides a concise but fairly complete introduction to these subjects which can be used both by students and by researchers. Moreover the emphasis is on results that are reasonably established, as is appropriate for a textbook; concise summaries are given for subjects which are still in flux, with references to relevant reviews and papers. A positive feature of the book is that the bibliography sections at the end of each chapter provide a comprehensive guide to the literature. The bibliographies point to reviews and pedagogical papers on subjects covered in this book as well as those that were omitted. It is rare for a textbook to contain such a self-contained and detailed guide to

  4. Spatial and temporal task characteristics as stress: a test of the dynamic adaptability theory of stress, workload, and performance.

    PubMed

    Szalma, James L; Teo, Grace W L

    2012-03-01

    The goal for this study was to test assertions of the dynamic adaptability theory of stress, which proposes two fundamental task dimensions, information rate (temporal properties of a task) and information structure (spatial properties of a task). The theory predicts adaptive stability across stress magnitudes, with progressive and precipitous changes in adaptive response manifesting first as increases in perceived workload and stress and then as performance failure. Information structure was manipulated by varying the number of displays to be monitored (1, 2, 4 or 8 displays). Information rate was manipulated by varying stimulus presentation rate (8, 12, 16, or 20 events/min). A signal detection task was used in which critical signals were pairs of digits that differed by 0 or 1. Performance accuracy declined and workload and stress increased as a function of increased task demand, with a precipitous decline in accuracy at the highest demand levels. However, the form of performance change as well as the pattern of relationships between speed and accuracy and between performance and workload/stress indicates that some aspects of the theory need revision. Implications of the results for the theory and for future research are discussed. Copyright © 2011 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  5. Towards a general theory of implementation.

    PubMed

    May, Carl

    2013-02-13

    Understanding and evaluating the implementation of complex interventions in practice is an important problem for healthcare managers and policy makers, and for patients and others who must operationalize them beyond formal clinical settings. It has been argued that this work should be founded on theory that provides a foundation for understanding, designing, predicting, and evaluating dynamic implementation processes. This paper sets out core constituents of a general theory of implementation, building on Normalization Process Theory and linking it to key constructs from recent work in sociology and psychology. These are informed by ideas about agency and its expression within social systems and fields, social and cognitive mechanisms, and collective action. This approach unites a number of contending perspectives in a way that makes possible a more comprehensive explanation of the implementation and embedding of new ways of thinking, enacting and organizing practice.

  6. Tetraquark resonances computed with static lattice QCD potentials and scattering theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Bicudo, Pedro; Cardoso, Marco; Peters, Antje; Pflaumer, Martin; Wagner, Marc

    2018-03-01

    We study tetraquark resonances with lattice QCD potentials computed for two static quarks and two dynamical quarks, the Born-Oppenheimer approximation and the emergent wave method of scattering theory. As a proof of concept we focus on systems with isospin I = 0, but consider different relative angular momenta l of the heavy b quarks. We compute the phase shifts and search for S and T matrix poles in the second Riemann sheet. We predict a new tetraquark resonance for l = 1, decaying into two B mesons, with quantum numbers I(JP) = 0(1-), mass m = 10576-4+4 MeV and decay width Γ = 112-103+90 MeV.

  7. A reciprocal theorem for a mixture theory. [development of linearized theory of interacting media

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Martin, C. J.; Lee, Y. M.

    1972-01-01

    A dynamic reciprocal theorem for a linearized theory of interacting media is developed. The constituents of the mixture are a linear elastic solid and a linearly viscous fluid. In addition to Steel's field equations, boundary conditions and inequalities on the material constants that have been shown by Atkin, Chadwick and Steel to be sufficient to guarantee uniqueness of solution to initial-boundary value problems are used. The elements of the theory are given and two different boundary value problems are considered. The reciprocal theorem is derived with the aid of the Laplace transform and the divergence theorem and this section is concluded with a discussion of the special cases which arise when one of the constituents of the mixture is absent.

  8. Aspects of effective supersymmetric theories

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Tziveloglou, Panteleimon

    This work consists of two parts. In the first part we construct the complete extension of the Minimal Supersymmetric Standard Model by higher dimensional effective operators and then study its phenomenology. These operators encapsulate the effects on LHC physics of any kind of new degrees of freedom at the multiTeV scale. The effective analysis includes the case where the multiTeV physics is the supersymmetry breaking sector itself. In that case the appropriate framework is nonlinear supersymmetry. We choose to realize the nonlinear symmetry by the method of constrained superfields. Beyond the new effective couplings, the analysis suggests an interpretation of the 'little hierarchy problem' as an indication of new physics at multiTeV scale. In the second part we explore the power of constrained superfields in extended supersymmetry. It is known that in N = 2 supersymmetry the gauge kinetic function cannot depend on hypermultiplet scalars. However, it is also known that the low energy effective action of a D-brane in an N = 2 supersymmetric bulk includes the DBI action, where the gauge kinetic function does depend on the dilaton. We show how the nonlinearization of the second SUSY (imposed by the presence of the D-brane) opens this possibility, by constructing the global N = 1 linear + 1 nonlinear invariant coupling of a hypermultiplet with a gauge multiplet. The constructed theory enjoys interesting features, including a novel super-Higgs mechanism without gravity.

  9. A path model investigation of neurocognition, theory of mind, social competence, negative symptoms and real-world functioning in schizophrenia.

    PubMed

    Couture, Shannon M; Granholm, Eric L; Fish, Scott C

    2011-02-01

    Problems in real-world functioning are pervasive in schizophrenia and much recent effort has been devoted to uncovering factors which contribute to poor functioning. The goal of this study was to examine the role of four such factors: social cognition (theory of mind), neurocognition, negative symptoms, and functional capacity (social competence). 178 individuals with schizophrenia or schizoaffective disorder completed measures of theory of mind, neurocognition, negative symptoms, social competence, and self-reported functioning. Path models sought to determine the relationships among these variables. Theory of mind as indexed by the Hinting Task partially mediated the relationship between neurocognition and social competence, and negative symptoms and social competence demonstrated significant direct paths with self-reported functioning. Study results suggest theory of mind serves as an important mediator in addition to previously investigated social cognitive domains of emotional and social perception. The current study also highlights the need to determine variables which mediate the relationship between functional capacity and real-world functioning. Copyright © 2010 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  10. Causal fermion systems as a candidate for a unified physical theory

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Finster, Felix; Kleiner, Johannes

    2015-07-01

    The theory of causal fermion systems is an approach to describe fundamental physics. Giving quantum mechanics, general relativity and quantum field theory as limiting cases, it is a candidate for a unified physical theory. We here give a non-technical introduction.

  11. A shielding theory for upward lightning

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Shindo, Takatoshi; Aihara, Yoshinori

    1993-01-01

    A new shielding theory is proposed based on the assumption that the occurrence of lightning strokes on the Japan Sea coast in winter is due to the inception of upward leaders from tall structures. Ratios of the numbers of lightning strokes to high structures observed there in winter show reasonable agreement with values calculated by this theory. Shielding characteristics of a high structure in various conditions are predicted.

  12. Analysis of fundamental parameters for V477 Lyr

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Shimansky, V. V.; Pozdnyakova, S. A.; Borisov, N. V.; Bikmaev, I. F.; Galeev, A. I.; Sakhibullin, N. A.; Spiridonova, O. I.

    2008-06-01

    We analyze the photometric and spectroscopic observations of the young pre-cataclysmic variable (pre-CV) V477 Lyr. The masses of both binary components have been corrected by analyzing their radial velocity curves. We show that agreement between the theoretical and observed light curves of the object is possible for several sets of its physical parameters corresponding to the chosen temperature of the primary component. The final parameters of V477 Lyr have been established by comparing observational data with evolutionary tracks for planetary nebula nuclei. The derived effective temperature of the O subdwarf is higher than that estimated by analyzing the object’s ultraviolet spectra by more than 10000 K. This is in agreement with the analogous results obtained previously for the young pre-CVs V664 Cas and UU Sge. The secondary component of V477 Lyr has been proven to have a more than 25-fold luminosity excess compared to main-sequence stars of similar mass. Comparison of the physical parameters for the cool stars in young pre-CVs indicates that their luminosities do not correlate with the masses of the objects. The observed luminosity excesses in such stars show a close correlation with the post-common-envelope lifetime of the systems and should be investigated within the framework of the theory of their relaxation to the state of main-sequence stars.

  13. A general relaxation theory of simple liquids

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Merilo, M.; Morgan, E. J.

    1973-01-01

    A relatively simple relaxation theory to account for the behavior of liquids under dynamic conditions was proposed. The general dynamical equations are similar in form to the phenomenological relaxation equations used in theories of viscoelasticity, however, they differ in that all the coefficients of the present equations are expressed in terms of thermodynamic and molecular quantities. The theory is based on the concept that flow in a liquid distorts both the radial and the velocity distribution functions, and that relaxation equations describing the return of these functions to their isotropic distributions, characterizing a stationary liquid, can be written. The theory was applied to the problems of steady and oscillatory shear flows and to the propagation of longitudinal waves. In all cases classical results are predicted for strain rates, and an expression for the viscosity of a liquid, simular to the Macedo-Litovitz equation, is obtained.

  14. Predicting a quaternary tungsten oxide for sustainable photovoltaic application by density functional theory

    DOE Office of Scientific and Technical Information (OSTI.GOV)

    Sarker, Pranab; Huda, Muhammad N., E-mail: huda@uta.edu; Al-Jassim, Mowafak M.

    2015-12-07

    A quaternary oxide, CuSnW{sub 2}O{sub 8} (CTTO), has been predicted by density functional theory (DFT) to be a suitable material for sustainable photovoltaic applications. CTTO possesses band gaps of 1.25 eV (indirect) and 1.37 eV (direct), which were evaluated using the hybrid functional (HSE06) as a post-DFT method. The hole mobility of CTTO was higher than that of silicon. Further, optical absorption calculations demonstrate that CTTO is a better absorber of sunlight than Cu{sub 2}ZnSnS{sub 4} and CuIn{sub x}Ga{sub 1−x}Se{sub 2} (x = 0.5). In addition, CTTO exhibits rigorous thermodynamic stability comparable to WO{sub 3}, as investigated by different thermodynamic approaches such as bondingmore » cohesion, fragmentation tendency, and chemical potential analysis. Chemical potential analysis further revealed that CTTO can be synthesized at flexible experimental growth conditions, although the co-existence of at least one secondary phase is likely. Finally, like other Cu-based compounds, the formation of Cu vacancies is highly probable, even at Cu-rich growth condition, which could introduce p-type activity in CTTO.« less

  15. Maxwell's theory of eddy currents in thin conducting sheets, and applications to electromagnetic shielding and MAGLEV

    NASA Astrophysics Data System (ADS)

    Saslow, W. M.

    1992-08-01

    Using the example of a monopole that is spontaneously generated above a thin conducting sheet, the simplicity and power of Maxwell's 1872 theory of eddy currents in thin conducting sheets is illustrated. This theory employs a receding image construction, with a characteristic recession velocity v0=2/(μ0σd), where the sheet has conductivity σ and thickness d. A modern derivation of the theory, employing the magnetic scalar potential, is also presented, with explicit use of the uniqueness theorem. Also discussed are limitations on the theory of which Maxwell, living in a time before the discovery of the electron, could not have been aware. Previous derivations either have not appealed explicitly to the uniqueness theorem, or have employed the now unfamiliar current function, and are therefore either incomplete or inaccessible to the modern reader. After the derivation, two important examples considered by Maxwell are presented-a monopole moving above a thin conducting sheet, and a monopole above a rotating thin conducting sheet (Arago's disk)-and it is argued that the lift force thus obtained makes Maxwell the grandfather, if not the father, of eddy current MAGLEV transportation systems. An energy conservation argument is given to derive Davis's result that, for a magnet of arbitrary size and shape moving parallel to a thin conducting sheet at a characteristic height h, with velocity v, the ratio of drag force to lift force is equal to v0/v, provided that d≪δc, where δc =√2h/(μ0σv). If d≫δc, the eddy currents are confined to a thickness δc, leading to an increase in the dissipation and the drag by a factor of d/δc, so that the ratio of drag to lift force becomes proportional to √v'0/v, where v'0 = 2/(μ0σh). The case of a monopole fixed in position, but oscillating in strength (such as can be simulated by one end of a long, narrow, ac solenoid), is also treated. This is employed to obtain the results for an oscillating magnetic dipole whose moment

  16. As(V) and Sb(V) co-adsorption onto ferrihydrite: synergistic effect of Sb(V) on As(V) under competitive conditions.

    PubMed

    Wu, Debo; Sun, Sheng-Peng; He, Minghe; Wu, Zhangxiong; Xiao, Jie; Chen, Xiao Dong; Wu, Winston Duo

    2018-05-01

    Competitive adsorption of As(V) and Sb(V) at environmentally relevant concentrations onto ferrihydrite was investigated. Batch experiments and XPS analyses confirmed that in a binary system, the presence of Sb(V) exhibited a slight synergistic effect on As(V) adsorption. XPS analyses showed that As(V) and Sb(V) adsorption led to obvious diminishment of Fe-O-Fe and Fe-O-H bonds respectively. At pH of 9, a more significant decrease of Fe-O-Fe was observed in the binary system than that in a single system, indicating that As(V) displayed an even stronger interaction with lattice oxygen atoms under competitive conditions. Basically, ionic strength demonstrated a negligible or positive influence on As(V) and Sb(V) adsorption in binary system. Study of adsorption sequence also indicated that the presence of Sb(V) showed a promotion effect on As(V) adsorption at neutral pHs. Considering that co-contamination of As and Sb in waters has been of great concern throughout the world, our findings contributed to a better understanding of their distribution, mobility, and fate in environment.

  17. Vestibular Activation Differentially Modulates Human Early Visual Cortex and V5/MT Excitability and Response Entropy

    PubMed Central

    Guzman-Lopez, Jessica; Arshad, Qadeer; Schultz, Simon R; Walsh, Vincent; Yousif, Nada

    2013-01-01

    Head movement imposes the additional burdens on the visual system of maintaining visual acuity and determining the origin of retinal image motion (i.e., self-motion vs. object-motion). Although maintaining visual acuity during self-motion is effected by minimizing retinal slip via the brainstem vestibular-ocular reflex, higher order visuovestibular mechanisms also contribute. Disambiguating self-motion versus object-motion also invokes higher order mechanisms, and a cortical visuovestibular reciprocal antagonism is propounded. Hence, one prediction is of a vestibular modulation of visual cortical excitability and indirect measures have variously suggested none, focal or global effects of activation or suppression in human visual cortex. Using transcranial magnetic stimulation-induced phosphenes to probe cortical excitability, we observed decreased V5/MT excitability versus increased early visual cortex (EVC) excitability, during vestibular activation. In order to exclude nonspecific effects (e.g., arousal) on cortical excitability, response specificity was assessed using information theory, specifically response entropy. Vestibular activation significantly modulated phosphene response entropy for V5/MT but not EVC, implying a specific vestibular effect on V5/MT responses. This is the first demonstration that vestibular activation modulates human visual cortex excitability. Furthermore, using information theory, not previously used in phosphene response analysis, we could distinguish between a specific vestibular modulation of V5/MT excitability from a nonspecific effect at EVC. PMID:22291031

  18. A theory of human error

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Mcruer, D. T.; Clement, W. F.; Allen, R. W.

    1980-01-01

    Human error, a significant contributing factor in a very high proportion of civil transport, general aviation, and rotorcraft accidents is investigated. Correction of the sources of human error requires that one attempt to reconstruct underlying and contributing causes of error from the circumstantial causes cited in official investigative reports. A validated analytical theory of the input-output behavior of human operators involving manual control, communication, supervisory, and monitoring tasks which are relevant to aviation operations is presented. This theory of behavior, both appropriate and inappropriate, provides an insightful basis for investigating, classifying, and quantifying the needed cause-effect relationships governing propagation of human error.

  19. Astrophysics and cosmology confront the 17 keV neutrino

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kolb, Edward W.; Turner, Michael S.

    1991-01-01

    A host of astrophysical and cosmological arguments severely constrain the properties of a 17 keV Dirac neutrino. Such a neutrino must have interactions beyond those of the standard electroweak theory to reduce its cosmic abundance (through decay or annihilation) by a factor of two hundred. A predicament arises because the additional helicity states of the neutrino necessary to construct a Dirac mass must have interactions strong enough to evade the astrophysical bound from SN 1987A, but weak enough to avoid violating the bound from primordial nucleosynthesis.

  20. Astrophysics and cosmology confront the 17-keV neutrino

    NASA Technical Reports Server (NTRS)

    Kolb, Edward W.; Turner, Michael S.

    1991-01-01

    A host of astrophysical and cosmological arguments severely constrain the properties of a 17 keV Dirac neutrino. Such a neutrino must have interactions beyond those of the standard electroweak theory to reduce its cosmic abundance (through decay or annihilation) by a factor of two hundred. A predicament arises because the additional helicity states of the neutrino necessary to construct a Dirac mass must have interactions strong enough to evade the astrophysical bound from SN 1987A, but weak enough to avoid violating the bound from primordial nucleosynthesis.